Monday, July 31, 2017

The inability of Republican leadership in the House and Senate to repeal Obamacare bodes ill for tax reform.  Rather than fulfill their promises to the American people, many key Republicans have sided with Democrats in refusing to repeal the most inept example of social engineering in our lifetimes.

The President will need to do more to compel tax reform than was done to compel the repeal of Obamacare if there is any hope of passing another of his key campaign planks.  This go around the lessons learned from the failure to repeal Obamacare should influence how the President campaigns for reduction in individual and corporate tax rates.

When faced with a hostile Congress, Presidents in the past have reached beyond the beltway to the American people, communicating with oval office addresses in prime time, with speeches in key states, and with a call for Americans to deluge Congress with demands for passage of the legislation.  The President must expand beyond tweeting to give a detailed message that explains why tax reform is essential for all Americans, why the bill he supports achieves the reductions required to trigger an economic boom, and why failure to act now threatens continued economic growth.  He must campaign vigorously for tax reform, more outside the beltway than within it.  He must essentially drive the passage of the bill with a wave of popular support sufficient to overwhelm the opposition.

The Obamacare repeal failure teaches us that leading Republicans are willing to bolt from their prior promises and keep faith with their political opponents rather than the President.  He is indeed an outsider, and they do not like that.  While Democratic leaders pursue obstructionism, resisting all that is Trump; leading Republicans have demonstrated that they would rather abandon their promises to voters and side with Democrats than rally behind the President.

The Congress of the United States is populated by a majority of individuals whose interest in self vastly exceeds interest in country.  The only alternative for the President is to break loose from the internal politics of Washington and rally as much popular support as he can in favor of tax reform.  It is up to him to explain the details of his plan, the necessity of it, and the promise of it.  He cannot rely on surrogates.  He must also be the primary campaigner, the one who calls on the public to inundate members of Congress with demands for passage of the bill.  He must also insist on a bill that achieves true cuts in individual and corporate taxes, opposing all efforts to defeat the central objective.  No bill is better than a bad bill.

Tax reform also enables the President to achieve replacement of Obamacare without repeal.  Obamacare is effectively dead.   To kill it off, he need only ween the remaining insurers from participation in it.  That can be done with tax incentives for companies to discontinue involvement.  As to replacement, I have long advocated a simple remedy that would have profound effects.

In the tax bill, the President should include provision for giving each taxpayer a $1.50 tax deduction for each dollar spent on medical care.  The deduction would apply for individuals who pay for the medical expenses or health insurance costs of family members or anyone else.  The deduction would apply for businesses that pay for the medical expenses or health insurance costs of employees or anyone else.  In this way, those with resources would have a huge incentive to help those without.  Hospitals would benefit from providing subsidized or free services to those destitute.  This simple change would restore a patient centric system in which physicians, medical centers, and hospitals would aim to satisfy the needs of patients rather than insurance companies that serve as proxies for government.  Health care and health insurance would be tailored to satisfy patients rather than serve as a one size fits all government program of mediocre care for all.

As the President moves on to tax reform, he must be mindful of the lessons the Obamacare repeal effort provide.  This is not a Congress he can lead from within.  He must depend on the American people to join him in leading it from without, in demanding passage of the President’s tax reform legislation on pain of election loss.  Rich proof now exists that neither Paul Ryan nor Mitch McConnell can command the allegiance of party members, and neither has remained true to principle.  The President must lead the effort.

© 2017 Jonathan Emord – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jonathan Emord: jemord@emord.com

Monday, July 31, 2017

I am very happy to announce my best selling booklet, Why A Bankrupt America, is now back in print by popular demand – and necessity.

Short back story:

In 1991, I was at the big book seller’s convention in LA to promote my new book on the antiquated federal civil service system. My publisher handed me this big thick book and said I would be interested in it. As I opened the book I ended up at the chapter on the Federal Reserve so I started reading. Since my publisher wouldn’t give me the book I ordered my own copy as soon as I returned home to Colorado. It changed my life forever.

You see, what I read sitting at my table during the convention was foreign to me. The Federal Reserve wasn’t federal? What is this agenda for a ‘new world order’? By December 1992 I had done enough full time research. I had become a federal whistle blower and had lost my GS-11 job at Peterson AFB, Air Force Space Command in Colorado Springs, CO – even though the IG’s report proved I was right when I filed a fraud, waste and abuse charge against my own job.

By then I was sufficiently frightened by all I had discovered. I learned all about the ‘Fed’, fiat currency and how that central bank IS the head of the beast in the destruction of our economy and our lives. So, I decided to write a little booklet and get it distributed to help educate other Americans about what I had learned.

The first copies went out in February 1993 and it took off like a rocket. However, due to the gaining popularity of home computers and the Internet, as well as my friend who owned his own commercial printing company (who printed the booklet ‘dirt cheap’) deciding to retire, in May 2004 I retired my booklet.

I sold 1,653,000 copies of my booklet at cost. I never paid myself a penny in royalties. My only goal was to get the truth out as cheaply as possible. Back in 1993 and for a long time there was no Internet, Twitter or anything else. All we patriots had was the phone, fax, newsletters and word of mouth to get the word out about what was really happening while the American people were being kept in the dark. I had no money for advertising so it was word of mouth and my appearance as a guest on radio shows that made that little 44 page booklet a hot seller.

That is how my journey began so long ago. I quit my career and probably $1M to $1.5M dollars in earnings. It was all so upsetting and frightening at the same time. I talked it over with my late husband and we agreed, despite the financial hardship of giving up a paycheck, I would devote my time to getting the truth out through my booklet, speaking engagements (never got paid for one) and thousands of times as a guest on talk radio; also unpaid.

Everyday we are being bombarded with ‘noise’ from the political cesspool and the fake media. In the meantime, critical cancers killing this country are not being addressed by Congress, cable news networks or popular radio talk show hosts like Limbaugh, Ingraham, Hannity and others. But, make no mistake: Despite some the positive actions by the Trump Administration so far, what happened in 2008 is underway again only far worse. Below are articles written by individuals who know what they’re talking about so I encourage you to book mark this column and read them when you can. Each is very important.

John Embry – As We March Closer To Economic Armageddon, Something Is Terribly Wrong, July 26, 2017
We Are Now into Controlled Demolition-Catherine Austin Fitts, July 19, 2017
Market Crash Coming – Insiders Run, July 2, 2017
Greyerz – The Worldwide Destruction That Lies In Front Of Us Will Be Unimaginable, July 2, 2017
Janet Yellen Says A New Financial Crisis Probably Won’t Happen ‘In Our Lifetimes’ But The BIS Says One Could Soon Hit ‘With A Vengeance’, June 28th, 2017
The Everything Bubble, Part 1: Return Of The Subprime Mortgage, June 12, 2017

The Federal Reserve Is a Weapon Being Used by the Globalists to Destroy America, June 28, 2017
We Are Getting Very Close To An Inverted Yield Curve – And If That Happens A Recession Is Essentially Guaranteed, June 15, 2017: “If we ever want to do something about our national debt, and if we ever want to get our economy back on track on a permanent basis, we have got to do something about the Federal Reserve. Anyone that would suggest otherwise is just wasting your time.”
Massive Central Bank Asset Purchases: Last Ditch Effort To Save Economy & Cap Gold Price, June 11, 2017
Has the Fed Bankrupted the Nation?, April 2016
Video: G Edward Griffin discusses the global banking scam, the global economic collapse

Over the years people kept sending me email to re-publish Bankrupt America. For the past year or so I’ve continued getting more and more emails weekly from people asking me to please make Bankrupt America available again. You see, while we do have the Internet with about about 2 1/2 billion pages, it’s difficult to get accurate information even if someone knows where to look. It’s time consuming to print out articles and columns to give to family or friends who don’t have a computer – especially for older parents like my mom. Even sending links, people are crunched for time and may never get back to it.

But, a little 44 page booklet isn’t overwhelming and it’s something you can hold in your hands. True story: A month or so after I released the first copies of Why A Bankrupt America, I left my home in Lakewood, CO (suburb of Denver) to go to the post office to mail orders. As I turned left at the end of my street I saw a man in a suit at the bus stop. His briefcase was on the ground and he was reading a booklet. I was going very slowing and when I saw it was my booklet I was blown away. Here was someone in my own neighborhood reading my booklet! I was so excited I called my best friends in a neighboring town and told them. 1993. Seems like two life times ago.

This edition is powerful and deals with only two things: The privately owned ‘Federal Reserve’ and it’s umbilical feeding tube, the IRS. How many Americans know not a penny of their federal income taxes fund a single function of the federal government? Do they know what transfer payments are in relation to those taxes we’re all forced to pay with a gun to our head? Do they have any idea why a dozen eggs costs $3.95 at the store when many can remember the same dozen eggs selling for $.50?

It’s absolutely critical we get Americans educated on the issue of the worthless currency we’re forced to use and who profits. Who is responsible for the booms, busts, inflation, deflation, currency manipulation and more.

No one reading the truth in my booklet will have any  doubt we’ve been lied to and ‘screwed’ our entire lives and why. This updated booklet lays it out there for Americans to easily understand. While it’s great there have been bills to audit the ‘Fed’, it’s not happened and the money interests who own most of Congress want to make sure it doesn’t happen. Yes, the current bill is doing well but grossly ignorant, brain dead Demorats like Rep. Eleanor Holmes Norton want to see it die.

In 2007, former Congressman Ron Paul introduced a bill in the U.S. House to abolish the unconstitutional ‘Federal’ Reserve Banking Act of 1913. It had ZERO co-sponsors. I explain why in the booklet. However, even if a bill were to somehow pass the House and Senate today and President Trump signed it into law, we are now past the point of no return. Tragically, state capitols across this country have refused to do what they should have done a long time ago and we the people are going to suffer. It’s all in the booklet.

As everyday Americans did with the first run of Why A Bankrupt America, get 10, 25, 50 or a 100 copies and give them out to your employees (there’s nothing political in the booklet as in Republicans v Democrat distractions), friends, neighbors, at gun shows or other events. If everyone does this and people who receive the booklet do the same, we can continue to educate Americans with cold, hard facts and the only solution left at this time.

If only a quarter of the Tea Party chapters in this country (at the grassroots level because that’s how my booklet was so successful before) order the booklet and get it out, it would reach a million or more people. After all, the tea party movement was born over the reckless fiscal policies of Congress yet so few know or understand THE beast, the ‘Fed’. When I ran for Congress in 1994, my campaign through donations, gave out thousands of copies of Bankrupt America to voters because #1 on my platform was to abolish the ‘Fed’. It was money well spent.

Whatever your group or just as an individual, help get the truth to our fellow Americans. It’s up to we the people and Why A Bankrupt America is once again going to be a vital tool in this fight.

‘End the Fed’ has been a rallying cry since I got started on this journey but now we need to really push. Make sure you get a copy of Why A Bankrupt America to your STATE rep and senator because they are going to be key in stopping the destruction to your state and all the people who live there. Here in Texas our senate failed miserably but that’s another column. Knowledge is power so that people can act but only if we get the truth out to many more millions.

To order, please just go to www.devvy.com

Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]

© 2017 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy Kidd: devvyk@npn.net

Monday, July 31, 2017

2016 marks the election in which the American people finally cast off the chains of party loyalty and crossed all prior partisan lines to take back their White House with D.C. outsider Donald J. Trump. The people’s revolution responsible for that are taking aim at the U.S. Senate in 2018.

Obviously, Trump is the President, so he won’t be running for U.S. Senate. But we need TRUMP-like people willing to run for senate and we need them now! www.TNALC.org has launched “REPEAL AND REPLACE CONGRESS!”

The 2018 mid-term presents a unique opportunity for pro-American conservatives to drive the final nail in the Democratic Party coffin, ending decades of leftist anti-American policies for generations to come. This is a once in a lifetime opportunity to seize full conservative control of Congress, eliminating those who have been working around the clock to destroy the people’s choice, President Trump.

TIME TO REPEAL AND REPLACE LOONEY LIBERALS

Currently, there are 48 democrats in the U.S. Senate, two of which masquerade as “independents,” Vermont’s Marxist Bernie Sanders and Maines Marxist Angus King. In total, 25 Senate Democrats are up for reelection in 2018, more than half of the 48 in the Senate today.

25 Senate Democrat targets

Bill Nelson                     FL
Joe Donnely                   IN
Angus King                    ME
Debbie Stabenow          MI
Claire McCaskill            MO
Jon Tester                      MT
Heidi Heitkamp            ND
Bob Menendez               NJ
Sherrod Brown              OH
Bob Casey                       PA
Tim Kaine                       VA
Tammy Baldwin            WI
Joe Manchin                   WV
Dianne Feinstein           CA
Chris Murphy                 CT
Tom Carper                     DE
Mazie Hirono                  HI
Elizabeth Warren           MA
Ben Cardin                      MD
Amy Klobuchar              MN
Martin Heinrich            NM
Kirsten Gillibrand          NY
Sheldon Whitehouse     RI
Bernie Sanders                VT
Maria Cantwell                WA

The U.S. Senate is currently split 52 Republican and 48 Democrat. The magic number for total control of the U.S. Senate is 60. This means that to gain total control of Congress, we must hold our clear majority in the House and take away at least 8 democrat held seats in 2018, while maintaining the 52 seats Republicans currently hold in the Senate.

The TRUMP revolutionaries have 25 opportunities to take away those 8 democrat held senate seats. We must win 1/3 of these senate races to eliminate Democrat influence in the U.S. Senate.

The Patriots Mission 2018

First things first…  The people must identify, strategize and mobilize in a unified manner, to target and defeat at least 8 Senate Democrats in 2018. If we fail to do so, democrats will continue to work with a handful of turncoat Republicans like John McCain, to thwart the people’s agenda established in 2016.

Patriots must identify far-left vulnerable senate Democrats and recruit a viable “TRUMP-like” challenger to get behind right away. Members of Congress will begin their 2018 campaigns for reelection upon returning from August recess. Defeating at least 8 senate democrats is TOP PRIORITY in 2018.

NOT JUST DEMOCRATS

There are also 8 senate Republicans up for reelection in 2018 and without a doubt, some of them must be repealed and replaced too. This must be done early in the primary process, they must be primaried out early, by a better “TRUMP-like” challenger. If the people fail to primary out the Republicans who need to go, they will either reelect them in the general election, or lose the seat to a democrat challenger, neither of which is a good outcome.

Nine Senate Republicans up in 2018

Jeff Flake                     AZ
Dean Heller                 NV
Ted Cruz                      TX
Luther Strange            AL
Roger Wicker               MS
Deb Fischer                  NE
Bob Corker                   TN
Orrin Hatch                  UT
John Barrasso              WY

To primary any of the 8 Republicans out early, the people must engage right away. In order to reach the magic number of 60 senate seats, we have to hold these 8 seats and gain at least 8 seats currently held by democrats.

Some of these 8 seats cannot be held by the incumbent, two in particular.

Ted Cruz of Texas and Bob Corker of Tennessee are on the chopping block for certain. These two must be primaried out or they will lose the general election in 2018. Corker has been a turncoat and Tennesseans are fed up with Corker… They will try to primary him out… There must be unity in this effort for it to succeed, otherwise, Corker will be reelected.

Unfortunately, no one knew that Senator Ted Cruz defrauded Texas in 2012 by seeking a seat in the U.S. Senate without disclosing to Texas officials and voters that he remained a legal citizen of Canada at that time. Only later, as a result of seeking the Oval Office in 2016, did everyone learn that Ted Cruz was born a legal citizen of Canada in 1970 and remained a legal citizen of Canada until renouncing that citizenship in May of 2014. That is a very serious act of fraud that cannot be allowed to stand.

Texas officials and voters were completely unaware in 2012, because Cruz perjured himself in his Texas GOP filings by failing to disclose his Canadian citizenship. But today, Texas and GOP officials are aware, as are millions of Texas voters. Cruz will be forced out of the race in the primaries, either exposed and charged with his fraud in 2012 or withdrawing from the race to avoid those charges. It doesn’t matter what else you might think of Ted Cruz.

The evidence of his 2012 fraud is inescapable. For Cruz to repeat that fraud in 2018, the Texas GOP and Secretary of State will have to be willing to commit that fraud with him, with full knowledge of their crimes in advance.

So, to hold Ted’s seat in 2018, the people of Texas must immediately recruit a “TRUMP-like” replacement for Cruz or they will lose that seat to his democrat challenger, which will mean that we have to win at least 9 democrat senate seats to reach the magic 60. Texas conservatives will either replace Cruz in the primaries or lose to Democrats in the general election. If Texas conservatives don’t act against the evidence of Cruz fraud in the primaries, Democrats will use it to destroy Cruz in the fall.

Our Work is Cut Out for Us

The 63 million who voted for Donald J. Trump in 2016 must re-engage in 2018 and take full advantage of this opportunity to seize total control of Congress. If they miss this opportunity, Trump will remain unable to advance their agenda and his reelection in 2020 will become a distant dream that cannot be achieved.

The revolution to reclaim control of D.C. started on 2016 and must advance again in 2018. The opportunities are many. The people simply cannot sit this one out on the sideline…

The North American Law Center is leading this mission nationally and will provide candidate support and opposition research for local groups leading the mission in their local races. Any group wanting help with their senate races should contact www.TNALC.org for assistance.

Let the revolution continue!

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JB Williams: JB.USPU@gmail.com

One of my greatest joys in life is to teach the Bible to people. Sunday, Wednesday or any other time is always a good time to open up the Bible and hear what God wants to say to us today.

Lately I have had an increasing opportunity to discuss events we are witnessing in America and around the world with many people. I see this as a great blessing from God and also as a responsibility that I do not take lightly.

Several passages have risen to the top of these many discussions as they represent focal points to seeing and understanding world events.

The Bible serves as a remarkable filter in this respect. One of the most often asked questions is “What is wrong with the world today?” This type of question is almost always followed by “What can we do?”

The answer to these two questions is found in Psalm 2. In 12 verses the psalmist succinctly describes a timeless truth. That truth is this – when people abandon God terrible things happen.

Note Psalm 2:1 which reads in the New American Standard translation, “Why are the nations in an uproar and the people devising a vain thing?” The King James Version says, “Why do the heathen rage and the people imagine a vain thing?”

The root word for uproar or rage comes from a word that describes the snorting of a war horse who knows a battle is looming and is working itself into a froth. So the nations are roaring or in an uproar at a frenzied pitch. They are snorting and stomping their feet and making quite a demonstration. Clearly something has agitated the whole world.

In Psalm 2:2 we read that the leaders of these nations, the kings and rulers, have taken counsel together. That means that the leaders of the nations have strategized and coordinated a plan of attack against the source of their frustration and agitation.

We don’t have to guess who or what the source is because in verse 2 we read that it is the LORD and His Anointed. LORD is Yahweh and His Anointed is Jesus Christ.

Notice in verse 3 the reason for this rebellion against God the Father and Jesus the Son – the refusal of the nations to submit to the rule of God. “Let us tear their fetters apart and cast away their cords from us.”

Friends what we are seeing here is the rebel heart that refuses to bow the knee and submit to God’s loving rule. This is the result of sin. Human nature is predisposed against God. That is the doctrine of original sin. The nature of sin is deception and delusion. Sin creates in the heart of every rebel an arrogance that makes people believe they can reject God without consequence.

Note back in verse 1 the psalmist asks why the people are devising a vain thing. That vain thing is imagining that they can throw off God’s moral law, His righteous rule, and be better off for it.

The world as a whole has embraced this idea that each individual and groups of individuals that together form communities and nations can be moral “Sampsons.” People have imagined the arrogant and vain thing that they have the power and ability to throw off the moral fetters of God’s wisdom and love, that they have the power to resist God and create for themselves a utopian paradise where God is not necessary, and that they can do this without any consequences. Doesn’t that describe the world today?

We have witnessed this very thing in America. Consider for example these recent court cases and the results.

• 1962 Engel vs. Vitale resulted in the removal of prayer from public schools.
• 1963 Abington School District vs. Schempp resulted in the removal of Bible reading from public schools.
• 1973 Rowe vs. Wade ruled abortion a constitutional right and has resulted in the murder of over 50 million unborn children.
• 1980 Sone vs. Graham removed the Ten Commandments from public schools and government buildings.
• 2013 United States vs. Windsor nullified the Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA).
• 2015 Obergefell vs. Hodges ruled sodomite unions legal across America.

What verse 3 really says is “Let us be free to commit every kind of sin our minds can imagine. Let us be our own judges, let us be our own gods. We do not need God.”

This so-called freedom those who oppose God are choosing for themselves is not freedom at all. It is instead bondage wrapped in a satanic bow.

The enemy of God and His people is Satan and he is the father of lies who seeks to kill and destroy all that God has created. Freedom from God results in an eternity free from Him as well. That friends is hell.

What is God’s response to this rebellion? We see two separate responses in Psalm 2. The first response is seen in verses 4-5. God laughs derisively, mocks, and scorns the pitiful state of these rebels. God is not wringing His hands in heaven trying to figure out what to do or how to make people love and obey Him.

Westernized American Christianity has downplayed the fact that God is a holy and righteous judge who will respond in wrath and fury toward all those who reject Him.

Sadly many Christians have adopted a pseudo-gospel message that elevates God’s mercy, grace, and forgiveness while simultaneously minimizing the need for people to repent and confess their sins.

The second response God gives to rebels is to offer a provision for the forgiveness of sins and a way of reconciliation with Him. That is verses 6-9.

Take note of these points in verses 6-9:

• God offers the rebel nations and people a King of His choosing in verse 6 – “I have installed my King.” That King is Jesus.
• This was made sure as a testimony from God in the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus – verse 7 is quoted in Acts 13:33 as prophecy fulfilled.
• In verse 8 we see that God offers redemption and reconciliation through King Jesus. This leads to a life of discipleship. We become prized possessions and the inheritance of Jesus.
• Rejecting God and His offer of salvation through faith in Jesus Christ results in judgment. Verse 9 says Christ will break the nations with a rod of iron and shatter them like earthenware.

With this information in hand God calls the kings of the earth to make a decision. This is what happens daily in nations all across the earth. When God is rightly understood, when His moral laws are grasped and viewed in light of His character, people are accountable to make a decision concerning who He is and who Jesus Christ the Son is.

This is what we see in verses 10-12. Note the following points:

• End your rebellion. Show wisdom and discernment in recognizing God; not vanity in rejecting Him (v10; v1).
• Give God praise, glory, honor by repenting, believing, honoring and receiving (v11).
• Understand that there is salvation is no one else but Jesus Christ the Son (v12). “Do homage to the Son.”
• Receive assurance of your salvation (v12) – “How blessed are all those who take refuge in Him.”

I hope that you see the value of using Psalm 2 to speak with people about the world we live in today. It is a timeless reminder of God’s principles for living life as His creation.

Let me offer a summary and conclusion to the original questions many people ask today. What is wrong with the world? Simply put friends, the world is reaping a whirlwind of consequences by rejecting God. When God’s moral law is not upheld then every individual is free to construct their own morality and the result is chaos and ultimately tyranny as the more ruthless among the world’s people gain power and control.

The world is teetering on the edge of financial, political, and social collapse on many different fronts. Hostilities are increasing around the world. How much longer can the world keep from falling headlong into a major world-engulfing conflict?

The vain imaginings of people are increasingly debased and harmful to mind and body. The depraved insistence that Americans celebrate men who want to believe they are women, men who want to be recognized as married to other men, and the gutting of our social fabric through the public schools indoctrination program has left America confused and bewildered.

What can we do? As Psalm 2 points out, the remedy to the chaos, confusion, and calamity that has fallen upon America and indeed the world is to bow the knee to God, confess our sins, repent of our forsaking Him, and ask Him to forgive us. Then there must be a wholesale turning away from sinful wicked behavior.

The decision is this: Do you believe that God is? Do you believe that He rewards all those who believe He is and who place their trust in Him by faith in the death and resurrection of Jesus Christ for eternal life through the forgiveness of their sins? Do you then by faith live a life that seeks to honor Him daily?

The history of the world is really His story of the incarnation, Jesus Christ, God become flesh, who dwelt among men speaking to them of the Kingdom of God and salvation freely offered to all mankind.

Today I encourage you to place your faith in Jesus Christ, turn from your sin, and become a disciple. Live your life from this day forward by the power of God and for His glory and honor.

If you would like to know more about how to place your faith in Jesus Christ and become a child of God you may email me here – pastormike@cclohio.org

God bless you today as you seek Him.

© 2017 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: pastormike@cclohio.org

Mark Zuckerberg CEO of Facebook is not happy with the outcome of the election and he isn’t shy about telling everyone. Nor is he happy with the role his social media monster played in distributing information that helped Donald Trump become President. He stated last month in Chicago at a gathering of Facebook enthusiasts, that he wanted to change the entire mission of Facebook to bring people closer together. Implying that had Facebook done the job it is now poised to do, Trump would not be our President. But what is really eyeopening to me is that he “wants Facebook groups to play an important role that … churches and Little League teams used to perform.”^[1] So the church should be replaced by Facebook? In his speech he said, “Americans are in need of something to unify their lives. It’s so striking that for decades, membership in all kinds of groups has declined as much as one-quarter… That’s a lot of of people who now need to find a sense of purpose and support somewhere else…We started a project to see if we could get better at suggesting groups that will be meaningful to you. We started building artificial intelligence to do this. And it works. In the first 6 months, we helped 50% more people join meaningful communities.’ His ultimate goal is to convince 1 billion users to join Facebook communities. ‘If we can do this, it will not only turn around the whole decline in community membership we’ve seen for decades, it will start to strengthen our social fabric and bring the world closer together.”^[2]

Video of the sermon

Wow, so using their artificial intelligence software to data mine everything that is known about you, from your everyday purchases, from your patterns of where you drive, where you shop, what you wear, who you talk to, who you text ad infinitum, they will engineer a social group just for you. Facebook will choose your friends out of their 2 billion members world wide so you can be close to people you have never met face to face. Do you think there is something suspicious about their agenda, let alone their methods of data mining your entire life?

We already know there are many stories about Facebook’s censorship of the side of the political spectrum that its company heads disagree with.^[3] Maybe their new motto should be ‘Friends don’t let friends vote for Trump. Won’t you be my friend?’

Now Zuckerberg is on to something, there is a collapse taking place in America of solid relationships as people abandon church, as marriages and families break apart, as people choose to isolate and insulate themselves from deep friendships. Robert Putnam researched this trend for 25 year and then published his groundbreaking book based on that data “Bowling Alone.” Putnam showed “how we have become increasingly disconnected from family, friends, neighbors, and our civic structures– and how we may reconnect.

Putnam warns that our stock of social capital – the very fabric of our connections with each other, has plummeted, impoverishing our lives and communities.

Putnam draws on evidence including nearly 500,000 interviews over the last quarter century to show that we sign fewer petitions, belong to fewer organizations that meet, know our neighbors less, meet with friends less frequently, and even socialize with our families less often. We’re even bowling alone. More Americans are bowling than ever before, but they are not bowling in leagues. Putnam shows how changes in work, family structure, age, suburban life, television, computers, women’s roles and other factors have contributed to this decline. He detailed Trends over the last 25 years – Attending Club Meetings-  58% drop, Family dinners – 43% drop, Having friends over – 35% drop”^[4]

Other researchers have added to this body of data. One writes, “Probably the most surprising finding is that people with good networks actually live longer.⁴⁸ All the mechanisms are not fully understood, but the link between networks and longevity appears to be caused by both behavioral and biological changes. For example, it has been widely observed that frequent attendance at religious services reduces mortality, partly due to behavioral changes—the tendency to make more social contacts, to improve health practices (stop smoking, reduce alcohol consumption), and to stay married—but also due to the meaning to life religion gives.⁴⁹ Lisa Berkman, M.D., now chair of the Department of Health and Social Behavior at the Harvard School of Public Health, mapped the social networks, lifestyles, and health behaviors of seven thousand residents of Alameda County, California, following them over nine years.⁵⁰ She discovered that isolated people were three times more likely to die during the nine years than the well-connected.”^[5]

So that leads me to ask the question, What about the effect of social media, such as Facebook on social capital? There are some conflicting studies but one noted researcher, James Coleman got it right. “Social capital flourishes when people are following the ‘rules’ of society. People that live their life this way feel that there are norms in society which they can follow. Coleman says that when people live in this way and benefit from this type of social capital, individuals in the society are able to rest assured that their belongings and family will be safe.”^[6]

There is how it all ties together, a society will only function so long as there are an agreed set of Laws that almost everyone will follow, say like, Thou shalt not murder, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not steal, lie, or covet what belongs to your neighbor. If the vast majority believe these are what is right and good, and then most often follow them, then “individuals in the society are able to rest assured that their belongings and family will be safe.” I was reading about the long term work of a missionary in a south American country. When they began their ministry of the gospel to that people they noticed that everyone brought their wealth with them on buses and trains. Their wealth was usually animals, chickens, goats or what have you. Why? Because their property was not safe if left at home. It was only safe if they took it with them. Decades later, when the a growing percentage of the population had come to Christ and were growing as disciples of Jesus Christ, he noted that fewer and fewer people brought their wealth with them on public transportation. Why? The gospel had transformed the culture. The commands thou shalt not covet thy neighbors chickens and goats as well as thou shalt not steal were being obeyed. People who were not even Christians had noted that things had changed. Or in James Coleman words. “Social capital flourishes when people are following the ‘rules’ of society. People that live their life this way feel that there are norms in society which they can follow. When people live in this way and benefit from this type of social capital, individuals in the society are able to rest assured that their belongings and family will be safe.”

Facebook can’t accomplish this task – only the church of Jesus Christ can as it makes disciples who walk in obedience to all Christ has commanded us to do.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

FootNotes:

^[1] http://www.cnbc.com/2017/06/26/mark-zuckerberg-compares-facebook-to-church-little-league.html

^[2] Ibid.

^[3] http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/facebook-right-wing-trending-news-former-employees-censoring-a7021101.html

^[4] http://bowlingalone.com

^[5] p 17-18 http://webuser.bus.umich.edu/wayneb/pdfs/BakerChap1.pdf

^[6] Coleman, James S. (1988). “Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital”, American Journal of Sociology. 94 Supplement: (pp. S95-S-120)

There is undisputable evidence that vaccines are the cause of autism.  We virtually see no cases of autism in children that have NOT been vaccinated. It’s a far piece from the horse-and-buggies of Lancaster County, Pa., to the cars and freeways of Cook County, Ill.

But thousands of children cared for by Homefirst Health Services in metropolitan Chicago have at least two things in common with thousands of Amish children in rural Lancaster: They have never been vaccinated. And they don’t have autism.

“We have a fairly large practice. We have about 30,000 or 35,000 children that we’ve taken care of over the years, and I don’t think we have a single case of autism in children delivered by us who never received vaccines,” said Dr. Mayer Eisenstein, Homefirst’s medical director who founded the practice in 1973. Homefirst doctors have delivered more than 15,000 babies at home, and thousands of them have never been vaccinated.

The few autistic children Homefirst sees were vaccinated before their families became patients, Eisenstein said. “I can think of two or three autistic children who we’ve delivered their mother’s next baby, and we aren’t really totally taking care of that child — they have special care needs. But they bring the younger children to us. I don’t have a single case that I can think of that wasn’t vaccinated.”

The autism rate in Illinois public schools is 38 per 10,000, according to state Education Department data; the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention puts the national rate of autism spectrum disorders at 1 in 166 — 60 per 10,000.

“We do have enough of a sample,” Eisenstein said. “The numbers are too large to not see it. We would absolutely know. We’re all family doctors. If I have a child with autism come in, there’s no communication. It’s frightening. You can’t touch them. It’s not something that anyone would miss.”

No one knows what causes autism, but federal health authorities say it isn’t childhood immunizations. Some parents and a small minority of doctors and scientists, however, assert vaccines are responsible.[1]

When you look at the evidence you see something that has to make you think.  Babies that are breast fed, unvaccinated and homeschooled, usually because vaccines are required for public school attendance, there are no cases of autism.  If this isn’t literal proof of vaccine induced autism one would be hard pressed to deny it.  Several studies have found a risk of asthma from vaccination; others have not. Studies that include never-vaccinated children generally find little or no asthma in that group.

Earlier this year Florida pediatrician Dr. Jeff Bradstreet said there is virtually no autism in home-schooling families who decline to vaccinate for religious reasons — lending credence to Eisenstein’s observations.

“It’s largely non-existent,” said Bradstreet, who treats children with autism from around the country. “It’s an extremely rare event.”

Bradstreet has a son whose autism he attributes to a vaccine reaction at 15 months. His daughter has been home-schooled, he describes himself as a “Christian family physician,” and he knows many of the leaders in the home-school movement.

“There was this whole subculture of folks who went into home-schooling so they would never have to vaccinate their kids,” he said. “There’s this whole cadre who were never vaccinated for religious reasons.”

In that subset, he said, “unless they were massively exposed to mercury through lots of amalgams (mercury dental fillings in the mother) and/or big-time fish eating, I’ve not had a single case.”

Federal health authorities and mainstream medical groups emphatically dismiss any link between autism and vaccines, including the mercury-based preservative thimerosal. Last year a panel of the Institute of Medicine, part of the National Academies, said there is no evidence of such a link, and funding should henceforth go to “promising” research.

Thimerosal, which is 49.6 percent ethyl mercury by weight, was phased out of most U.S. childhood immunizations beginning in 1999, but the CDC recommends flu shots for pregnant women and last year began recommending them for children 6 to 23 months old. Most of those shots contain thimerosal.[2]

We have all been taught or at least told that it was vaccines that eradicated mumps, measles, polio and other diseases.  There is strong evidence to debunk that story.  One of the most serious myths that I had to unlearn over the decades was the one that my academic (as opposed to clinical) medical professors had taught me about the “fact” that vaccines were entirely safe and entirely effective and were the reasons that measles, mumps, chickenpox and polio had virtually disappeared.

It was only after I had personally heard the many stories from the parents of vaccine-damaged children that I found the time to search the literature and find out more about the dangers and relative ineffectiveness of the vaccines that I once had prescribed. I never was led to believe that there was any reason for skepticism.  In retrospect, I regard myself as being fortunate that I had already stopped seeing pediatric patients prior to the era when the various Big Pharma and Big Vaccine corporations (and their lapdog lobbying and trade organizations like the AMA, the AAFP and the AAP) were pushing dozens of new vaccines onto an unsuspecting public.

It wasn’t until the autism epidemic graph was found to be rising in parallel with the vaccine epidemic graph that I understood the obvious correlation between the two phenomena. There was no better answer to the question that the medical profession and Big Pharma consistently glossed over, tried to ignore and then irrationally tried to obfuscate: “what could be causing the astonishing and very sudden rise in the appearance of autism spectrum disordered kids?”

Here is the obvious answer to that question: It was the rapidly increasing numbers and combinations of known-to-be neurotoxic vaccines (as many as 9 antigens at one sitting into 2, 4 and 6 month well-babies!) that were being aggressively formulated, manufactured, aggressively marketed and then cavalierly injected into innocent babies, starting with the Reagan administration ‘s passage of a law that made it illegal for parents to sue vaccine companies or doctors when their little children suffered vaccine-related deaths or injuries from the combinations of vaccines that had never been tested for safety or even long-term effectiveness.[3]

From all that has been discussed concerning vaccines, I would never vaccinate a child today.  I have refused the annual flu shot and have not had one since long before the swine flu outbreak back in the 1970’s.  My last vaccine was in elementary school in the 1950’s.  The government that was placed in charge of making vaccines safe has failed miserably and cannot be trusted.  The pharmaceuticals that are entrusted to produce safe products are more concerned about money that the lives of people. We must look out for ourselves.

Stay informed to stay alive!

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. The Age of Autism A pretty big secret
2. The Age of Autism A pretty big secret
3. Evidence debunking vaccines eliminated disease myth

There’s  no way around it- Mexico’s violence is worsening.  No matter how you slice and dice the statistics, that conclusion is unavoidable.

1. According to statistics of the Mexican government itself, murders in Mexico increased in 2016. See Mexico’s Murder Rate Rose in 2016.
2. The consulting firm Verisk Maplecroft compiled a Crime Rate Index for calendar year 2016, and ranked Mexico as the third most dangerous country in the world. (See UK-Based Firm ranks Mexico as World’s Third Most Dangerous Country).
3. A Mexican NGO called the Consejo Ciudadano para la Seguridad Pública y Justicia Penal, A.C. (Citizen Council for Public Security and Penal Justice) released a list of the world’s 50 cities with the highest homicide rates in 2016. Mexico has eight cities on it (while the U.S. has four). See Eight Mexican, and Four U.S., Cities on World’s Most Murderous List.
4. In its Armed Conflict Survey 2017, London-based International Institute of Strategic Studies (IISS), which listed the Mexican Drug War as the world’s second-deadliest conflict, after the Syrian Civil War. So, when you classify Mexico as a war zone it stacks up comparably in quantity of deaths with the current civil wars in the Middle East, only being surpassed by Syria.

U.S. President Donald Trump heard about that one and  tweeted that “Mexico was just ranked the second deadliest country in the world…” which was not exactly what the IISS said, rather that the Mexican Drug War was the world’s second-deadliest conflict.

The next day, IISS announced that even that second-place position might be in doubt, that “….there was a methodological flaw in our calculation of estimated conflict fatalities that requires revision. Our researchers are working to rectify this and we will share the results in due course. We anticipate this will result in Mexico’s conflict remaining among the ten most lethal in the world, by estimated fatalities attributable to an armed conflict.”

In other words, even if Mexico is not #2 on the IISS list, it’s likely to be in the Top Ten.

Of course, all these stats deal with Mexico in 2016.   But more recent stats show that things are actually getting worse in 2017.

In June of 2017,  according to government statistics, there were 2,186 murders reported in the month of May 2017, which was a twenty-year high.

The very next month, June of 2017, even that high was topped, as there were 2,234 homicides from that month under investigation.

An article by Kate Linthicum appeared in the Los Angeles Times appeared on July 22^nd, 2017, entitled Mexico’s bloody drug war is killing more people than ever .   This article painted a grim picture of how bad the violence in getting in Mexico.
It reports that-
–  The first half of 2017, with “12,144 homicide cases”, was “the deadliest first half of a year” since relevant records began to be kept in 1997.

• The most violent Mexican state, by quantity of murders, is Guerrero state, with 1,161 murder cases since January of 2017.
• In comparison to last year, 27 of Mexico’s 32 states saw increases in homicides.
• The violence has even been inching closer to tourist areas. This could be disastrous for Mexico’s tourist industry. (The country is the 9^th most popular tourist destination in the world.

To what factors does author Kate Linthicum attribute this disastrous situation?  Well, as usual there are several factors, here are two big ones:
– “Rising demand for heroin in the United States” which puts more money (and thus more power) in the hands of drug cartel leaders.  According to Linthicum, “In recent years, Mexico has surpassed Colombia to become the largest supplier of heroin to the U.S.
Security analysts say the opioid epidemic in the U.S. has left cartels flush with cash, which has allowed them to step up the warfare.”
– The famed drug cartel boss Joaquin “el Chapo” Guzman was arrested and extradited to the United States.   The capture of a such a high-profile individual as Guzman is a victory, but  a result may be to unleash more violence.   Linthicum reports that  “Guzman’s sons have been fighting another clique for control of the powerful Sinaloa cartel since his arrest last year. The cartel’s instability has allowed other criminal groups, including the Jalisco New Generation cartel, to move in, driving violence in Mexico’s northwest.”
So there you have it.  What can Americans do ?

Quit doing heroin and build a wall on the border.

© 2017 Allan Wall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Allan Wall: allan39@provalue.net

They say a leopard never changes his spots, and with that being a given, you could also say that a RINO never loses his horn…

John McCain has made a career out of cultivating an image of being a “maverick”, or at least that’s what the mainstream media likes to call him. To anyone on the right, he’s nothing more than an egotistical blowhard who loves being a thorn in the side of his own party.

Like his toady Lindsey Graham, McCain isn’t a conservative, a nationalist, a constitutionalist, an America Firster or any other related ideology. The fact is that John McCain is nothing more than a big spending, open borders liberal who has far more in common with the Democrats than he does the Republicans.

Like Lindsey Graham (or Grahamnesty, as I like to call him), McCain has never met an illegal alien he didn’t like, nor a trade agreement that would put American workers out of work that he wouldn’t support. He’s also never seen a war that he didn’t want to start with nations that pose no threat to our national security and whose internal politics were not germane to our vital interests.

John McCain is a neocon globalist. His open borders, globalism philosophy is the product of one whose interests are aligned with the US Chamber of Commerce, not middle class Americans. He is Wall Street, not Main Street. McCain only cares about getting more non-Americans into the country, and getting accolades from the MSM for supporting a “pathway to citizenship”, i.e. amnesty.

The thing that people like McCain never seem to learn is that the favor they wish to curry from the MSM only happens when they are savaging those on the right, and when they are sabotaging their own party. Once McCain got the nomination in 2008 to run against Barack Obama for president, suddenly the press turned on him like wolves. Anyone who follows all of this knew that would happen. Yet, even after losing to Obama, McCain went back to his old ways and continued to skewer conservatives and conservative values with regularity.

So now here comes McCain once again to bask in the limelight. After being released from his recent stay in the hospital, McCain returns to Senate with much fanfare, as he gives the GOP the 50th vote (VP Pence then cast the tie-breaking 51st vote) to bring Obamacare back to the floor for debate. Then, just as quickly, McCain votes against his own party – again, and stops repeal of Obamacare. This was a bill that passed with zero Republican votes and repealing it was a major plank of the platform that helped elect Donald Trump as President, and helped maintain GOP majorities in both houses. But true to form, McCain sabotaged the effort.

As I said, RINOs never lose their horns, and John McCain is the biggest RINO of all.

What I find incomprehensible is that a state that elected conservative icon Barry Goldwater as their US Senator, continues to re-elect this reprehensible egomaniac.

© 2017 Chip McLean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Chip McLean: chipmac@capitolhilloutsider.com

Since the start of the year we’ve been regaled by mainstream media repetition of the official narrative that Donald Trump “might have” won last year’s election with illicit help from Russia. We’re told that “17 intelligence agencies all agree” that Russia at least tried to interfere with the 2016 election, with Congressional committees now on fishing expeditions trying to uncover evidence of Trump campaign members’ or cabinet members’ (or family members’) involvement with Russians last year.

The whole thing now stands exposed as a hoax.

The only remaining question is whether this exposure will penetrate the official wall of silence, especially as one thing is becoming abundantly clear: the Trump administration and Special Counsel Robert Mueller, spearheading the investigation into allegations that members of Trump’s campaign team colluded with Russia to tip the election in their favor, are on collision course. Mueller, also a former FBI Director (2001 – 13) and a close friend of James Comey who succeeded him, and has a reputation as a bulldog. He’s the perfect soldier for Trump’s enemies in the Deep State and on the left.

Paul Craig Roberts, one-time Assistant Treasury Secretary and former Wall Street Journal editor who was blackballed by mainstream media after coauthoring an infamous article criticizing the economic mythology surrounding “free trade,” has drawn our attention to the information that exposes the hoax, supplied by a group known as Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity (VIPS).

VIPS was formed in 2003 by former intelligence officials to protest the use of faulty intelligence information on which then-President George W. Bush was about to base his disastrous decision to lead his “coalition of the willing” into Iraq. The group sent their first Memorandum (February 7, 2003) to Bush criticizing Colin Powell’s speech before the United Nations claiming sufficient grounds for the invasion. It is possible that one of their memoranda sent to President Obama circumvented a planned attack on Iran by Israel in 2010.

VIPS includes such authorities as William Binney, a former Technical Director at the National Security Agency, and Skip Folden, retired IBM Program Manager for Information Technology. There are numerous former or retired NSA, CIA, and USAF folks in VIPS. There is little doubt these people know what they are talking about.

They’ve now written President Trump a letter. You can read the letter and the information for yourself here. One hopes it actually reaches the president’s desk and that he takes it seriously. If he is going to tweet anything, he should tweet that link and reach his millions of online followers immediately. And they should retweet it, and keep retweeting it, until ignoring it is impossible.

Someone compromised DNC computers last summer. That we know. While the mainstream narrative is that DNC computers were hacked, VIPS has shown conclusively that what happened was not a hack but a leak, the work of a person on the inside with physical access to those computers. This claim isn’t new, but has been routinely dismissed by the usual suspects in the mainstream as a conspiracy theory. Now we can be more certain of the truth.

Unlike the “official” intelligence agencies, VIPS did original forensics research. What they discovered:

On July 5, 2016, information from DNC computers (the infamous Clinton-Podesta emails) was copied physically onto another device. On July 12, Julian Assange announced his intent to publish “emails related to Hillary Clinton” on WikiLeaks. Then on July 15, Crowdstrike, a DNC contractor, claimed to have discovered malware on the DNC server and claimed to have evidence linking it to a Russian hacker. That same day, “Guccifer 2.0” confirmed Crowdstrike’s statement, claimed credit for the “hack,” claimed to be a WikiLeaks source, and posted a document VIPS forensics showed was purposefully doctored to suggest Russian involvement.

I will quote the VIPS letter’s most important paragraph in full:

“Key among the findings of the independent forensic investigations is the conclusion that the DNC data was copied onto a storage device at a speed that far exceeds an Internet capability for a remote hack. Of equal importance, the forensics show that the copying and doctoring were performed on the East coast of the U.S. Thus far, mainstream media have ignored the findings of these independent studies [see here and here].”

Assange has denied from the get-go that his source was Russian.

This blows the infamous “Intelligence Community Assessment” released jointly on January 6, 2017 by the CIA, the FBI, and the NSA out of the water, as well as explains why they’ve refused to produce any hard evidence that “Russian hackers” were responsible for what happened to DNC computers. They have none!

Russian President Vladimir Putin told Trump the truth at the G20 Summit when he denied that his country had any involvement with last year’s election. Because “Russian hackers” had nothing to do with the release of the emails that found their way to WikiLeaks.

It is almost certain that the timed release of putative evidence tying the compromising of DNC computers to Russia was purposeful, to distract from what those emails contained and focus ensuing media attention on Russia, where it has remained. All else is “conspiracy” talk (as if this claim that Russia interfered with the election could be classified as anything else).

The long and the short of it: we now know — absolutely, period! — that Trump did not win because anyone in or from Russia helped him. Most visibly, he won because the Democrats screwed up. They ran a candidate almost no one with a functioning brain thinks is honest or trustworthy period. A candidate, moreover, clearly tied to elitism and unearned privilege.

The deeper explanation for Trump’s victory was that the mainstreams of both major parties had collapsed. They lost credibility, at least among the 63 million who voted for Trump and probably among others who either voted for a third-party candidate or stayed home.

The GOP mainstream has championed “free trade” and open borders at least since the Reagan years, and since 9/11, war and police-statism, while ignoring the slow descent of a significant portion of the middle class into an economy abyss of rising living costs and stagnant wages. The Democratic Party mainstream, meanwhile, has promoted identity politics at the expense of the white working class (and former middle class), abortion, homosexuality, Islamism, the war machine, and again, open borders. (Democrats want open borders to get votes; Republicans want them so corporate billionaires can get cheap labor.)

Both parties have ignored the growing debacle in higher education, the cost of which goes up, up, up, alongside bloating administrations, while the quality goes down, down, down, as institutions were transformed into arenas for hard left political agitation which burst forth in living color in 2015 – 16.

Mainstream media has also lost a great deal of credibility, just from having made predictions that Hillary Clinton would win in a landslide. As have their pollsters and their talking heads who have come to look like they followed the Peter Principle long ago and rose to their level of incompetence.

The mainstreamers aren’t going to get their credibility back by pushing this Russia narrative.

Those talking about how we’ve entered a “post-fact world” or something equally silly because Trump exaggerated the number of people present on Inauguration Day, or possibly the number of people who voted illegally, need to look in the mirror. There are simply no facts in support of what has dominated the airwaves for the past six months, distracting Trump from the work he is trying to do on the economy and on protecting U.S. borders. The Russians-hacked-the-election narrative at this point clearly represents an elite-sponsored effort to discredit this president and render him ineffective, because his enemies among the elites and in the Deep State do not want a recovering middle class or border security. Above all, they do not want a rapprochement with Russia and cooperation between the two powers sufficient to resolve the crisis in Syria peacefully (in which Assad would remain in charge), contain ISIS, and halt the expansion of Anglo-Zionist power in the region.

Author’s Note: if you believe this article and others like it were worth your time, please consider making a $5/mo. pledge on my Patreon site. If the first 100 people who read this all donate, my goal of just $500/mo. would be reached in no time! And if we’re honest about it, we all waste that much money each day. 

Telling the truth can have negative consequences. Around this time last year my computer was hacked — it wasn’t the Russians, either! Repeated attempted repairs of the OS failed, the device gradually became unusable, and I had to replace it off-budget.

This is also an attempt to raise money to publish and promote a novel, Reality 101 (a globalist speaks in a voice filled with irony and dripping with cynicism). Promoting a book means, in my case, the necessity of international travel which is not cheap.

I do not write for an audience of one. I write for you, readers of this site. If you believe this work makes a worthwhile contribution, please consider supporting it financially. I am not a wealthy person, and unlike the leftist groups I criticize, I do not have a George Soros funneling a bottomless well of cash my way.

If I reach the above goal of $500/mo., I may be able to speak at an event in your area (contact info below). On the other hand, if this effort fails, I am considering taking an indefinite “leave of absence” beginning later this year to pursue other goals. To sum up, these are your articles (and books). I don’t write to please myself. No one is forcing me to do it, as sometimes it brings me grief instead of satisfaction. So if others do not value the results enough to support them, I might as well go into retirement while I am still able to enjoy it.

© 2017 Steven Yates All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

During the 60s Dr. Benjamin Spock became one of the most famous activists in well-known communist front groups such as the National Committee to Abolish the House UnAmerican Activities Committee who was investigating communists and their front organizations. The nation was being propagandized in favor of Communism, from the White House down!  Eleanor Roosevelt was entertaining officials of the Young Communist League in the White House.  Kenneth Goff in his (1948) book CONFESSIONS OF STALIN’S AGENTS said he knew from inside sources that Party members were being given posts in the Army, the Navy, the State Department and other branches of the national government.

The Committee on Un American Activities was the object of bitter attacks. Its hands were being weakened by constant attack on the floor of Congress by some representatives and the then media “presstitutes” such as Walter Winchell, Drew Pearson and others of their ilk were blasting the Committee and spewing propaganda in favor of Russia which was hurtful.  Goff said he was not even able to arouse Pastors and churches when he contacted them of the danger.

IT’S TOO LATE

John Stormer in his 1964 book NONE DARE CALL IT TREASON said General Albert C. Wedemeyer, chief of strategic planners during WWII, appeared before the House Committee on UnAmerican activities and when asked about the Communist timetable for world domination, he answered, “It is too late.”

Part of a study on Latin American Communist activities published by the UnAmerican committee in a volume entitled, SOVIET TOTAL WAR was issued on September 30, 1956 almost two and a half years before Fidel Castro established the first Soviet-type government in the western hemisphere and it noted  he could not have brought communism to Cuba except for the continual aid and assistance for the U.S. State Department. Even so, the State Department personnel implicated by the Senate study as being directly involved in Castro’s rise to power still held important State Department jobs two years later.  William Wieland, a man branded as “either a damn fool or a communist” before the Senate Committee had been promoted to the highest foreign service rank and pay.

AND THINGS HAVEN’T CHANGED

The 7/10/2017 NEW AMERICAN told how Attorney General Jeff Sessions has put an end to the Department of Justice sweetheart deal that has funneled hundreds of millions of extortion dollars to left-wing activists. On June 5, Sessions issued a memorandum to all U.S. Attorney’s offices and all components of the Department of Justice (DOJ) prohibiting payouts to third parties in settlements reached by the Justice Department.

The new order is aimed at curtailing a massive political extortion racket that has allowed activist attorneys and their left-wing client organizations to rake in millions of federal tax dollars, as well as shake down American corporations for billions of dollars to fund their Marxist agendas. The practice has been going on for decades but was boosted to stratospheric heights during the Obama Administration , with radical “community organizers” from groups such as LaRaza, the Association of Community Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN), Neighborhood Assistance Corporation of America (NACA), Asian Americans for Equality (AAFE), Neighbor Works (NW), the National Community Reinvestment Coalition (NCRC), and the National Urban League (NUL)- and many more – receiving billions of dollars extorted from corporations  that the radical grievance lobbies accuse of racism, sexism, and discrimination. Teaming up with the federal Department of Justice and the liberal-left Big Media, they have cowed corporations into coughing up huge “social justice” payoffs to radicals claiming to represent the allegedly aggrieved ethnic or social group “victims.”

AND LETS NOT FORGET HOLLYWOOD

The UnAmerican committee then looked at Hollywood and it’s subversive Agenda because communist infiltration of Hollywood was having an impact on actors, producers and screenwriters. However, Hollywood chose to ignore the ramification of communist influence on American culture and on Hollywood’s “night of remembrance” glorified supposed “victims of the UnAmerican blacklist when in fact the majority of those blacklisted were either members of the Communist Party or were active in communists fronts.  Two-time vice-presidential candidate and former Communist leader, Ben Gitlow clearly understood Moscow’s agenda:  ”We were volunteer members of a militarized colonial service, pledged to carry out the decisions of our supreme rulers resident at Moscow anywhere in the world but particularly in the land we were colonizing for communism, the U.S.” And, of course, that colonizing continues to this day. Many of the black-listed Communists continued to work in Hollywood under pseudonyms, and by the 1960s most had been welcomed back openly, as heroes.

Many who were called to testify before the House UnAmerican Committee included eight screenwriters, a director and a producer who openly defied the proceedings. All were members of the Communist Party and their refusal to cooperate made them famous as the “Hollywood Ten.”

Feminist Marsha Hunt, one of the stars who flew to Washington in 1947 to support Hollywood’s accused, explained to the audience: “We were trying to keep the First Amendment alive.”  She went on to proclaim, “As the virus (fear of Communism) spread across the nation for a decade, this was no longer the land of the free, nor the home of the brave.” Her conclusion was met with fervent applause.

She went on to say “Everything that Party writers produced had to be vetted by Party officials, Rarely if ever did the first draft of a play, novel, or article run as the author had first composed it.. The most dangerous thing the Party had to cope with was people thinking for themselves.” And, “Of all the arts, the cinema is the most important,” said Vladimir Lenin.

HOW SUCESSFUL HAVE THE COMMUNIST BEEN WITH THEIR PROGRESSIVE RELIGION?

By 1972, Spock was an avowed socialist and presidential candidate for the People’s Party, running on a platform that called for scrapping the free enterprise system, legalizing marijuana, abortion on demand and homosexual rights.  His baby book sold nearly 50 million copies since its appearance in 1946, making it, reputedly, second only to the Holy Bible in total sales.

The July 2017 THE SCHWARZ REPORT headline reads: The Progressive Religion by Fay Voshell and starts out by stating if anyone had doubts about progressive being a religious movement, those doubts should be laid to rest by a recent article in NEW YORK magazine dedicated to promoting a pilgrimage of faithful liberals to secular shrines dedicated to “equality,” and asks? Need a spiritual vacation? A new ad and tourism campaign from New York takes you on a road trip through the state’s historic equal-rights monuments, from Manhattan’s Stonewall National Monument to Harriet Tubman’s home in Auburn. The campaign, announced today by Governor Andrew Cuomo, is running in conjunction with the 100^th anniversary of women’s suffrage in New York State. The ad features a mother and a daughter visiting the home of Susan B. Anthony. The daughter’s worshipful gaze resembles that of an acolyte looking at a crucifix.

Another article tells about Bay Area Democrat Rob Bonta authoring AB 22 which repeals part of a law allowing state employees to be fired for being members of the Communist Party.  Bonta, 44, earned his JD at Yale but like the old-line establishment media he betrays total ignorance of the Communist Party and why the state should never hire or retain any Communist Party members.

And there is one entitled DRIVE CONSERVATIVES OUT by John Perazzo and he tells about an angry young woman named Sunsara Taylor, a self-proclaimed revolutionary communist with a face contorted into a perpetual grimace and a voice modulated as a perpetual harangue – led a discussion event at UC Berkeley titled, “Battle for Berkeley: Why It’s Right and Righteous to Drive Fascists Off Campus, and Out of Power.” Ms. Taylor’s position is simple: Fascists should be prevented from speaking at Berkeley and poisoning the minds of impressionable young scholars.

In case you’re wondering, “fascists,” by Taylor’s reckoning include anyone who happens to hold conservative values  says Perazzo –  i.e. anyone who believes in individual rights, the color-blind rule of law, limited government, free enterprise, and the free and open exchange of ideas. Such values are anathema to Sunsara Taylor and her fellow revolutionary communists, who instead favor group rights, identity politics, perpetual interracial grievance, the flouting of laws that don’t conform to their own political preferences (like immigration laws), bloated government that intrudes upon every facet of individual life, a socialist economy, and raging intolerance for anyone who holds an opposing political view.

The word “fascism” isn’t even found in my 1828 Noah Webster dictionary. My Random House Webster’s College Dictionary says fascism is a totalitarian government system led by a dictator and emphasizing an aggressive nationalism, militarism, and often racism.

So what has  taught us?  There’s more of us than them If our once God-fearing America has become depraved, all the world follows. That is why rulers in great numbers are now openly honoring Satan and just as in the days of Sodom and Gomorrah, America is fast headed toward oblivion and short of divine intervention, America will surely see God’s judgment on this Satanic-filled nation from the President on down.

© 2017 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Betty Freauf: bettyfreauf@gmail.com

The old adage “ninety percent of all the problems one faces is their own fault” could easily be applied to many sovereign citizens of the United States of America.  For this is a nation uniquely conceived by the founding fathers, where the rights of the individual was to be paramount.  On the other hand, the power of the federal government was to be contained within the framework of the Constitution.

In the past, American students were taught about the United States Constitution and the amendments.  Most parents used to instruct their children about right and wrong.  Of course, they encouraged their offspring to live according to a high moral standard.  Believe it or not, most private and even government schools reflected the values of those parents who worked to provide an environment in which their children could achieve greater success than they did.

Unfortunately, the stability of decent government schools unraveled and the malicious dumbing down of students and continues unto this very day.  The numerous problems caused by government schools could have been avoided, if only the sovereign parents of several decades ago stood up and insisted that government stay out of the business of educating students.

Some parents, preachers, commentators and others will complain about America’s terrible government schools.  Unfortunately, far too many people doing the complaining are themselves awash in a sea of ignorance and timidity.  Therefore, they are utterly useless in the effort to build the needed wall of separation between education and state.   Of course, government schools are not the only avoidable problem eroding away the greatness of our republic.

It was Jesus Christ who said “the poor will always be with you.”  When I first read that scripture, I wondered why in the United States should that be so?  After all, America is the land of opportunity, or it will soon be again.  But wait a minute, generations of Americans sat idly by and allowed the government to gradually take away the ability of people to start their own businesses.  Government policies and unreasonable taxation has prevented most Americans from being competitive in the market place.  Another government induced crimp in in the overall economic strength of the United States is the U.S. dollar still removed from the gold standard.  As a result, the value of the dollar is tied to the whims of the Federal Reserve crooks.

When one throws in other liberty inhibiting quagmires like the Internal Revenue Service, the rob Peter to pay Paul welfare state, a government school system that is designed not to prepare most American students to compete in the market place, it is not difficult to believe the before mentioned prophecy of Jesus.

So now because of so many government misdeeds, the American family is in jeopardy.  In the black American community, most households are run by one parent.  For many decades, black females were taught and accepted the premise that they do not need a man.  So today in 70 percent of black American households, fathers are not around.  I believe God designed the family to consist of Father, Mother, children and the family dog.  My Dad used to tell me that a nation is only as strong as her families.

In the white American community, liberal drivel is increasingly demolishing family cohesiveness there as well.  Unfortunately, out of wedlock baby births in the white community has reached over thirty percent.  In the late nineteen sixties,  Senator Hubert Humphrey warned that if the out of wedlock baby percentage ever eclipsed thirty percent, that would lead to the unraveling of the social and economic cohesiveness of black families.  Now that the larger white population has reached that level, it is frightening when one thinks of how bad things could go for our republic, if the out of wedlock baby birth rate has the same negative impact on the general white population as it did on the black community. Now in many cases where both parents are present, American children are denied full time parenting. The reason being is in many cases, both parents must work outside of the home because of either high taxes, or the decreasing spending power of the American (fiat) dollar.

Today when it comes to raising children, good parents seem to no longer have authority over their young ones.  The Bible says to train up a child in the way that he should go.  It also states that the parent who loves their child will use the rod of correction, when needed.  (Not to abuse) But States like Utah now persecute parents that spank their children.  Such unconstitutional encroachments have developed into a negative two-edged sword.  In one way, it has produced a generation of children that has no real conscience concerning what is wrong or immoral.  The other is a growing population of Americans who are accepting nanny goat government meddling in the affairs of what should be the primary domain of sovereign morally sound American parents.

Many Americans now seem to pride themselves on being victims when it fits their leftist political goals or to further the effort to turn our republic into a Venezuelan or globalist hell hole.   Some black Americans run around saying that they are victims of slavery, or that slavery still exists.  Feminist females yell about experiencing sexism and how they cannot succeed in a male dominated society.  Yet females own the majority of small businesses in America and are even taking over the sports broadcasting industry on air positions.  If you watched ESPN lately, you would know I am not exaggerating.  Females in America have it better than almost all females throughout the world.  Even government school education is designed to promote females and demote the role of males in society.  Yet the onslaught of excuses continues, while real solutions are shunned and called bigoted.

That is why in certain circles, there is a vicious hatred of president Trump.  He is about real solutions to problems plaguing our America.  As time passes I believe that we who appreciate the good aspects about our republic will soon begin to see a breaking of the strongholds of the excuse class that is helping to try and destroy what is left of our great nation.  As that occurs, real solutions will increasingly take hold, whether the leftists and their excuse mongers like it or not.  The bottom line dear reader is, America will overcome excuses and through solutions be greater than ever.  God bless you, God bless America and may America bless God.  Join me on a daily page from The Edwards Notebook  7:30 AM PT, 10:30 AM EST on AM 1180 KCKQ Reno, or www.americamatters.us

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

On Thursday a nonpartisan, nonprofit government watchdog group sent a warning  letter to Acting FBI Director Andrew G. McCabe reminding him of the FBI’s responsibility to follow the law stipulated by the Federal Records Act (FRA) to recover records — including memos Comey admitted under oath that he intentionally leaked to the media.

The FRA, a law which originally went into effect in 1950 and was amended by President Barack Obama in 2014, makes the removal of documents from the Bureau by former FBI Director James Comey an unlawful act.

Comey who was canned by President Donald Trump, appeared in front of the Senate Intelligence Committee on last week and made some statement against former Attorney General Loretta Lynch, former President Barack Obama, the New York Times — which he said published “fake news” stories — and complained about the handling of the Hillary Clinton email brouhaha.

Comey also admitted he gave a confidential document about his meeting with President Donald Trump to a “friend” who then gave it to the New York Times, an admitted Trump-hating publication.

. The letter from watchdog group Judicial Watch’s President Tom Fitton states:

“As you are well aware, former FBI Director James Comey gave sworn testimony last week before the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence. Among other things, Mr. Comey confirmed that, while in office, he created various memoranda regarding his meetings with President Trump. Mr. Comey also confirmed that, after his departure from the FBI, he provided at least some of these memoranda to a third party, Columbia Law School Professor Daniel Richman, for the purpose of leaking them to the press. Various media outlets now have reported that Professor Richman has provided these memoranda to the FBI. It is unclear whether he still retains copies of the memoranda.

“I am writing to you on behalf of Judicial Watch, Inc., a not-for-profit educational organization that seeks to promote transparency, accountability, and integrity in government and fidelity to the rule of law. In furtherance of its public interest mission, Judicial Watch regularly requests access to the records of the FBI through the Freedom of Information Act and disseminates its findings to the public. In fact, on May 16, 2017, Judicial Watch submitted a FOIA request seeking these specific memoranda removed from the FBI by Mr. Comey. Judicial Watch also has pending FOIA lawsuits in which the memoranda may be at issue.

“These memoranda were created by Mr. Comey while serving as FBI director, were written on his FBI laptop, and concerned official government business. As such, they indisputably are records subject to the Federal Records Act. 44 U.S.C. §§ 2101-18, 2901-09, 3101-07, and 3301-14. The fact that Mr. Comey removed these memoranda from the FBI upon his departure, apparently for the purpose of subsequently leaking them to the press, confirms the FBI’s failure to retain and properly manage its records in accordance with the Federal Records Act. Even if Mr. Comey no longer has possession of these particular memoranda, as he now claims, some or all of these memoranda may still be in possession of a third party, such as Professor Richman, and must be recovered. Mr. Comey’s removal of these memoranda also suggests that other records may have been removed by Mr. Comey and may remain in his possession or in the possession of others. If so, these records must be recovered by the FBI as well.

“As you may be aware, the Federal Records Act imposes a direct responsibility on you to take steps to recover any records unlawfully removed from the FBI. Specifically, upon learning of “any actual, impending, or threatened unlawful removal, defacing, alteration, corruption, deletion, erasure, or other destruction of records in the custody of the agency,” you must notify the Archivist of the United States. 44 U.S.C. § 3106. Upon learning that records have been unlawfully removed from the FBI, you then are required to initiate action through the Attorney General for the recovery of records. Id.

“In the event you fail to take these steps, you should be aware that Judicial Watch is authorized under the law to file a lawsuit in federal district court seeking that you be compelled to comply with the law. Judicial Watch, Inc. v. Kerry, 844 F.3d 952, 955 (D.C. Cir. 2016); Armstrong v. Bush, 924 F.2d 282,296 (D.C. Cir. 1991). Please advise us no later than June 26, 2017 if you intend to take the action required under the law. If we do not hear from you by that date, we will assume that you do not intend to take any action. Thank you for your attention to this matter.”

“[Director] Comey took government records and the FBI and Justice Department are obligated to get them back. The former FBI director isn’t above the law and current leadership of the FBI should stop protecting him and take action,” Tom Fitton noted in a press statement.

Fitton’s team of attorneys and investigations — such of Judicial Watch’s Chief of Investigations Chris Farrell — are currently pursuing a lawsuit  against the U.S. State Department for failing to take proper action to retrieve emails written or received by former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and other employees which were unlawfully removed from the State Department.  Judicial Watch’s legal argument is that the State Department and FBI never even bothered to undergo a full and complete search for Hillary Clinton’s government emails.

This is one of several of Judicial Watch’s FOIA lawsuits seeking government records and information about the non-government email system used by Clinton. Her email system transmitted and received classified information but the Obama administration allowed her to skate, although she did lose the presidential election.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

We’ve said it so many times, it’s almost a truism. But it is true: liberals are insane.

Suppose you don’t believe in God, or any god; that the whole universe, yourself included, is only the product of pure chance, utterly devoid of any meaning. And suppose you’ve spent four or five years being taught, by highly-paid individuals with a lot of letters after their names, that there is no such thing as truth: there’s only “your truth” and someone else’s truth, but no true truth. And suppose you have been taught, from childhood up, that Science has the answers and really smart people, advised by scientists, have the right to power and authority over all those clods out there; and that if you play your cards right, you might become one of the chosen few. At the very least you’ll have the satisfaction of being a fan and follower of the best people, and thus vastly superior to those who aren’t.

Supposing that all of the above constitutes your worldview, how can it help but lead you into crazy places?

Last week the Advertising Standard Authority, an agency of the United Kingdom’s government, decreed a ban on all “gender stereotypes” in advertising, on the grounds that these might do real harm to people by leading to “unfavorable gender outcomes,” whatever the deuce those might be. There must be, in advertising, no acknowledgement of any differences at all between men and women, which ought to make it rather a challenge to create a sane commercial. Maybe replace the actors with, oh, shadows, or robots, that speak with sexless, computer-generated voices?

So we have the humanists, presumed to be the smartest people in the world, fleeing from one of the basic constituents of being human. Next they’ll resent being mammals: it will be denounced as an affront of Social Justice.

Here in America we have Bill Nye the Science Guy, former kids’ TV star, now one of The Wise, declaring that all us old Climate Change deniers will just have to “age out”—die off, he explains—before he and John Kerry and their buddies can take meaningful action to Save The Planet from Global Warming Etc. Another humanist who has a serious beef with humanity. By “action” he means giving government sweeping new powers to control and regulate every aspect of our lives. That probably means we won’t have toilet paper.

Again Britain is already on board with growing the government. Last week they sent a whole team of agents to shut down a five-year-old girl’s sidewalk lemonade stand. And that’s just their warmup tosses. They’ve got plenty more where that came from.

Well, where else are you going to go, when you have no God, no truth, and no power, and not even any ideology, to restrain the actions of the state—which the old Prussian philosopher Hegel (trust a Prussian to come up with this) called “God walking upon the earth”? And what are the State, and Science, but just another crew of people no better, no brighter, and certainly no saner than the multitudes that they aspire to control? When there is no truth, no facts that remain facts whether you like them or not, it’s simply not possible to be rational.

But that’s what they’re pushing for, for all they’re worth.

I have discussed this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Why not stop in today and visit? Just a single click will take you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

On June 30, 2017, in Lexington, Kentucky, Sam Girod, an Amish farmer, was sentenced to 72 months in prison. Girod’s crime? According to the federal agents going after him, he made a salve without the FDA’s permission. That’s it! A salve so innocuous that you could make it in your own kitchen. This “felonious” salve consists of rosemary, beeswax, olive oil, peppermint, eucalyptus, and chickweed.

He’s now in prison about 7 hours away from his family — his wife Elizabeth, their 12 children and 25 grandchildren — although Sam has never harmed anyone. There are no victims of the 3 herbal salves he made and sold for over 20 years.

In 2012, someone called the FDA and reported that a store in MO was selling Sam’s products and that medical claims were being made.

The claims turned out to be customer testimonials contained in a brochure about Sam’s products. No different than Amazon reviews, yet, since Sam reprinted his customer testimonials in a brochure, the FDA calls these “medical claims,” which puts Sam’s products under their so-called “jurisdiction”. Sam complied and stopped producing any further brochures.

Then the FDA claimed to have found a MO customer who had been harmed by Sam’s bloodroot salve, which turned out to be false – he wasn’t using Sam’s product.

With so many so-called “illicit” infractions the FDA decided to take Sam to federal court in MO in 2013.

The Amish do not use lawyers as a rule and Sam did not. Because he barely presented a defense against federal prosecutors, Sam was convicted on all counts against him.

To quote our friend, Sheriff Richard Mack, founder of CSPOA.org:

“The FDA and several state agencies as well, have already been raiding the Amish who think they can own a few acres of land, grow grass on it, let their cows graze and digest the grass, bring the cows home in the evenings, and milk them. Then the Amish have the criminal audacity to make raw dairy products and share them with family and neighbors. Many such dairies have been destroyed by our brave public officials and many Amish have been arrested. SWAT teams have raided such ‘criminal enterprises’ to protect us all from such dangerous people!”

Thanks to constitutional sheriffs or courts with juries who know their real duty, some Americans have been protected from this lawless tyranny.

You see, there is no authority for the FDA found in the constitution. The constitution designates no authority for a Federal Drug and Food Administration.

The FDA has found pretended authority, which they claim appears in the general welfare clause. However, the general welfare clause only applies to the 17 items found in Article 1, Section 8. This is a perfect example of what our founders call “pretended legislation” in the Declaration of Independence. This is a dangerous make-believe. The solution would be for a representative who understands the constitution to call for the impeachment of this federal judge, and finally, the president should pardon Sam so he can return home and be with his family.

You see God is the only one that can give rights. Not the FDA. And the right to health? Well, that’s yours and mine.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

“Never take counsel from your fears.”-Stonewall Jackson

On a daily basis, Americans are being inundated with oppression through a corrupt system of not only the media, but also corrupt politicians as well.

80 house members have been reported as communists.

[YouTube Video]

Through it all, we see such unlawful and unconstitutional organizations like that of the American Civil Liberties Union, The Southern Poverty Law Center , Planned Parenthood, Homosexual organizations and bureaucracies such as the TSA, Homeland Security etc. surfacing throughout the country (Psalm 55:11; Amos 3:1-15) only to upend American sovereignty. While in the end, they are making war against God by advocating that which He clearly condemns (Micah 3:5).

[YouTube Video]

It has been rightly said by William Booth, “If you want to change the future, then you are going to have to trouble the present.”

It is a tactic that enemies of this country within and without are facilitating.

“Accuse the other side of that which you are guilty.” –Joseph Goebbels, Nazi propaganda minister

The enemies of America are doing their best to tear down the United States Constitution while claiming victim status and perpetuating the crimes.

However, the good news is that it works both ways, if the American people are willing to enforce the law against them that commit the crimes (Psalm 40:8; 1 John 3:4).

“The strength of the Constitution (enumerated Laws) lies entirely in the determination of each citizen to defend it. Only if every single citizen feels duty bound to do his share in this defense are the constitutional rights secure.” -Albert Einstein

America, there is no other side to the issue when it comes to America’s oppressors.  There is the law abider or the Lawbreaker.  Furthermore, America is a Constitutional Republic, ruled by law (Article 4, Section 4), not by the opinions of the criminals.

[YouTube Video]

When you go to Judges 3, you find:

Now these are the nations which the Lord left, to prove Israel by them, even as many of Israel as had not known all the wars of Canaan; Only that the generations of the children of Israel might know, to teach them war, at the least such as before knew nothing thereof; Namely, five lords of the Philistines, and all the Canaanites, and the Sidonians, and the Hivites that dwelt in mount Lebanon, from mount Baalhermon unto the entering in of Hamath.

And they were to prove Israel by them, to know whether they would hearken unto the commandments of the Lord, which he commanded their fathers by the hand of Moses.  So the corrupt Kings were allowed to remain only to PROVE THE CHILDREN OF ISRAEL TO KNOW WHETHER THEY WOULD LISTEN CAREFULLY UNTO THE COMMANDMENTS OF THE LORD! This they failed to do, and because they did evil in the sight of The Lord they were delivered into the hands of their enemies…. And the children of Israel did evil in the sight of the Lord, and forgat the Lord their God, and served Baalim and the groves. Therefore the anger of the Lord was hot against Israel, and he sold them into “their hand and were forced to serve them!”

When you look into the history of the patriarchs, you can see that the Lord is willing to give the church what it is willing to fight for! (1 Timothy 6:12)  What an opportunity for us in this country to prove the God of Israel (Judges 2:22), who has not changed (Hebrews 13:8), that He might show Himself strong on our behalf once again (2 Chronicles 16:9).

Remember America, greater works will we do than Jesus did (John 14:12).  The sooner you take Him at His word, the sooner we are going to see the God of Israel in Jesus Christ glorified. America has been a beacon of light to the world (Isaiah 51:4), and it is for us to keep it lit up. To those who understand “to bring the light you must endure the flame,” we have a job to do, and your enemy is scared to death of this revelation of truth in action (Matthew 16:17-19). Let’s set the record straight.

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

A while back we attended an evening meeting of over 30 rural landowners, in which a couple of auditors of a land use department were there to collect stories of government abuse, for the purposes of an audit.  They got an un-expected ear full.  As the two auditors were leaving the meeting, one of them was overheard to say, “I had no idea it was this bad.”  One might ask how they could be so blind when the rural landowners of this county had been yelling from the rooftops for years, about the egregious injustices that are being foisted on them by an over-bloated, CITY-RUN, county council.

In the spirit of surprising civilized behavior, one by one, the landowner’s stories came pouring out, sometimes punctuated with a few expletives, sometimes with passion bordering on wanting to do physical harm to the perpetrators of their extended grief.  Words like Gestapo, brown shirts, Nazism, communism and socialism were frequently on the lips of the landowners, as they related their individual experiences with land use code enforcement officers.

But what was entirely overlooked by those attending the meeting and by the auditors themselves, was that this was just a symptom of a much greater evil, an evil that is being perpetrated on an American minority, with little or no representation in the government process.  An evil that is foisted on this minority by the tyranny of a majority (city folk) who have bought into the “green” lie that the environment must be protected, no matter how much it costs, or how many individual and property rights that the minority has to give up to implement what can be generously called, a draconian, environmental government policy.  This evil has all the characteristics of mass or religious hysteria.  It is an evil that totally ignores the rights protected by the 5th Amendment to our cherished Constitution, the absolute requirement by government to provide “due process” and “just compensation” when “TAKING” private property.  It is also an evil that violates another section of our Constitution, the “equal protection clause“.  The rural minority is being asked to bear almost the entire burden of environmental protection, for the benefit of the constitutionally ignorant and naive urban dwellers, who have been duped into thinking they have the right to usurp the property rights of their rural brethren with their votes.

But all this grief being dumped on rural landowners is coming from the top down.  It comes out of a spineless U. S. Congress that daily violates their oath of office to preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.  It comes from wealthy environmental groups.  It comes from Europe and the United Nations with their fully expressed goal to take the land away from private citizens in America.  It is formal UN policy that: “Private land ownership is a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth and therefore contributes to social injustice…. Public ownership of land and public control of land use is therefore indispensable.”  Think Agenda 21.

America is a member of the United Nations and has ratified many of their social and environmental goals by executive order and Congressional legislation.  Even one of the U. S. Supreme Court justices (Ginsberg) outrageously believes that we must look at European laws and statutes, when adjudicating American law or legislation.

These national and international injustices are further extended into state and then local governments, as it filters down from the UN, the President (Executive Orders) and the Congress that pass “green” legislation that fully violates the Constitution, if not putting at risk our very liberty.  Trump has reversed many of these trickle-down laws and rules, but there are so many of them.  He can only put a small dent in this tangled web of government tyranny by rule of law.

But let’s be frank here.  Let’s say what many think, but don’t have the courage to say.  Had federal, state or local governments done what they are now doing to the rural minority 100 years ago, the guns would have come out and some government officials would be either shot, hung, or tarred and feathered.  As a matter of fact, such things did happen over 100 years ago, when rural landowners wouldn’t bow down to anyone, but especially they wouldn’t bow down to government officials, politicians and bureaucrats alike, who would trespass on their rights, or their land.

In spite of this past history, we still abhor violence and do not condone it, knowing full well that it just leads to more violence.  We can win without violence, but we will only win when enough Americans decide that freedom is more important than their pleasure, or their assets.  With government holding all the political power, all the money (our money that they use against us) and an enforcement arm (police) that will take on the people with guns, but shield the politicians and the bureaucrats from the people, our task is formidable.  That is why you see armed and uniformed police officers at almost every public meeting these days, in every small and large corner of America, to protect the politicians from the anger of the people.   They fear us, but they don’t fear us enough.

Unfortunately, today, the fight has gone out of the people.  They want to be civilized, they want to be nice and avoid a fight.  Sadly, being nice just enables government to do more against us.  After all, if the people fought they might endanger some of their creature comforts.  So the job is left to the few of us who have the courage to stick our heads up above the noise level and call tyranny what it is, tyranny.

The hard truth is, that if those of us who are fighting are left to our own resources to take on the almighty government, we will eventually be crushed.  (i.e. Bundy, Hammond, Nettleton, Hage, etc.)  If they could crush us now, they would, but so far we still have the right of free speech and we can still call out government injustices and rising tyranny.

But if government can take away one right, which they have, they certainly have the power to take away our other rights whether urban or rural.  If left alone, where the people do not hold government to its constitutional limits, the rest of our constitutional rights are headed for the garbage dump.

But then hey, it’s your freedom to preserve, protect and defend, or not.  What you do, or don’t do, will have lasting affect on your children and grandchildren.  We can certainly understand your desire to be civilized and be nice, so as not to put at risk your hard-won creature comforts but it won’t save liberty.  Just so long as you have your car, your boat, your home, your job and your vacations, it would be foolish on your part to make waves.  Right?  After all, let the other guy take the heat, why should you?  That’s exactly what the German people did during the rise of Hitler.

Sure we could use your HELP, but after eleven years in the heat of this battle we know that we, like so many of us who really care about America, are mostly left to fight Goliath on our own.  That is especially true of the rural landowner who is besieged by a constant barrage of new land use and environmental laws about which the landowner knows nothing until he gets a notice of violation in the mail, or some drunk-with-power code enforcement officer knocks on his door.

IMPORTANT NEWS FOR AMERICA’S RURAL LANDOWNERS:

Please consider this information as a public service notice regarding powerful new information about the rights of rural landowners to exclude anyone from their property, including government agents and law enforcement.  Our organization receives many complaints from landowners, all across America, saying that government and law enforcement believe they have the right to come on your property any time they feel like it under federal, state, or local law and unfortunately they do.  But you can revoke that law.  Allow us to explain.

The right to legally trespass on property by law enforcement and government agents is supported by the “knock and talk” implied license, as set forth in precedent law by U. S. Supreme Court cases, Breard v. Alexander 341 U. S. 622 (1951) and Florida v. Jardines 133 S. CT 1409 (2013).  However, under a 10th Circuit case C:13-CR-00006-RAW-2 (2016) legal authority was granted to the property owner the right to REVOKE that implied license by proper signage.

In our stated goal of acting as advocates for rural landowners, NARLO has developed a copyrighted, powerful “REVOCATION OF IMPLIED LICENSE” No Trespass sign that provides notice to government and law enforcement that the “Implied License” under the U. S. Supreme Court cases cited above, has been revoked by the landowner.  Please note that federal law has priority over state and local law.

Our new sign is a powerful companion to NARLO’s large 18″ x 24″ No Trespassing sign and is purposely designed to be mounted above the large sign, or the new sign can stand alone on its own.  There is no other sign this powerful in keeping government agents and law enforcement off your property, anywhere on the market, backed up by the law.

Take a look at our copyrighted No Trespass sign HERE.

Landowners must organize:  If landowners really want to fight back when government comes calling with an unconstitutional land use fine or notice of violation, they must form a group of rural landowners and start a NARLO County Chapter in their state, like the landowners in Garfield County, Utah did.

Be sure and share this information with your rural friends.  They need to know.

FOR AMERICA’S CITY DWELLERS:

Remember!  It’s the rural landowner that provides the food you eat.  If government can take away the rights of rural landowners, they can just as easily take away the rights of those who live in cities.  Government has and is, but the city dweller is unaware of what is going on behind their backs.  If city dwellers buy into radical environmentalism (climate change, etc.) and the social justice propaganda being fed to the American people every day from government and in our schools, our colleges and in the news media, they will literally be committing American liberty and sovereignty suicide.  Unfortunately, tens of millions of city dwellers have been drinking the government Kool-Aid and have been converted to hopelessly naive’ socialists.

The city vote has virtually destroyed any semblance of constitutional law in America and city dwellers are totally unaware of the approaching storm they’ve created.  America is bankrupt.  Congress is impotent.  The courts are a stacked deck.  The borders are more than porous.  Civic violence and crime are increasing.  Terrorists will continue to attack us.  Our schools and colleges are indoctrination centers and the people are losing their honor, integrity and morality in exchange for drugs, pleasure and entertainment.

To peacefully restore our Constitutional Republic, if it can even be restored, will take the combined, dedicated and coordinated efforts of millions of Americans who still cherish freedom.  In the end, it may take guns.

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

When you’ve made a mistake, admit it and be sorry.  No one in history has ever choked to death from swallowing his pride.  Anonymous

The Art of the Deal

Our President is the very definition of the American success story.  Donald J. Trump is street smart, and a real scrapper when it comes to deals, and he has proven that over and over again in business.  His book, Art of the Deal, one of 15 best sellers, makes his business acumen clear, but it’s time he stops publicly attacking the one man who supported him from the very beginning, time to take it private and settle it.

As I stated in my last article, our President and our Attorney General need to meet in the White House residence over dinner for a one-on-one chat regarding Sessions’ recusal. Jeff Sessions is a man who is honorable and by the book, and he obviously thought he was doing the right thing, but now he needs to undo his mistake to save the President from Mueller’s witch hunt.

Tom Fitton Says Un-Recuse

Tom Fitton, President of Judicial Watch has publicly stated that our Attorney General can legally un-recuse himself from the Russia election investigation and fire Robert Mueller. [Link]

Fitton says that Sessions probably thought he was recusing himself from a limited set of circumstances.  He said, “You can’t have an attorney general that is unable to manage the largest case known to the public that is going on in the Justice Department. Now they have moved beyond Russia and are investigating everything.”

In lieu of a finite charge, Sessions could have delayed recusal and would be on solid legal ground, contends Ken Boehm, chairman of the National Legal and Policy Center, a government watchdog group.  Boehm said, “I think the world of Jeff Sessions. I think he’s a good man. But, if you look at every other incident, people in positions at Justice in the past administration wouldn’t do it because they would fear a fishing expedition. Before Sessions recused himself, he should have called for an actual crime, a statute. He would have been on firm legal ground.”

On July 24^th, Trish Regan interviewed Fitton on Fox Business and asked Fitton why Sessions isn’t being more aggressive.

Fitton stated, “Because he has recused himself from this key rule of law issue, which is the investigation of what went on during the Obama administration, with respect to how it handled the Clinton investigations, and now this whole Russia collusion scandal which has metastasized under a rogue prosecutor into an investigation into anything this prosecutor wants to investigate. You know, the president has a right to expect that his attorney general and his appointees are going to supervise prosecutors appropriately, and that is not happening here.

And he is not really answerable to anyone, Mueller isn’t, which raises constitutional concerns, but you know, just from a practical perspective, who is running the show at Justice Department? This is a major investigation that is being done without any adult supervision, and there are other investigations that many expect to have been done that the administration — the Justice Department is AWOL on.

He can un-recuse himself. I think he was cornered into recusing himself initially, I think he inappropriately recused himself and he should fix the situation and start running the Justice Department and taking control of these investigations as appropriate.”

Ann Coulter Agrees, Un-Recuse

Back on June 12^th, Ann Coulter appeared on Sean Hannity’s program before Jeff Sessions upcoming testimony, and stated unequivocally that AG Sessions should come out swinging and defending his meetings with the Russian Ambassador, while making the case for dissolving the FBI’s Special Counsel investigation headed by former FBI head Robert Mueller. [Link] Watch the video of her interview with Sean.

The only reason Sessions recused himself from this investigation was because he met with the Russian ambassador which every senator has done.  The democrats do as well, but the media has an agenda that certainly doesn’t include the truth.

Coulter states, “Claire McKaskill was tweeting out about her meeting with the Russian Ambassador.  Dianne Feinstein – there are pictures of them all meeting with the Russian Ambassador. There is nothing improper about Jeff Sessions meeting with the Russian ambassador, and on that, he recuses himself and they demand a special counsel on the false claim, which Comey allowed to sit out there, that Donald Trump himself was personally under investigation.”

She continued, “Sessions has got to say the entire point of having an independent counsel has evaporated with James Comey’s reluctant admission that Trump is not under investigation – so he’s not recusing himself, he’s firing Mueller.  The only possible downside is that the media will be hysterical! Will anyone notice the difference? They’ve been calling for Trump’s impeachment before he was sworn in!” [Link]

Coulter and Limbaugh agree and both say the same thing we all say, that Republicans are instinctive losers; they never fight for what is right and they should never apologize or back down.  And that includes Sessions!

Ann was right then and she’s right now.  Attorney General Jeff Sessions needs to un-recuse himself and fire Mueller.

Hillary Investigation Pledge

Back in late November of 2016, our President-elect said that he probably won’t make good on his campaign pledge to pursue a new criminal investigation into his political rival, Hillary Clinton.  He had won the election and was feeling magnanimous towards his defeated rival.

“It’s just not something that I feel very strongly about,” he said in an on-the-record discussion with reporters from The New York Times.

Trump cast his reversal as a unifying move that, contrary to some of the early backlash, he believes won’t upset his supporters.

He said that prosecuting Clinton “would be very, very divisive for the country.”

Trump did, however, suggest he wasn’t taking potential investigations into Clinton off the table, while still remarking that he doesn’t want to “hurt the Clintons.”

“I’m not looking to go back and go through this,” he added.

Two Too Many Recusals

During his confirmation hearing in early January of this year, Jeff Sessions said he would recuse himself from any possible investigations related to Hillary Clinton if he is confirmed as President-elect Donald Trump‘s attorney general.  Did he say this because he knew President Trump had decided to not investigate the Clintons?

“I do believe that that could place my objectivity in question,” Sessions told Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa). “I believe the proper thing for me to do would be for me to recuse myself.”

I do not believe Sen. Sessions recusal was a wise decision in this case, or in the case of the Russian investigation.  I know his reputation is truly stellar, and not only do the folks of Alabama love him, but those who know his Senate reputation love him.

However, Sessions said he would refuse an order from the president to name a special prosecutor to go after Clinton, a move Trump called for during the campaign.

Our candidate of choice led crowds in cheers of “Lock her up,” and then seemingly reneged on his campaign promise to go after her.  The prospect of Clinton or any of her cohorts and co-conspirators actually going to prison for their crimes seems increasingly unlikely.  Yet, our President is now attacking his Attorney General for failing to investigate Hillary Clinton.

Republicans in Congress have vowed to continue an investigation into Clinton’s private email setup, but like the Obamacare repeal, this seems a false promise.

Giuliani Sides with Sessions

Rumors are circulating of the prospect of replacing AG Sessions with former US Attorney and New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani.  Obviously, our President is not satisfied with AG Sessions’ performance to date.  Is he testing the waters or trying to light a fire under his AG?

Giuliani has said that Sessions made the right choice with both the Democrats and Republicans applying pressure for recusal.

Trump’s advisers have also explained to him that anyone who was part of his campaign, including Giuliani, would likely face pressure to recuse themselves from the Russia investigation.

Conclusion

President Trump, you need to meet one-on-one with your Attorney General and stop allowing this disagreement to be public.  And the Attorney General needs to step up, and tell the public that his recusals are being withdrawn and he’s immediately firing Robert Mueller and the dozens of Clinton and Obama supporting lawyers Mueller has hired.  He also might consider firing Rod Rosenstein for even appointing someone like his buddy, Mueller.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Everyone is having a cow over Trump criticizing AG Jeff Sessions for removing himself from the absurd FBI investigation that Trump stole the election by scheming with the Russians.  Clearly, Sessions was clueless as to what the Trump Administration continues to deal with. Out of their minds with rage over Trump defeating Hillary and dismantling Obama’s tyrannical legacy, Leftists have launched civil war on Trump and his voters. No tactic is too low, dishonest or too evil.

Sessions stepping down from the FBI Trump/Russian FBI investigation was the equivalent of bringing an olive branch to a gunfight. Sessions did not win any goodwill from Leftists for his unnecessary and unwise decision to step aside. Quite the opposite. Leftists saw Sessions recusing himself as a sign of weakness, blood it the water.

Trump had every right to be annoyed, as was I. It is extremely crucial that Trump surround himself with warriors who understand what he and We the People are up against.

Don’t get me wrong. I like and respect Sessions. He is a good man. However, by stepping aside from the FBI investigation Sessions behaved like a typical Republican, trying to show Leftists who want him politically dead that he is an honorable Republican. Meanwhile, Democrats and fake news media are plotting 24/7 and pulling every dirty gutter trick in the book to remove our president.

Fake news media tried to pressure Sessions into resigning, claiming it is impossible for Sessions to continue after the president has expressed a lack of confidence in him. Fake news media are enemies of We the People and the Trump Administration. Therefore, their call for Sessions to quit is yet another dirty trick; an opportunity to further their ongoing narrative that the Trump Administration is a mess. Remember, Leftists’ goal is to flood the airways with negatives about Trump 24/7.

Thank God, Sessions did not fall for it. Sessions says he has no intention of resigning.  I pray this is a sign that Sessions finally gets it, realizing the deceitful anti-Trump scoundrels we must defeat.

The Special Council investigating Trump has gotten out of hand. Robert Mueller has a small army of Obama and Clinton supportive anti-Trump lawyers wearing latex gloves.  They are giving Trump’s business dealings with Russia a deep anal exam going back ten years. Are we expected to believe the absurd allegation that Trump began colluding with Russia ten years ago to steal the election? Mueller’s anti-Trump lawyers will thrust their investigative arms deep into the caverns of Trump’s business for however long it takes to find something to remove him from the Oval Office.

Considering that no human being is perfect, it is likely Mueller’s hit squad will find a nugget of something to blow up as an excuse to impeach Trump.

Why aren’t Republicans standing up for our president, righteously raising heck over this never ending unprecedented intrusion into his business affairs. Meanwhile, these same Leftist lawyers who are performing a deep probe into Trump’s business practices supported Obama keeping his college transcripts a secret. Why isn’t Trump’s DOJ shutting this overreaching nonsense down; saying enough is enough; stop this insanity?

I suspect many in the GOP are still never-Trump or still don’t get it. Remarkably, some Republicans still naively believe they will not be trashed by fake news media if they can prove they are fair-minded good guys who seek to work with the democrats. Meanwhile, democrats and fake news media interpret Republicans extending olive branches as weakness to be exploited; an opportunity to plunge a dagger into Trump and Republicans’ political hearts.

Far too many people supposedly on our side do not appear to realize that we are in a battle for the heart and soul of America; patriots vs Leftists. Thank God, Trump understands this reality and is willing to fight pedal to the metal. This is why he was annoyed by Sessions stepping down, surrendering ground to our enemies. His cabinet needs to stop playing footsie with our enemies and get with the program. You give Leftists an inch and they will take a mile.

We the People elected Trump to do battle with anti-America Leftists. Despite fake news polls, we remain firmly in Trump’s corner, ready for battle. We are prayed up. We trust God and have kept our powder dry. Let’s roll Mr President.

Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American

Author: “Confessions of a Black Conservative: How the Left has shattered the dreams of Martin Luther King, Jr. and Black America.”

Singer/Songwriter and Conservative Activist

http://LloydMarcus.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Since the day Donald J. Trump announced his bid for the White House, he has been embattled with globalist “never-Trumpers” across the aisle, around the globe and in his own party.

They tried to prevent him from entering the race – tried to defeat him in the primaries with a dozen high-profile contenders – tried to defeat him in the general election with “sure thing” Hillary Clinton and her global war machine… and have since thrown everything including the kitchen sink at him in an effort to remove him from the Oval Office.

No U.S. President in history has survived so much assault in such little time… but the opposition will not give up or give in, no matter the sentiments of 63 million Americans who chose Trump to lead America out of the anti-American secular-socialist abyss that the global left led us into.

IMPEACHMENT?

Talk of impeaching Trump is nothing but a diversionary tactic designed to manipulate broad public opinion into believing that Trump has committed “impeachable offenses” when it’s no secret that no such offenses have been committed by Trump or anyone in his administration.

Despite zero evidence of successful “Russian hacking” into the 2016 elections or any “collusion” between the Trump Campaign and Russia, the “fake” narrative and ongoing “investigations” continue. Meanwhile, evidence of real criminal collusion and corruption committed by Clinton and the Democratic Party is not being investigated. Trump should have kept his promise to “lock them up” immediately following his inauguration and he is paying a price for not doing that today.

Impeachment was never really on the table for following three reasons;

1. There are no impeachable offenses
2. They don’t have the votes in congress
3. Impeachment would allow Trump a defense

But they can use impeachment chatter to convince many Americans that Trump is “impeachable” and provides aid and cover for the real plan, while move public opinion in their direction and blocking the “Trump agenda” from moving forward under a cloud of doubt.

THE REAL PLAN

Because the three above reasons make impeachment of Trump impossible, “never-Trumpers” needed a different plan, one that did not require impeachable offenses of any evidence thereof, impeachment votes in congress or would allow Trump a defense against his accusers.

Trump’s opposition has worked feverishly around the clock to find a way to legally remove Trump from the Oval Office without using impeachment. They searched high and low for that solution, while they used impeachment chatter to raise doubts about Trump’s ability to serve.

They found their solution in two alternative forms…

1. A 25^th Amendment removal based on “unfit to serve” for any number of reasons.
2. An obscure memo from Ken Starr alleging a President may be indicted outside of impeachment.

The 25^th Amendment Solution

Section 4. reads in part as follows – “Whenever the Vice President and a majority of either the principal officers of the executive departments or of such other body as Congress may by law provide, transmit to the President pro tempore of the Senate and the Speaker of the House of Representatives their written declaration that the President is unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office, the Vice President shall immediately assume the powers and duties of the office as Acting President.”

Section 1. reads – “In case of the removal of the President from office or of his death or resignation, the Vice President shall become President.”

Key to using the 25^th Amendment to remove Trump from the Oval Office is the Vice President, Mike Pence. In order to use the 25^th Amendment to remove Trump from power, Vice President Mike Pence must be on-board. No one can remove Trump from the presidency via the 25^th Amendment without Vice President Mike Pence leading that effort.

So, where do Vice President Mike Pence’s loyalties stand? With 63 million voters, or with his globalist friends in the GOP?

The Ken Starr Solution

In the massive search for how to remove Trump from the Oval Office, an obscure memo written by then Special Prosecutor Ken Starr was discovered, in which Starr states his legal opinion that a sitting President can be indicted outside of impeachment proceedings.

This opinion flies in the face of Article II – Section IV of the U.S. Constitution, which reads – “The President, Vice President and all civil officers of the United States, shall be removed from office on impeachment.” Further, they can only be impeached – “for, and conviction of, treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors.”

It also flies in the face of Oval Office immunity from prosecution, other than by way of impeachment. Presidents are not to be removed from office by any other means than impeachment, nor for light and transient political reasons.

Congress alone has the constitutional power to remove a sitting president by way of impeachment. The impeachment of a sitting president is an indictment, which requires the accused be given a right to a defense against the charges asserted.

Ken Starr may have a different opinion, but even he did not act on that opinion. Bill Clinton was impeached.

63 MILLION PREPARE TO ENGAGE THE BATTLE

63 million Americans did not buy into a “Trump agenda.” Trump bought into their agenda. So, any effort to remove Trump from power or obstruct “the people’s” agenda is not just an assault on Donald J. Trump, it is an act of war against 63 million Americans who elected Trump to lead the way on their agenda and they are getting sick and tired of watching their President under constant attack.

If the globalist left “never-Trumpers” want a war with 63 million Americans, they will get it… If they think they can thwart the will of 63 million Americans, they had better think a bit more carefully.

Americans went incumbent, career-politician hunting in 2016 for a reason and they are just getting started in their revolution to reclaim control over the future of freedom in America.

Subversive actions have consequences.

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JB Williams: JB.USPU@gmail.com

The White House is about to experience the perils of trial by congressional committee.  Although the Russia collusion probe has failed to yield any evidence of criminal wrong-doing, that fact is not going to stop members from grand standing to insinuate obstruction of justice and collusion.  The Democratic leadership of today is virtually indistinguishable from the Republicans of yesteryear who worked in tandem with Senator Joseph McCarthy to destroy the reputations of innocent people through character assassination broadcast from each day’s Army McCarthy hearings.

For those of us who have represented clients before Congressional committees, the fact of character assassination is all too real.  Members whose own shady history is rich presume to sit in judgment of those called to testify.  While purporting to investigate facts germane to one probe or another, all too often they ignore relevant facts that do not fit their narrative and use long winded oratory to substitute for either evidence against their position or no evidence at all.  It is indeed a witch hunt.

In this instance, however, those called for the shellacking have the political clout and resources to fire back, and they should.  Members who presume to condemn the witnesses and grand stand for media advantage should themselves be thoroughly vetted such that their own sordid histories come to light.  It is a sad reality today that most members of Congress are carpet baggers of sorts.  Lacking principle but filled with hedonism and a desire to profit off of public office, many members depend on contributions not tracked by the Federal Election laws to finance everything from employment of their children to junkets around the world.  Peter Schweizer copiously details the corruption in his book Extortion.

In short, the integrity essential to justice is absent in the typical congressional committee hearing.  In this case, Democrats aiming to bring down the Trump presidency by every means possible have no hesitation to do so based on a patently false narrative, that somehow President Trump is a patsy for the Russians or is otherwise complicit in Russian attempts to influence the outcome of the elections.  Despite four congressional investigations and Justice Department and FBI probes into the matter for months there is nothing of any consequence that has come to light.

Wasting tax dollars, as the Democratic leaders are want to do across the board, they now aim to maintain a steady drum beat of false accusations in an effort to block consideration of the President’s domestic agenda and confound his political future.  As with most of these attempts, this one too is likely to redound to their detriment.  While only a minority is likely to find the charges worth exploring despite the absence of evidence, most understand that this is itself obstructionism, designed to render government dysfunctional.  While political folly to spend almost every hour of every day banging the drum of false conspiracy and offering no true alternative to the President’s agenda, the Democratic efforts are yielding fruit in the form of dysfunctional government.  They are obstructing the President’s ability to pursue his legislative agenda in Congress.

Were Republicans to marshal support for the President and attack those bringing the false charges, there would be less obstructionism.  The reality is, however, that many Republicans, including those in leadership positions, dislike the President and therefore ignore or even condone the witch hunt.  In the end, those Republicans disserve not only the President who leads their party but also the electorate that expected them to work cohesively with the President to implement his agenda.

© 2017 Jonathan Emord – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jonathan Emord: jemord@emord.com

Be decisive.  Right or wrong, make a decision.  The road of life is paved with flat squirrels who couldn’t make a decision.  And after all, it is not hard to make decisions when you know what your values are.  Roy Disney

President Trump’s NYTs Interview

President Trump agreed to an interview with NYTs reporters, Peter Baker, Michael S. Schmidt and Maggie Haberman.  The latter occasionally gives this administration a fair shake, and she even commented on how upbeat Trump was. When she actually had a chance to speak to him, she couldn’t believe that he was so cordial.

Michael Schmidt was one of the interviewers, and I was surprised since Schmidt was the primary recipient of leaks provided by fired FBI Director James Comey and his allies and the leaked information was intended to damage the office of our President.

In the interview, President Trump expressed his anger that AG Sessions recused himself from the Russia/collusion investigation.  He also expressed his obvious displeasure with the way Mueller is handling this investigation. Look, the President’s responses to reporters’ questions were sincere and honest.  He told us clearly that he doesn’t appreciate what the recusal cost him and what Rosenstein unleashed upon him, his family, and his young presidency, with the appointment of Mueller. He’s correct to be angry about it.

But the truth is, this all came from Comey, didn’t it!  That snake set the stage for a special prosecutor with his leaks.  How was Sessions to know what Comey would unleash in his testimony when he recused himself?  He didn’t.  Not only that, but AG Sessions is one who follows the law explicitly and that’s why he recused himself.  Nevertheless, he would have been wise to have spoken to his boss prior to deciding to recuse.

The Decision to Recuse

If Jeff Sessions had not recused himself, who in the administration would tell the attorney general that even the appearance of a potential conflict of interest is a very bad thing? No one!  Who would say publicly that staying on would violate official Department of Justice regulations, (28 CFR 45.2) (28 U.S.C. § 528) other than the usual Democratic loons in the House and Senate and the self-righteous cretins in the fake news media?  Again, no one.

The latter DOJ regulation mentioned above actually leaves it to the Attorney General to promulgate regulations with more detailed criteria for assessing such conflicts. And as with many conflict of interest provisions, the law makes clear that even an appearance of such a conflict is legally problematic.

Sessions served as the chairman of the Trump campaign’s national security advisory committee. His close affiliation with Trump and the campaign, and the potential conflicts of interest that creates, was the excuse used by Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer and House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi to call AG Sessions to resign over reports that he spoke with Russia’s ambassador to the United States during the presidential campaign.  What rot!

Then our weak Republicans joined in by calling for Sessions to recuse himself.  This is so typical of the neo-con Trotskyite Republicans who are fighting this administration as hard as the left.  Talk about a lack of chutzpah!  This would never have happened with Obama; the left would have raised holy Hannah.

In early March, Sessions recused himself from the Russia investigation on the advice of Justice Department ethics officials, saying, “They said that since I had involvement with the campaign, I should not be involved in any campaign investigation.”

So, was Jeff just following the law and now Trump is making a mistake in attacking his top supporter? Or should Jeff have said to those demanding his recusal, “Folks, I’m hired to do a job, and I’ll do that job no matter who is in charge without any prejudicial influence.”

Sessions Response to NYT’s Interview

After the President’s statements regarding the recusal, when asked if he would resign, our Attorney General stated that he was honored to have the job and intended to stay in it and work hard for both national interests and President Trump.  He said that the President gave them several directives, one of which was to dismantle internet transnational organizations.  He then announced that they had dismantled the largest “Dark Web” site in the world.  Sessions then said that he loves the job, loves the department and intends to continue.  Rosenstein basically said the same thing.  Watch the three-minute video:

AG Sessions was flanked by Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein and Acting Federal Bureau of Investigation Director Andrew McCabe, who were both also criticized by the president in the New York Times interview.  I view these two as fifth column insiders who should have been canned long ago.  Comey, Rosenstein and Mueller are long time affiliates.  Andrew McCabe is actually facing three federal inquiries for (1) sexual discrimination and subsequent retaliation against the complainant, (General Michael T. Flynn) (2) campaigning as an FBI official for his wife, which is a violation of the Hatch Act, and (3) ethics violations relating to campaign payments to his wife.

Our Attorney General has also reinstated civil asset forfeitures for police departments, stating that this helps law enforcement defund organized crime.  Unfortunately, some innocent people have had to hire legal help to get their funds back, and in some cases, they lose.

Back in March, our AG required the resignations of 46 Obama appointed U.S. attorneys.  He has cleaned house in the past, but the DOJ needs to be thoroughly sanitized of all appointees by previous administrations.

Mueller Expands His Witch Hunt Investigation On Trump

During the interview with the Times, President Trump said if special counsel Robert Mueller’s Russia Investigation looked into the Trump family finances, it would cross a red line, and he’s right.

Mueller is looking into President Trump’s entire business transactions as part of the ongoing probe into the phony alleged ties between the Trump campaign and Russians according to a report in Bloomberg.  He is pushing his investigation into territories previously warned against by the President himself, and journalist Lou Dobbs has some advice for the Commander in Chief.  Here’s what he said:

“I personally believe it’s time for President Trump to get rid of Deputy AG Rod Rosenstein, and get rid of special investigator Robert Mueller, clear out the Obama leftovers in the Department of Justice, and appoint officials to investigate the real corruption and toxic collusion in the D.C. swamp.”

Deputy AG Rosenstein said, “It’s time to do the right thing” – it’s past time.  Dobbs denounced the blatant conflicts of interest infesting the Trump-Russia election collusion conspiracy theory being investigated by Mueller and his team of Democrat operatives, noting, “Nearly half of them gave money to Hillary Clinton or to President Obama.”

Dobbs is right of course. President Trump first needs to direct Rosenstein to limit the scope of Mueller’s investigation to the fake Russian election collusion, and that if Mueller doesn’t limit the investigation to what he was hired for, he will be fired.  The President also needs to tell Rosenstein that if he doesn’t follow these orders, he too will be fired.

The Real Law Breakers

From Whitewater to Benghazi, we all know what the Clinton cabal is about.  Pay to play, Clinton Foundation, obstruction of justice, destruction of evidence, selling influence, and 20% of our uranium to Russia for a big payoff.  “Lock her up” was not just a campaign slogan!

And then there’s Holder’s and Obama’s Fast and Furious, and Comey’s illegal leaks of classified information, Loretta Lynch, John Brennan, Susan Rice and others who orchestrated all this phony Russia narrative and leaks to delegitimize Trump’s presidency.  Americans want our DOJ to go after the criminals of the Dark State.

Tucker Carlson Berates President Trump

I don’t watch Carlson because he has a habit of talking over guests, and you can’t understand either of them when both are speaking.  Tucker is not the professional Bill O’Reilly was, albeit I wasn’t a big fan of O’Reilly.  Needless to say, this attack on our President was uncalled for and spewed an invective that normally appears only on MSM.  Now it’s all over on the web, thanks to the arrogance of Tucker Carlson.

He commented, “President Trump’s attack on Jeff Sessions in the failing NY Times suggests he’s forgetting who’s on his side. Sessions is one of the few who believed in him from the start and was making progress on his agenda.”

President Trump and AG Sessions

Donald John Trump gave up a lifestyle that we can only imagine, his wonderful family, his beautiful wife and their son, and a life of ease running a billion-dollar business to save his country.  He is not a politician.  He is simply a citizen who loves America and has spent his own money to lead our country back to greatness.  He is not perfect, only God has that claim, but he loves the USA, and he’s fighting to save not only America, but his own presidency from the left’s onslaught.

President Trump, you are the leader of America, and as such, it is up to you to guide the people in your administration, yet still allowing them to make their own choices.  Please invite Attorney General Sessions to the White House residence for a one on one discussion.  Have dinner together and discuss where this will go, who in the DOJ needs to be fired, and how to handle the Dark State enemies of freedom.

AG Sessions may have made a mistake in recusing himself, but this can be worked out, and he is a strong supporter of your agenda as well as all your promises.  He is working hard to help you in many ways.

President Trump and Rod Rosenstein

Secondly, invite Deputy AG Rod Rosenstein for a one-on-one dinner in the White House residence.  You nominated Rosenstein, and he has put Mueller in charge of this investigation, and Mueller has gone off the rails by hiring Clinton and Obama supporters who plan to investigate your entire business life as well as the election.  Rosenstein’s choice of Robert Mueller tells your supporters that he is left of center in appointing someone who is definitely not bipartisan.  If he doesn’t rein in Mueller, tell him his days are numbered, and so are Mueller’s.  Lou Dobbs is right.

Conclusion

Tucker Carlson is right about one aspect.  Sessions, like General Flynn and Steve Bannon are the renegades Trump hired in the beginning.  They are the backbone of support for this President and the American people.  They are the people we want in this administration, not the fifth column Dark State who seems to occasionally whisper in his ear.  Trump cannot afford another loss.

Our President has suffered the most evil and vindictive lies and slander from the Democratic establishment socialists and MSM.  His own party has fought him on fulfilling the promises he’s made to the American people, the very people who elected him because of those promises.  He has been inundated and deluged with false charges, not only on his person, but on his family and those in his administration.  It has been non-stop from the moment he announced his candidacy, and it revved up to a point of psychosis when Hillary was defeated by this populist leader who remembers the greatness of our country.

Never discount what Trump says or does, often his plans are far ahead of what we see.  We play checkers, and he’s playing chess.

As Sun Tzu said, “He will win who knows when to fight and when not to fight.”

It’s up to us.  We must demand Congress works to help our President.

Email: – https://www.whitehouse.gov/contact/

The White House phone number – (202) 456-1111

Capitol Switchboard for your Senators and representatives (202)-224-3121

If you don’t know your representatives, go to who is my representative.com and enter your zip code or state.

P.S.  We must fight for what is right, if we don’t, then the loss of this great nation will be on our shoulders.  The same goes for NewsWithViews.  It is up to all of us to keep the free flow of information available.  Thank you for continuing to help NWVs stay alive and coming into your mailbox every morning.  You can donate here.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

When the new “modernized” version of the Bible titled, The Message written by.Eugene Peterson suddenly materialized in the bookstores with lots of press attention, my own thinking was, “Here we go again. Why do we need another version of the Bible?” It was a proper question. It seemed like every other month another ‘modernized’ version of the Bible was popping up somewhere. Every new arrival would belch out the same pitch, “written in modern up to date language (many words were changed altogether missing precisely what that sentence intended to convey.)“But,” they proclaimed, “this new and changed language can be better understood.”

This new ‘Bible’ was needed, say they, since many people cannot grasp the King James Language of the original Bibles. “This is why we need a clearer up to date Bible that everyone can understand which will result in more decisions for Christ.”

When the New International Version (NIV) was birthed in the 1970’s it appeared that everyone associated with the Assemblies of God Church felt that this was the greatest new thing since corn flakes. Pastors immediately began preaching from the NIV re-written texts. The theological errors were numerous and disturbing. For example, they left out the blood of Christ. It came off like a Cliff Notes of The Bible but, the content was faulty on every other page.

I did a class one night where Scriptures were read from the King James Bible and then someone else read the same Scriptures from the NIV. Attendees began to gasp as the readings went on and the total difference in the Scriptures became so obvious that at one point it almost became scandalous as it could be seen that these NIV people had basically re-written the entire Bible, leaving out key issues.

THEN the ultimate re-written Bible of all was introduced and exploded on the scene like fireworks at an outdoor popcorn party.  Notice I used “re-written,” NOT paraphrase. At one time I had 26 translations of the Bible in my library, such as The Phillips Bible and too many others to mention. These were not re-writes to change a particular meaning or word or simply edited in an attempt to clarify words. Those translations were real and absolutely valuable when seeking deeper meaning of a term used in the texts or simply to clarify a word. These were not cheap knock-offs of The Bible itself.

Peterson (we won’t refer to him as ‘Reverend since he does not have the heart of an authentic pastor) then received so much attention that he felt he had star status and could say anything he wanted. THEN the fireworks finale lit up the screens of the internet.

He began giving interviews and the trap was easily set.  He was asked by the interviewer of Religious News Service if he would ever officiate at a same-sex “marriage.” He said,’yes,’ than stated that the Presbyterian Church USA performs many same-sex “marriages.”  (This is very sad for this columnist who grew up in the Presbyterian Church, which at one time was THE church, where ‘proper’ God believing people attended.

Peterson often spoke in favor of LGBT people, once stating publicly, “There are gay and lesbian people who seem to have as good a spiritual life as I do.” Then he latched on to ‘situational ethics” by blubbering, “There is no right or wrong.” Really?

Wait! Isn’t he a minister? Doesn’t  he have “Reverend” in front of his name? There is no way he can claim those titles when he lets it be known that he will participate in any perversion that comes along, something that God specifically prohibits. This is made clear throughout the Bible. The first chapter of Genesis tells how and why he created MAN and WOMAN who would leave their parents and cling one to another.  They were to procreate. God allows for NO sexual deviancy. He made it clear that sex is only to be between a man and woman who are married. That is when sex is the most exciting.

When sex is pure it has a sacred thrill to it. Those on the prowl never know the genuine excitement that God-given sex can provide. And they remain frustrated throughout their lives since they will never know what true satisfaction is.

Of course, the moment Peterson’s perverted statements went out it started an uproar. Within 48 hours, Peterson retracted his statement. Too late, He had already exposed the secrets of his inner-being.  Bookstores like Lifeway Christian Books, a huge chain, has said they will discontinue carrying his books. Other book stores have said the same.

So what do you think? Should a pastors’ books be banned from Christian book stores when they prove to be insincere, not living a biblical life, indeed exposing themselves as hypocrites?

Here is the answer from this writer: I have a great respect for books and for authors, even authors I disagree with, such as many philosophers I read who are atheists. They are writing their thoughts sincerely. I am intrigued how the thought process of scholars function as they analyze a social issue and work toward a conclusion.  I am fascinated by epistemology directing scholars to reach their final thoughts.

I also know what goes into a book. It is an endeavor where the author pours his very being into the book, revealing his deepest thinking process that leads to his breakthrough ideas.

HOWEVER it is an entirely different matter when someone claiming to be a minister and theologian is actually a hypocrite who uses words, not from the heart, but words he has picked out of the air to make a book that will appeal to believers. When I read a Christian book I want to read words that are pure, that come out of a pure heart, not from a deceptive heart  that defies the wishes of God.

Yes, the Christian book stores should not carry his books. This is rare for me since I love my library. However, I’ve already gotten rid of my own copy of The Message. None of Peterson’s books will be in my library again.  If I had the space available I would fill several pages of “Scriptures” as written and given to the world by Eugene Peterson so you can see for yourselves. And to think I have seen respectable pastors preaching their sermons from that abominable Bible re-write, not the Bible itself.

Quick Question: Why do Christians think that we have to constantly make new versions of the Bible? Ask yourselves this question. Have the Muslims ever re-written their so-called sacred texts?  Can you imagine them ever doing so?  The original Bible should be what is on the pulpit, which is what first came to us and will never be out of date.

Am I being too judgmental and harsh for the feelings I have about a pastor committing or endorsing sin? No. We must confront sin and uphold God and His Word. And what about the criticism of us calling some sins more serious than others, like homosexuality?

There are many sins. However, this column has never heard of a thief, a robber, an adulterer, a murderer, a child molester or rapist mounting a campaign to force everyone to accept those sins. I have not heard of those other sinners putting people in jail for refusing to endorse and participate in those sins by attending their events or parades. We have never heard of other sinners putting people in jail for refusing to endorse those sins by providing them professional services.

Homosexuality is a completely different category of sin. It affects everyone. It affects children (who should be allowed to grow up without exposure to deviancy in their formative years. We are guilty for allowing this to happen.

PASTORS, MAN YOUR PULPITS. Christians, let’s get rid of these phony pastors like Eugene Peterson who are not only illegitimate but are hypocrites. More people leave the church and even a relationship with Jesus Christ because of these bogus preachers than any other single reason.

And each of those arrogant frauds will have to stand before the White Throne Judgment.  Read Ezekiel 3. This tells how anyone you turn away from God by your actions and personal conduct will require their blood on your hands. You will be held totally responsible. This is a serious offense that will be punished severely, especially those pastors and ‘reverends’ who falsely use those titles.

Mr. Peterson has a unique take on the Bible. He believes that we are to love the sinner…AND…love the sin. He may as well create The Church of Evasion..Perhaps he already has. We don’t really believe that God had that in mind.

There are only two choices to make in life: Do it God’s way–or don’t do it at all. This is what gives validity to the titles of ‘Reverend” and or Pastor..The preacher who does not do it God’s way is a con-man who has no right to refer to himself as a Reverend or a Pastor.

Get involved with a Bible believing church and join a Bible study class. Fill yourselves totally with God. Our relationship with God is what will be our strength and guide us in these coming last days.

And please, readers, show this story to every pastor you know. It is time to hold the microscope up to ourselves.

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

One issue that doesn’t get discussed enough on talk radio – like Limbaugh & Hannity who command at least 20 million listeners a week or cable news networks is the issue of pensions: city, county, state, private. The warnings have been out there for many years, but Americans either don’t know they should be worried or they simply trust whoever is managing their pension funds.

P.E.R.S. – Oregon’s Grand Delusion, June 4, 2006, and has time has gone by, Fred lays it all out just as he predicted:
P.E.R.S.: Lies, Distortions, Half-Truths and Fraud, September 14, 2013
Why Josephine County (Oregon) is Broke, January 27, 2015:

Why be in free enterprise?

“Also, on top of PERS, Rosemary will receive her Social Security, and be exempt from state income tax like all other retired government employees! According to Fidelity Investments the capital requirement for a single female at age 60. For a $150,000 a year pension without a COLA costs: $2,833,000.00!”

Another blow for heartland workers: Slashed pensions, July 20, 2017

decrepit condition. Several plan sponsors have already applied to the Treasury Department to cut back retirees’ allotments…

“However, it’s not clear what would be fair. The hammer is falling on the private pension funds that are running out of cash. And those shortfalls have many reasons. “The stock market crash had a huge effect,” said Outreach Director Joellen Leavelle of the Pension Rights Center. “Some plans lost billions.” It was a loss from which they never recovered…

“For now, both healthy public pension funds and private pension funds aren’t at risk. But for those who are affected, it hurts a lot, said Pat Overstreet of Hinckley, Ohio. She and her former iron worker husband refinanced their home to pay for their daughter’s brain tumor treatment. But since his pension has been cut from $2,500 to $930, they may lose their house, she said.”

What about the UN-healthy pension funds?

Governor signs bill to ,repair pension plan for corrections officers, April 18, 2017


READ: Pensions Timebomb In America – “Global Crisis” Cometh, June 30, 2017

Your pension could be at the center of America’s next financial crisis, March 24, 2017

1 million working and retired Americans are covered by pension plans at the risk of collapse. The looming pension crisis is not limited by geography or economic focus. These including former public employees, such as members of South Carolina’s government pension plan, which covers roughly 550,000 people – one out of nine state residents – and is a staggering $24.1 billion in the red. These include former blue collar workers such as roughly 100,000 coal miners who face serious cuts in pension payments and health coverage thanks to a nearly $6 billion shortfall in the plan for the United Mine Workers of America. And when the bill comes due, we will all be in very big trouble.”

NY Teamsters Pension Becomes First To Run Out Of Money As Expert Warns “Pension Tsunami” Is Coming, March 2, 2017. Catastrophic for these people.
General Electric: Another Impending Pension Crisis is Here, June 20, 2017. “Bloomberg reports, “The $31 Billion Hole in GE’s Balance Sheet That Keeps Growing.”
Stanford Report: California Public Pension Debt Up 19% to $964.4 Billion, Dec. 3, 2016
Borrowing to Fund Pensions Could Make California the Next Puerto Rico, June 15, 2017. Hey – robbing Peter to pay Paul is how corrupt lawmakers do business.

California uses one state credit card to pay off another, July 9, 2017

“Contained within the budget is a plan worked up by Gov. Brown and State Treasurer John Chiang that greenlights the state to borrow reserve cash from state government accounts and to plow the proceeds into the California’s pension investment fund.

“The idea is that the higher yielding pension fund will earn more than enough to cover both interest on the new debt and pay down some of the state’s pension obligations. Over the past two decades, several states and localities tried very similar schemes to deal with their own pension problems, but the practice is fraught with risk, and it has backfired spectacularly on more than a few occasions.”

After A “Run On The Pension Fund” Dallas Mayor Demands Halt Of Withdrawals, Nov. 30, 2016

“Critically the Pension System’s actuary warned that the Pension System would become insolvent even sooner if Deferred Retirement Option Plan (“DROP”) funds are drawn down in less than a ten-year period.

“Despite this clear warning, you have inexplicably paid out nearly $500 million in lump-sum DROP withdrawals over a matter of mere months – notwithstanding your power to unilaterally restrict or limit DROP withdrawals.  In doing so, you have knowingly allowed DROP funds to be withdrawn at record levels, cognizant that doing so is irreparably harming the Pensions System’s solvency and liquidity.

“Already, as a result of your actions, the Pension System’s ability to pay its members’ future benefits has been irreparably reduced from a period of 15 years to 10 years.  Further, both the City of Dallas and the Pension System have projected that DROP withdrawals, if unabated, will lead to a liquidity crisis in the Pension System with the next 90 days, causing a forced sale of illiquid assets.  Your Board Chairman summed it up best when referring to the payment of DROP withdrawals: “- the continuation of this practice would be financial suicide.”  And yet the practice continues.

“Given the urgency of this matter, I request a response within 48 hours as to whether the Board will immediately cease DROP payments until such time as the solvency and actuarial soundness of the Pension System is restored.”

Dallas Police and Fire Pension Board ends run on the bank, stops $154M in withdrawals, Dec. 8, 2016
Detroit Pension Cuts From Bankruptcy Prompt Cries of Betrayal, Feb. 5, 2015:

“Pension checks will shrink 6.7 percent for 12,000 Detroit retirees beginning in March. Making matters worse, many also must pay back thousands of dollars of excess interest they received. It’s a bitter outcome of Detroit’s record $18 billion municipal bankruptcy for David Espie, 58, who will repay the city $75,000 in a lump sum while his $3,226 monthly pension is cut by $216.

“As retirement costs swallow larger portions of U.S. city budgets, Detroit’s bankruptcy plan resolved a pension crisis with creative strokes, though at a cost to retirees who thought their benefits were untouchable. “I feel betrayed,” said Espie, who may abandon plans to move to Alabama. He recounted family get-togethers he missed during the 30 years he spent in the Department of Public Works picking up trash and plowing snow. He also pays $500 a month more for health insurance than a year ago.” The rest is a horror story.

Outrageous: National epidemic: Public employees ‘spiking’ pensions

Those are but a few examples of a national crisis piled on top of Obamacare killing off disposable income for tens of millions of Americans who struggle to pay the outrageous premiums. When people begin to panic – like a sucker punch to the gut when they read real life stories like the ones above – they stop spending. They hoard because they don’t know what’s coming next – especially if you depend on or will depend on some pension fund to supplement your social security.  In some state systems employees don’t pay into SS only their pension fund.

Of course, such contractions have dire consequences to local economies and you see businesses shutter. Big box chain stores aren’t just going out of business because of behemoth Amazon (who I feel is biting off more than Bezos’ can chew and as they say, the bigger they are the harder they fall). It’s because for Americans, despite the healthy optimism out there as a result of President Trump getting some important things done – like axing a boat load of unnecessary business killing regulations – reality is still out there. Grossly under-funded pensions ig one of the biggest.

If you will depend on a pension down the road or are receiving one now you really should look into its solvency and keep up with the numbers.

Kudos to President Trump for this; be sure to read the details: Trump Signs “Buy American, Hire American” Executive Order

[Devvy does a pod cast every Thursday: What Congress and the Media Won’t Tell You, which covers bills like the one to stop taxing social security rotting in committee in Congress. Knowledge is power but only if truth is made available to millions of Americans. Her 7.20.17 pod cast dealing with the destruction of the Seventeenth Amendment (electing US senators) needs to be shared far and wide. The beauty of a pod cast is you can listen live or download and listen anytime on just about any gadget out there like iTunes, on your computer, iPhone, Smart Phone or Android device. Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]\

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

What happens when the law makers themselves become law breakers? Or what happens when those who are charged with enforcing the law also become law breakers themselves? In an police incident in our State’s Capital this past Christmas, a man was arrested by the police and $1500 cash was taken from him by the police but never returned. Just last month it appears that because a lawsuit was looming that city finally cut him a check for that amount but the incident is another very troubling example of civil asset forfeiture. That “involves a dispute between law enforcement and property such as a pile of cash or a house or a boat, such that the thing is suspected of being involved in a crime. To get back the seized property, owners must prove it was not involved in criminal activity.”^[1] In other words you are not charged with a crime, you money is and it is guilty until proven innocent – a costly and statistically losing battle for the person who has been civil asset forfeitured by the police. I am glad Annapolis finally did the right thing, but that is rare in the civil asset forfeiture world. By the way the city still can’t account for what happened to the $1500. Was it get pocketed? The officer said he put it in his hat, but after that no one knows what became of it.  And  by the way he has since retired, and faced no repercussions for his actions.

Video of the sermon

What about lawlessness on the Federal level? We know that for more than a decade the immigration laws which clearly spell out the enforcement the executive branch is charged to conduct – have not only been ignored, with little enforcement taking place, but in fact the previous administration made active moves to encourage more illegal immigration into our country. The effect has been to tell the world we have open boarders, anyone who wants to can walk right in. Our immigration laws mean nothing. And now when we have the Executive branch trying to enforce the immigration laws on the books, Federal courts have repeatedly blocked the enforcement from going into effect.

We also know “There is a federal law that forbids the Internal Revenue Service from unfairly targeting private groups or individuals on the basis of their politics. Lois Lerner, an IRS director, did just that but faced no legal consequences.

Perhaps Ms. Lerner’s exemption emboldened New York Times columnist Nicholas Kristof to invite IRS employees via social media to unlawfully leak Donald Trump’s tax returns. Later, someone leaked Mr. Trump’s 2005 tax return to MSNBC.

There are statutes that prevent federal intelligence and investigatory agencies from leaking classified documents. No matter.… The leakers apparently feel that prosecutors and the courts do not mind if someone’s privacy is illegally violated, as long as it is the privacy of someone they all loathe, like Mr. Trump.

The logic seems also to be that we need only follow the laws that we like — and assume that law enforcement must make the necessary adjustments.”^[2]

What is the cumulative effect of these trends?

With selective enforcement and government officials who are clearly above the law, what does that lead people to conclude? That law in America is arbitrary, politically protected individuals and groups are exempt, you never know when you will be robbed by the police or falsely imprisoned. Does not this begin to sound very much like a description of the communist USSR, where the civil government rather than protecting and defending your God given rights became the primary violator of your God given rights?

Are we as a nation descending into lawlessness or has lawlessness already been enthroned as the ruler of these united States?

Consider that our Founders clearly stated their understanding of what law is which they styled, “The Laws of Nature and Nature’s God.” And we have previously shown from this pulpit that this phrase clearly referred to the Bible. So they believed God’s Law given to us in the Bible is the Supreme Law of the Universe and any human statute must comply with that Supreme Law to be valid law.

Then think what has happened since that time, at first slow steady descent, but in the past fifty years a precipitous free fall in rejecting God’s Law as supreme has taken place. So what has become of that Supreme Law in the eyes of the legal scribblers of our land? It has been rejected entirely.

For me the most telling scene was in 2003 on a hot August morning in Montgomery Alabama where I saw the workers inside the Judicial building moving the Ten Commandments, a monument to lawful government from the center of the rotunda. In the crowd there was a rumor circulating that they were going to put it on a trailer and haul it away. Some of us went around to the loading dock to see if this is was so. It was not, instead they parked the Ten Commandments in a closet and locked the door. What a fitting image of what has happened to the rule of law in our land. The Law of the Creator taken out of a public building devoted supposedly to the rule of law, and locked away in a closet. That reminds us of the very first of the Ten Commandments, Exodus 20:3 “Thou shalt have no other gods before me.” The god whom a society chooses to worship will be the god that determines its “laws.” So having dethroned the rightful ruler, the Creator God Himself, what has been put up instead? Lawlessness. We see government lawlessness where the ruling class has a different set of standards and laws for them than for the rest of the peons. And we see where those so called rules are selective enforced against the politically unfavored. Where a police man can steal $1500 from a motorist and face no consequences for it. Where we have seen leftist mobs viciously assault citizens while the police stand by and let the violence go on. By dethroning the Supreme Law of the Universe what has replaced it? Lawlessness. Lawlessness in the corridors of Congress, lawlessness in the camber of the Supreme Court, lawlessness throughout civil government on all levels. But it isn’t confined there, were to God that it was, we have lawlessness breaking the peace of our society, from gangs not only in the cities but now frequently in the suburbs, to leftist mobs violently attacking anyone who disagrees with them. What will it take to restore this land of liberty?

Turn to Titus 3:9 Paul inspired by the Holy Spirit gives instructions to his disciple Titus.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

Footnotes:

^[1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Civil_forfeiture_in_the_United_States

^[2] http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/mar/22/us-heading-toward-lawlessness/

The more we look at vaccines the more we see that they are unsafe but as with GMO products the dangers are simply ignored by government and the FDA.  Yet we see that the government even produces information that proves they are incompetent concerning the safety of vaccines. Even though the mainstream media push the agenda that “vaccines are safe” the federal government has publicly released vaccine injury payout figures that prove vaccines routinely maim and kill children all across America.

The government’s own document reveals statistics of over 18,000 petitions filed for compensation by families of children who were seriously injured, maimed or killed by vaccines in the United States alone.

The document reveals that a shocking 633 petitions for serious vaccine injury or death have been filed in the fiscal year 2017. This follows 1,120 petitions that were filed in 2016.

The number of petitions filed is a tiny fraction of the total number of children who are seriously harmed by vaccine injuries, as doctors aggressively brainwash parents into believing that seizures, convulsions, autism and other serious conditions are never caused by vaccines. Furthermore, families of vaccine-injured children must hire an attorney to file a petition with the U.S. government, then wait anywhere from two to ten years for a decision by a “kangaroo court” that’s stacked against them. Thus, in nearly all cases of vaccine injury, parents are convinced into either believing that vaccines had nothing to do with the injury or that trying to fight the government for compensation is a complete waste of time. (This is all by design.)

As a result, the real number of vaccine-injured children in America is at least 100 times larger, and more reasonably as much as 1000 times larger when you consider “minor” brain damage, short-term seizures and other conditions that are difficult for parents to notice.

In other words, there are at least 63,000 vaccine-injured children in America from 2017 alone, making vaccine injuries a leading cause of injury in children. This is all hidden and denied by the pharma-controlled media, of course, which wants you to focus on 48 children with measles in Michigan rather than 63,000 vaccine-injured children all across America.[1]

As America inches towards a police state depicted in 1984 even Republicans are jumping on the anti-freedom bandwagon and pushing for mandatory vaccines just to keep your job!  A new bill, HR 1313, has been introduced by North Carolina Congresswoman Virginia Foxx (R) which is designed to give employers absolute power over the employee by mandating whatever they deem to be proper “heath prevention” measures. These measures would include submitting DNA records as well as mandatory vaccinations and other perceived “health preventive” measures designed for the “greater good” of the general public. The result of not complying with this new law of course would be losing your job.

This kind of legislation thus gives large corporations government-like political status and god-like powers over the individual and further widens the gap between the rich and poor. But even more importantly this kind of legislation strips away intimate individual medical privacy and further solidifies the global control grid being created by the ruling elite as they attempt to complete their new world order plans of permanent human enslavement. No need to imagine how this “future” new world order enslavement will look like anymore. We’re seeing it all being rolled out in real-time and in broad daylight for the world to see.[2]

America deserves the freedom to participate in the healthcare they want not what the government or even the large corporation demand.  This North Carolina bill is actually part of Obamacare but is being pushed by RINO Republicans. Globalists have infiltrated both parties but try to make it look like they are doing thing for the benefit of the people when in reality it is to benefit government and big corporations.

What is not being exposed to the general public is the fact that there are still many things about vaccines that are not understood by the medical community.  I think these problems need to be solved before we continue to expose our kids and even adults to these potentially dangerous drugs.  The US government department for Health Resources and Services Administration has recently released the running tally of the just-past-half-way-complete US Fiscal Year (FY) of 2017 for compensable vaccine injuries. It currently stands at over $142 million dollars. You read that right. That covers the 377 cases that were thus far successful in obtaining compensation in the fiscal year 2017 through the heavily biased (to put it politely) system allegedly in place to redress the damage done by vaccines in the USA.

At the rate things are going, we might expect the Vaccine Injury Compensation Program to pay out around $220 million or more by the close of FY 2017. To clarify, US Fiscal Year 2017 runs from October 1st, 2016 to September 30th, 2017 – there’s still over four months remaining to rack up more carnage.

According to the CDC’s website, there are “limitations in our knowledge of the risks associated with vaccines” and vaccinations have “the following problems”:

1. Limited understanding of biological processes that underlie adverse events
2. Incomplete and inconsistent information from individual reports
3. Poorly constructed research studies (not enough people enrolled for the period of time)
4. Inadequate systems to track vaccine side effects
5. Few experimental studies were published in the medical literature.”¹ (emphasis added)

The above very revealing admissions from the US Centers for Disease Control (CDC) completely undercut the pathological overconfidence exhibited in the extreme portions of the community pushing for mandatory vaccination.[3]

Even when there has been obvious evidence that there is a problem there is inaction from the government agencies that are in place specifically to prevent these types of problems. Last Thursday, May 9, 2017, the Duluth News-Tribune re-published, on their Opinion Page/Other View, an editorial previously published in The Free Press of Mankato, MN. The title of the DNT was “Not Learning from our Errors” and the Free Press title was “Debunked vaccine fear taking toll on Minnesota”.

Also last week a Duluth Reader reader from Tower, MN wrote a letter to the editor criticizing a recent Duty to Warn article of mine that could (and should) undermine the confidence that people have in the vaccine industry and the clinics and physicians who follow the so-called “scientific consensus” on the CDC’s, FDA’s and AAP’s vaccine mandates (and presumably for the rapid institution of the 271 new vaccines that are in Big Pharma’s pipeline into the CDC’s already over-vaccination agenda).

Both articles mentioned the oft-referenced case of Andrew Wakefield and his dozen co-authors who reported on their evaluations of a series of 12 severely disabled autistic children who were all also chronically ill with severe abdominal pain and chronic diarrhea, whose parents had brought them to the team for evaluation. The parents knew that their child had been developmentally normal prior to the MMR vaccinations and, following the inoculations, had deteriorated both neuro-developmentally and gastro-intestinally.

Wakefield, a gastroenterologist, and his team performed various studies, including colonoscopies and biopsies, on the very sick children. The viral assays that were done showed that the viral enteropathy was caused by a strain of measles that was identical to that which was in GlaxoSmithKline’s MMR (measles, mumps, rubella) vaccine.

So the conclusion that could not be avoided was that the bowel disorder in the vaccine-injured children was actually an iatrogenic disease (physician- or treatment-caused) that was caused by the MMR shot. It was not much of a jump to also conclude that the accompanying autism disorder was also iatrogenic.[4]

When findings like these come out big pharma goes on the attack to discredit the researchers.  It is simply proof that money is more important to them than the lives of the people they destroy. To a powerful multinational corporation like Glaxo (and their shareholders), that was an intolerable finding and something had to be done to try to discredit the findings and the authors. Threats to most of the team succeeded in disavowal, except for Wakefield and another (who was later totally legally absolved of any ulterior motivations).

The article was also an intolerable finding for the hospitals, clinics, physicians and nurses in the entire National Health Service (and the world’s health systems) who had been indoctrinated with the notion that all vaccines were safe and effective. Because of their indoctrination, they had been complacently administering larger and larger amounts and more types of vaccines, assuming that the repeated reassurances from Big Pharma were true that VACCINES WERE NOT THE CAUSE OF AUTISM.[5]

We must stay vigilant concerning the government’s attempt to take over the medical decisions that belong only to the American people.  We must stand for our rights or we will have none.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. New figures for vaccine court settlements federal government proves how unsafe vaccines really are
2. Comply or lose your job force vaccination and DNA submission
3. New figures for vaccine court settlements federal government proves how unsafe vaccines really are
4. Proof that big vaccine Merck Glaxo et al & the CDC cant be trusted when it comes to vaccines
5. Proof that big vaccine Merck Glaxo et al & the CDC cant be trusted when it comes to vaccines

Words have meaning. How we interpret the words we hear and the words we use have consequences. Yet, few people spend time analyzing the real meaning of words we all say and hear.

What does the word fair mean? In the world of liberal progressives, “fair” means pitting one group of people against another group, demanding that one side deserves more “fairness” than the other because of… you name it (it can be any excuse).  Liberals think in terms of divide and conquer class warfare.  They create “victims” within the groups they attack. Which groups?

Rich vs. poor (or haves vs. have-nots)

Productive vs. non-productive

Taxpayers vs. non-taxpayers

Seniors vs. youth

Victims vs. criminals

Healthy vs. unhealthy

Race vs. race (white vs. black, brown vs. black, white vs. brown, brown vs. yellow, black vs. everyone to protect victim status, etc.)

Male vs. female

Female vs. male

Gay and lesbian vs. straight

People of faith vs. non-believers and members of other faiths:

Catholics vs. Protestants

Mormons vs. all traditional Christian religions

Christians vs. Jews

Christian vs. Muslims

Muslims vs. Jews

Muslims vs.Christians

Pro-life vs. pro-choice

Pro-Second Amendment vs. Opposition to Gun Ownership

And on and on and on…

It is a very long list.  When you hear members of various media outlets say the words “identity politics,” that is what the words mean:  Identifying people with a group or gang – or, tribe rather than as individuals.   The media usually does not use these words.

Regardless, they accurately define the tribal wars that liberal progressives use to gain and keep power.

The objective is to throw as many daily crises on your plate as possible so that intellectual chaos results.  That is a major purpose of identity politics.

Why do liberals want your intellect to be chaotic?  Because it is hard for the mind to reason in the midst of chaos.  When you aren’t reasoning, you  miss what’s going on behind the curtain the Wiz tries so hard to keep closed.  The best way to cover up major events and unspeakable objectives (from the overthrow of the American government to world government to being nuked by North Korea) is to prevent you from viewing your world and what is really happening in it through a logical lens.  In short, it’s the way they hide what they’re really doing.  If they can make you fearful, they win the game.  That’s why the Russia thing will remain at the top of the media’s chaos list for as long as they can milk it.

If having the above as the platform for one of your two political parties doesn’t frighten you, it should.

What “they” are doing is strongly motivating people to become part of a group… or, better said, a tribe.  This is how you achieve tribalism.  It is the most dangerous psychological ops game the Deep Statists have played thus far.

Tribalism was well-explained by Ayn Rand in numerous publications and you can find good overviews of it at the Atlas Society web site.  I encourage you to familiarize yourself with the information they provide.  The Rand philosophy says “To live, man must hold three things as the supreme and ruling values of his life:  Reason—Purpose – Self-esteem.”  Reason and self-esteem rely on your ability to think logically.

The Merriam Webster Dictionary defines tribalism as:  “Tribal consciousness and loyalty; especially exaltation of the tribe above other groups.”

That describes perfectly what is going on at the University of California Berkeley (and everywhere else in America) when they reject speakers who bring logical and well documented arguments to stimulate thought about solving problems.

After UC Berkeley students succeed at rejecting speakers, they suffer terrible tension placed on them by the thought of having someone say something with which they disagree.  To ease the stress, they protest – if you call protest breaking the windows of small, independent businesses belonging to people who have worked hard most of their lives to succeed and build that shop.  So much for the value of what the University of California teaches.

The same is true of the increased hostility between races, especially during the eight year term of Barack Obama.  When Attorney General Eric Holder ignored the threats made outside of a polling place when white voters were threatened by black militants carrying signs and slapping batons in their hands outside of the place the people were going to vote was a very dangerous form of tribalism.

“These men are part of my tribe and I, an elected official who took an Oath to uphold the Constitution and to represent all people when enforcing the law, place my tribe’s importance above your tribe and hereby tell you that any Oath I take is worthless.  Thus, don’t trust me because my tribe comes before honor. ”

Tribalism is what Barack Obama did when he took sides with black Harvard Professor Henry Louis Gates in Cambridge, Massachusetts in a dispute with a police officer (whose behavior was proven right).  Ferguson, MO was tribalism.  The riots in the streets of Ferguson and Baltimore were declarations of tribal power.  These are all perfect examples of tribalism.

These examples prove tribalism is a very dangerous thing and is not a toy for idiot politicians to use to engender emotional responses that gain votes.  Idiots?  Anyone who plays with fire is an idiot.

President Trump is absolutely correct in placing America First to restore sanity and social order.  From the crime waves caused by Chicago gangs (gangs are tribes) to American youth deciding they want to join ISIS, most of the violence we see around the world today represents some form of tribalism.

Tribalism is widespread and if President Trump can survive the Deep State and Swamp attacks against him and his policies which are designed to destroy tribalism in this nation, we will be fortunate, indeed, because it is the fastest way to return all of us to the cave and a social order based on survival of the fittest.

Whether it’s the Crypts or the Bloods or the more recent MS-13 being diligently pursued by the Department of Justice, all of it screams “My tribe is bigger, better and stronger than yours!”  Like dogs pee on trees to establish their territory, so, too, do gangs pee on (or shoot or knife) their opponents for what?  The same reasons: perceived territory, superiority and proof of the power of the tribe.

Most wars are an example of tribalism… e.g., in the Middle East, most of the fighting is between Sunni and Shia Muslim tribes.  The Czechs have pulled apart from Slovakia and the Kurds want independence from Iraq.  Many Scots want sovereignty… they no longer want to be part of the United Kingdom.  Great Britain had its Brexit moment last year and currently prepares to return to the British tribe and depart the European Union.

As Bill Clinton’s Secretary of Labor, liberal progressive Robert Reich who is currently the Chancellor’s Professor of Public Policy at the University of California, Berkeley, says on his blog, “Before the rise of the nation-state, between the eighteenth and twentieth centuries, the world was mostly tribal.  Tribes were united by language, religion, blood and belief.”

Reich correctly points out that “Nations are becoming less relevant in a world where everyone and everything is interconnected.  The connections that matter most are again becoming more personal.  Religious beliefs and affiliations, the nuances of one’s own language and culture, the daily realities of class, and the extensions of one’s family and its values – all are providing people with even greater senses of identity.”

The first sentence of the above quote explains why liberal progressives want open borders and believe a wall to keep America a safe, sovereign nation is evil.  They want everything interconnected… how else can you have a world government?  It is why the liberal progressive tribe is so filled with hatred for President Donald J. Trump who opposes tribalism and supports individualism… and a fence at our border.

Note how the sentence beginning with “Religious beliefs…” views each person as part of a group rather than as an individual… another major part of the liberal progressive philosophy.  People thinking as individuals cannot be controlled; group think can be controlled.  Thus, people as individuals are dangerous to the liberal progressive cause.

If “they” can divide us into small groups rather than Americans standing shoulder- to-shoulder regardless of race or religion, demanding our Constitutional rights and freedoms, they can beat us down (as they have the Europeans) and remove our national pride, our sense of sovereignty as Americans, and all of the other things that make us unique in the world – at least once the swamp is cleaned we will once again be unique.

Reich made a couple of interesting comments on his blog.

“Each tribe is headed by rival warlord whose fighting has almost brought the national government in Washington to a halt.  Increasingly, the two tribes live separately in their own regions – blue or red state, coastal or mid-section, urban or rural – with state or local governments reflecting their contrasting values.”

“I’m not making a claim of moral equivalence.  Personally, I think the Republican right has gone off the deep end, and if polls are to be believed, a majority of Americans agree with me.”  … Robert Reich

Well, Professor Reich, the polls – and you – were not to be believed.  Otherwise, we’d be calling our President “Clinton” rather than “Trump.”

I have to ask this question:  How honest is a man who will make this statement after the Republicans control both chambers in 32 states, including 17 with veto-proof majorities. Those 32 states cover 61 percent of the U.S. population.

Democrats, meanwhile, control legislatures in 13 states, amounting to 28 percent of the country’s population.  Republicans now control governor’s offices in 33 states — those states make up 60 percent of the population.  Democrats control 16 states that have 40 percent of the population.  This statistic is particularly important when viewed from the perspective that in 2009 the Democrats held two-thirds of the governorships… a 50 percent decrease in political power in just 7 years.  So how can an intellectually honest person say the Republicans are the ones who have gone off the deep end?  Answer:  An honest person cannot.

The Democrats also lost their majority in Congress over the past six years, both the House and the Senate.  Now they have lost the Presidency — and the Republicans are the ones who have gone off the deep end?  Please!

Keep your eyes open for examples of tribalism because wherever it is being implemented it is dangerous… you might particularly want to watch your public schools (including universities).

At no time has it ever been more important for Americans to stand shoulder-to-shoulder, united as citizens of this great nation.  After accepting that our country comes first and every citizen of this nation is important to me (if I want to remain free), we can, like any family, have our disagreements and still belong to any group or tribe we want.

© 2017 Marilyn M. Barnewall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Marilyn Barnewall: emembee@charter.net

It was a spontaneous event with historical significance.  According to Faith Leader Johnnie Moore, a group of ministers were in the White house for an all-day meeting on policy that did not involve the leader of the free world.  President Trump learned that they were there and insisted that they come to the Oval Office to say “hi.”

President Trump, who has an excellent relationship with faith leaders was more than willing when they offered to lay hands on him and pray for his success and safety as well as thanking God for placing him in the most powerful office in the world by overpowering a totally rigged election. That election was so rigged that the world was shocked when the results came in.

California Governor Moonbeam (Jerry Brown) made a rule that all illegals in the state could vote since voting is taking a valid part in a country you wish to be a part of. And vote they did. Over 2-3 million illegals cast their votes for Hillary. A knuckle-headed Virginia governor ordered a bill that would allow, now listen to this, all convicted felons to vote (for Hillary).That resulted in over 40,000 additional votes for the Hill on the Hill.

(A convicted felon loses his right to vote.)  Voting machines, manufactured by George Soros flipped votes from Trump to Hillary…this has been documented. We’ve done our homework.

Of course the George Soros owned news media pulled every possible slam technique to make every single line with Trump in the story negative. With this latest nonsense one can see that the Soros Democrats can even turn praying for someone into a negative.

Clergy praying for the President of The United States was a part of America from her founding.  They wanted a country of morals, integrity, character, honesty, and a belief and love of God, They wanted our lives to be patterned on the principles of The Bible. The founders, many of them clergymen understood fully that a country based upon the above noted principles would be a strong country, even in the face of enemies who may try to do us harm. And no country could defeat us until we began mocking God, celebrating perversion and riotous living while working to get the Bible out of sight.

It became illegal to have Bibles and prayer in schools. The term, Christmas, was banned and Christmas programs became, ‘Winter Celebrations.’ The following year following the banning of the Bible and Prayer, the crime rate increased over 300%.That percentage has continued to climb ever since.

As the result, our country became a land of chaos. Child rape is not only a common occurrence but indeed an expected one. RECENTLY three immigrant Muslim kids who had been brought into America and put up in an apartment, viciously and violently raped a little five year old girl in Twin Falls, Idaho. Not content with that these Muslim savages also urinated in the little child’s mouth.

We have just learned the outcome of that outrage. Those punks did not get one day in prison or even at a juvenile facility. They were simply let go with no punishment. Even more outrageous, the Obama appointed State Attorney General made a public statement that anyone who makes a negative statement about the Muslim refugees will be charged and punished.

This is a result of pushing God, the Bible, morality and Christianity out of our lives. There was a time when people showed respect for each other, were polite, honest and did not parade their sins publicly for the world to see. Talk about thumbing ones’ nose at God. That will not continue without severe consequences.

So at last, during the worst time of our history, we saw clergy laying their hands in prayer over our new President. Some photos were taken by Johnnie Moore, a former vice president of Jerry Falwell’s Liberty University, one used in this story, and a couple others were released on Twitter. This group inlcuded Vice President Mike Pence and top Presidential Adviser Jared Kushner . Moore is the author of: “Defying ISIS: Preserving Christianity in the Place of its Birth and in Your Own Backyard.”

Interesting, it is OK to defile the White House with rainbow colors celebrating the sin of homosexuality covering the People’s House, and to bring in anarchists and criminals, but bring in God and all hell comes alive. Here are some of the reactions from the Communist Democrat-progressives regarding praying in The White House:

CNN (Communist News Network) jumped into action immediately when that tweet got out about the prayers in the White House, by tying to convince their sucker-audiences that this proves the allegations of collusion between the Trump Campaign and the Russian government, which authorities believe (no “authorities” listed”) conducted a cyberwar and hacking campaign in a bid to disrupt the November election.

How’s that again? What does one have to do with the other? This is nuts!  So praying for someone proves that Trump colluded with Russia to swing our election over to Hillary? Now we’ve heard it all. What’s more, other idiotic comments state that this entire prayer business in the White House is a cover up for “Russian Collusion,” and “this has all knocked the entire White House off Balance,” preached The Washington Post and The New York Times--All the fake news that’s not fit to print. We suppose this statement would prove that prayer is powerful

It gets even nuttier. When the twitter photo went out, the Dems went into a hissy fit sending vulgar curse words to Johnnie Moore who said these were the vilest messages he had ever received. And this was all over him praying with the president.

The image of prayer in the White House immediately sparked an angry backlash, including allegations that Moore is somehow racist for having a better relationship with Trump than with his predecessor. We knew racism had to get in here somehow.

The Democrats, who are experts at twisting every event in our society, are conniving, cunning schemers who are so uneducated that they have no idea how this New One World Government that they are pushing so hard to achieve will affect their own lives.

They are so misled and uninformed that they would probably try to get rich selling Songs without Words. Wait! Isn’t that basically what they are doing now?

What we saw at the White House this past Tuesday was totally correct, proper, and encouraging. I’m sure those pastors who prayed with the President also gave thanks to God for performing the miracle that put him in office, yes, I too believe, with the deck stacked the way it was for the most wicked candidate in history, almost fool proof, that prayers were answered as millions upon millions of people were up early every morning playing an Abrahamic prayer asking God’s intervention.

And against all odds, God stepped in and answered those prayers, the prayers that astonished the world. Russia had nothing to do with Trump’s victory. It was The Hand of God that stepped in and propelled millions of voters to head to the polls.

Moore said evangelicals “have a wide open door like never before into this administration,” and suggested progressives will have to make peace with the fact that the president of the United States openly prays with leading evangelicals. This is good news for millions of people, with the exception of the Democrat Communists, Satanists, LGBT, Progressives and deviants.

“This wasn’t the first time, it won’t be the last time,” Moore said. “And the principle promise that evangelicals have made to the president, the vice president, and the administration is that millions of us will be praying for him every day.”

All of us have a profound duty to pray for our president, to get back to church-if you hear a distortion of The Holy Scriptures or any of that New Age crap at any time, RUN, don’t walk to the nearest exit, then go find a church that preaches the uncompromised Gospel of Jesus Christ. Then join a Bible study group. Base your life on the principles of the Bible.

We now have a president who will stand with the Christians and the ministers.  We have been miraculously given a second chance. Let’s not blow it. Let only God be the authority of your life

Our thanks to journalist David A. Patten for writing the original story for NewsMax, one of the very few places where you can read the REAL news.

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

The World According to Luksha and Why Are Soviets Re-Engineering the Future?

In a dual education system, who determines who will be “educated” and those who will only be taught “functional literacy” in vocational services? The 1992 U.S. Department of Labor controversial SCANS Report, advocating controlling future “human capital” as each person’s assigned worth or worthlessness to the economy, is coming to fruition. Luksha describes the new global digital world to MIT observers in the following links: (Source-1) and (Source-2)

At the GEFF conference (Global Education Futures Forum) held in Menlo Park, CA in April of 2015 Luksha explained in detail what he has to offer the world as far as what the future in education would look like in the year 2035. The key to accomplishing longterm economic goals, education and technology were the main focus. The following links to this roadmap explore their ideas. (Source-1) and (Source-2) and (Source-3)

Many goals , I’m sure, will not be so easily accomplished in America. In fact their “future map” shows that there are many ethical and legal questions that have not been thoroughly thought out to become a reality in the land of the free. However, the push for global “deliberative democracy” is moving forward unhampered and unquestioned.

But one very important issue for the world to understand when looking at this plan is that these secular-humanist scientists scour and scrub the world to make it free of religion, or to make it a more accepting world religion with flexible morality and worldviews. They quote Karen Armstrong speaking at a TED talk about the community helping to build a “Charter for Compassion — to restore the Golden Rule as the central global religious doctrine.”

Values are to be taught by online virtual game apps that form common values, not churches. Child labor laws would have to be changed for the Mickey Mouse Club Law, legislation introduced for early intellectual labor, 10 years old and up. A Billion Student University emerges with IT companies consuming the roll as the leaders of the Global Education Market, not universities. The definition of a new “modernist family” will need “competent” parenting training, and a shift in the childhood model to a more flexible morality. This includes opening the door at a younger biological age to an ever expanding range of activities (education, business and political activities, sexual activity, right to access pharmacological “cognitive intensifiers,” etc. Well, are we ready for this? Does the Luksha agenda normalize all sexual activity like pedophilia, transgenderism, sexual predators, and homosexuality? Is there such a thing as a child’s consent to sexual activity?

(NOTE: The following link provided is a must read for the entire concept of Russian Futurist plans for America and the world.

The new family and a shift in the childhood model, page 60.

The extent of what the controlling factors are, and of which values gets implanted and who decides what that information will contain, will totally be controlled by top technology companies. This will curtail free and open sources of knowledge or scholars. We should question WHO is writing and analyzing the algorithms, and WHAT values and WHAT curriculum WILL be taught? Turning Western civilization on its head will ultimately convert moral, social, and aesthetic values to a more transformational acceptance of what is right/wrong, good/bad, or beautiful/ugly.  Western society will be scrubbed of social norms, ethical values, traditional customs, belief systems, or a moral compass. Sin is erased. I’m OK, you’re OK, or what kids say today…whatever!

What Does the Future Hold?

Elon Musk of TESLA is preparing to link human brains with computers in 4 years. “Artificial intelligence and machine learning will create computers so sophisticated and godlike that humans will need to implant ‘neural laces’ in their brains to keep up,” Musk said last year. Over the top? Maybe. (Source)

Bryan Johnson, the founder and CEO of neuroscience startup Kernel, is trying to hack the human brain. And Facebook investor Yury Milner envisions a global brain with collective intelligence. The Matrix may not be too far away. (Source)

It is all very clear. The real coverup concerns the intel from Russia that is being used by US tech companies. The future of our education would be intertwined with neural brain research. The Alife agenda (artificial life) will control human behavior and what information would be fed through the cloud-based Internet of things. Cathy O’Neil, Harvard Ph.D. warns of big data’s dark side in ‘Weapons of Math Destruction’ states overtly, “Don’t Trust That Algorithm?” (Source)

However, this is a warning: Whoever compiles the algorithms, (Google, Intel, Facebook, Tesla, Microsoft, Cisco) will decide what the standards will be and what information will be available to “download” into your brain. After all, an algorithm is an opinion, and the opinion of developers will determine the standard of what will be taught by machine learning, and what information will be provided and shared. Education becomes selective, conditioned, and discriminating in this new world order. (More on Algorithms in Part 4.)

This brief overview gives you the importance of understanding this controlled universal collective intelligence drafting the pathway to digital globalization brought to you by Hillary Clinton, Zuckerberg, and their Russian cohort, and other SkolKovo friends, like Pavel Luksha. This is a closer look at the Global Future Agenda of  transhumanism. Please read the entire synopsis of what the future will bring in the techno-religiousity, immoral future that is being portrayed merging humanity with technology while destroying the family. [Link]

© 2017 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@comcast.net

I watched from gavel to gavel coverage, and I thought he was lying based on the hesitance with which he gave his answers and his body language. There were myriad signs that he was not truthful. His agenda was clear: Hit Trump and hit him hard. Now, Mueller is investigating Trump for obstruction, but there is no proof of same. It’s a “he-said-he-said” situation unless Trump really does have tapes.

But, people are missing the statutory and legal definition of obstruction. Saying he hoped that the Flynn case could be handled with empathy does not rise to the level of obstruction. For true obstruction, the following must be proven:

1. Is “hoping” obstruction? No. Comey’s interpretation that it was “a direction” from Trump is his opinion. Trump never ordered him to stop the investigation, and the conversation was held in private, so again, there’s no proof, and more telling is that the investigation continues.
2. There must be some element of corruption involved under the law. Had Trump actually asked that the investigation into him be stopped because Flynn was about to be indicted or had been indicted, that would have possibly—possibly—been some element of corruption involved.
3. Trump is a New Yorker and with the way people like him speak, “hope” means exactly that: “I hope you can go easy on Flynn. He’s a good man” is not corruption by any measure. There is not even an inference that Trump interfered with the investigation.
4. Once again, the Washington Poststory that Trump was being investigated comes from anonymous sources. Is he really being investigated for obstruction? We don’t know, but I do know that one of the far-left lawyers hired by the special council has a very broad definition of obstruction. He will lose that argument because the relevant statutes are very clear about what constitutes obstruction.

We know that Bill Clinton lied under oath. We don’t have any evidence that Trump tried to obstruct the Flynn investigation. It’s Comey’s word against his. The really stupid mistake Trump made was telling the NBC reporter that Comey was fired over his handling of the Russia investigation. He should have said that the memo from the assistant attorney general, Rosenstein, the letter from Sessions and Comey’s ineptitude and grandstanding should have been the reason for his dismissal. In fact, Trump never should have fired Comey. If he hadn’t, he wouldn’t be in this mess.

That said, nothing Comey says he said rises to the level of obstruction under the appropriate statutes.

Importantly, had Comey determined that Trump had engaged in obstruction, he is mandated by law to report it to Congress or a judge. He met with his top advisors and determined that Trump had not engaged in obstruction, so he did not report it. If he really believed that “hope” was a direct order, he is in legal jeopardy for not reporting it.

As postulated upon, someone has to stand up to Trump and bring him to heel. He must be given talking points to certain questions his team believes he will be asked. If he’s left to his own devices it is guaranteed that he will screw things up, and his statement to Lester Holt was not the wisest thing he could have said. That is why this continues to have legs with the MSM. Someone needs to corral him and have a very serious talk with him about how to be presidential and watch what he says, and, more importantly, what he tweets. He’s not in the campaign anymore. He needs to get with the program and watch carefully what he says.

As the ousted FBI Director James Comey stated:

“There should be no fuzz on this whatsoever. The Russians interfered in our election during the 2016 cycle. They did it with purpose, they did it with sophistication. They did it with overwhelming technical efforts and measures driven from the top of that government,” he declared.

“It’s not a close call. That happened. That’s about as unfake as you can possibly get and it is very, very serious, which is why it’s so refreshing to see a bipartisan focus on that. Because this is about America.

Trump has repeatedly claimed the probe was a hoax and fake news. Thus far, President Trump has been right. There is no shred of evidence that Russia ever interfered in our election. Every leak comes from unnamed sources.

It is time to put this prolonged “hoax” behind us and start making America Great Again.

© 2017 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

My mother dropped out of school to marry her first husband when she was 16.  She proceeded to have three husbands and numerous other partners over the next 15 years or so.  She had nine children that I know of, and I was number eight, from a partner between husband two and three.  There would be one child after me, on the record.

She had trouble parenting the three children she had not lost yet, between her sex, alcohol and drug addictions.  Just before the age of two, my sister and I were taken by the state child welfare system because she failed to return from her night out, and the high school baby sitter had to go home.  After a few months of attempts of the state trying to rehabilitate my mother, she dropped out of the picture and my sister and I were placed in foster care.  I would not find out until I was eighteen that a couple years later (when I was four, and she was 34), she was murdered.  Her case was never solved.

My sister and I spent a couple years in a foster home, and the memories are spotted.  We were adopted by a farming husband and wife with a young son at home when I was four years old, the day after Christmas.

At first glance, it seemed a dream come true.  We had found a family, and the home was Norman Rockwell-ish.  Our new dad was an agriculture and cattle farmer, and our new mom stayed at home to care for the farm and the children.

I honestly don’t remember how long it took for me to acclimate to the environment there.  It seemed I could do nothing right, our brother could do no wrong, and there were a lot of spoken and unspoken rules and expectations I was having trouble getting right.  I probably did plenty wrong, though I can’t recall just what all of my offenses were.  My mother had decided early on that I was a liar, so it didn’t matter what I said, in my mother’s mind it was a lie.  My actions, motives and words were questioned nonstop, and there was never a benefit of the doubt for me.

The details are too much to get into right here, but a few key memories will give you an idea of the environment.  When I was seven or eight I awoke to my parents waking me up.  It was dark, but I had no concept of the time.  I shared a room with my sister, and my parents motioned for me to be quiet and get my house robe on and go downstairs.  When I got to the kitchen, I had to squint because the lights were on and my eyes were adjusting.  There was a large box in the center of the floor and I was told to put my favorite toys in it.  After filling it, I was told to put my shoes on.  I walked with my parents outside as my dad carried the box.  We walked past the clothesline to the burn barrel, where they put the box and lit it on fire.  I don’t remember what I did to warrant this punishment.  They may have told me, but I don’t recall.  When I awoke the next morning I tried to remember if it was a dream or real.  I went to the toy box and looked for the items I remembered putting in the box, but they weren’t there.

If that was an isolated memory, I would be inclined to shrug it off as a false memory.  But there were several times I wet my pants and my mom clothes-pinned my soiled underwear to my nose and I was made to carry on my day like that.  There was the time my mom stood my sister and me up in the kitchen and with an angry face and wagging finger told us, “Don’t ever tell me you love me.  Don’t write it in a card or on a paper, and don’t speak it in words.   You don’t love me and you cannot tell me you do.”  I was six; my sister was seven.

There was the night I was made to stand in a corner all night with my nose pressed to the corner, under threat of more severe punishment if I moved.  I fell asleep sometime in the wee hours of the morning and fell over.  I hopped up back into the corner and my entire body trembled with fear for what felt like hours at the thought that maybe my mom heard me move and would be coming.  I was “released” from the corner the next day sometime mid-morning.  I was nine.  I don’t remember what I did wrong there either.

I was constantly threatened with being shipped to an all-girls boarding school, a military school, back to the state, and later a mental hospital.  The details of my childhood could fill a book (and I have written it), but what I learned was emotions were not to be expressed, truth was subjective, and authority was absolute.  I had no voice, no identity, and no one I could trust.  The rules constantly changed, the expectations were altered by the mood of my mother, and I became very, very good at reading body language, tone, and circumstances.   I was not allowed to talk on the phone, have friends over or go to friends’ homes, or socialize apart from parental supervision.  School and nature were my only escapes.  I dared not tell anyone of my life at home.  As far as they knew, we had a perfectly normal family.  Until I started running away in high school…

My parents were swift to hospitalize me in a mental institution, where my anger hit boiling.  By this time, some concerned adults in my life had started to work to help me, but it would take years for help to manifest.  In the meantime, some unique circumstances led to me being locked out of my home when I was sixteen.  I had only the clothes on my back, no car, no money, no job, not even a driver’s license.  This continued for a few months until my parents took me to court to terminate their parental rights, which was granted and I became a ward of the state one more time.

This is an abbreviated nutshell of my formative years.  Before I was a legal adult, I had come to the conclusion love was conditional, (if it was real at all); people cannot be trusted; my merit had to be earned and even then could be stripped away; and a host of other “lesser” things.

I had found God in the Midwestern landscape.  I saw Him in the sky, in the fields, and especially in the thunderstorms.  I talked with Him constantly through high school, and though I never heard Him, still knew He was there.  I don’t remember ever thinking it was His fault suffering was in my life.  As I grew older the charades at home grew more and more difficult to navigate.  I wanted something true, something real.  I was tired, and tired of being afraid.  I pulled out a Bible and began reading it.  My mom made fun of me if I read it, so I began reading it at night by the outdoor light at my window, when everyone else had gone to sleep.  I asked a friend at school that I knew to be a Christian how to get right with God.  I was looking for a list of rules, as that is all I knew.  She explained to me Christ’s sacrifice and I was in utter disbelief that I had to do nothing to receive pardon from God!  I finally made the decision to put my faith in this Man who died for me.  Shortly thereafter my whole world hit the crescendo and the end of life as I knew it, and I was left alone, without a family, and no idea what to do.

Though I would stumble and fail miserably over the next few years, including a failed marriage, I started ministering to high school youth from a sincere desire to in some way help someone else through what had been tumultuous years for me.  In the meantime, I was building my own faith.

You’ve heard me tell some of my favorite stories.  You know about the time I drove to Denver and fell asleep while the sun was still up, but woke up sixteen miles out of Denver, in the dark, with the car driving on the road and my lights on.  I had been asleep for almost two hours.  Or the time I had to move to Texas but had only $60 to my name, and no credit card.  I was moving in a U-Haul that got 10mpg AND a personal car, and was driving 583 miles with BOTH cars.  I reckoned that if God could multiply loaves and fish, He could multiply gas as well, and He did.  At my final destination I had exactly ¼ tank of gas in each tank and no money.

Or how He challenged my trust 23 years ago and asked me, “Who made your body?”  When I replied that He did, He asked me, “Don’t you think if I can make your body I can wake it?”  The challenge was to trust Him at a time I didn’t have an alarm clock to wake me.  I trusted Him and He was faithful, and then I threw my alarm clocks away and have not used one once in 23 years.  He has never failed to wake me, whether I needed to be up at 4 am, 8 am or anything in between.

I told you how He has been faithful to physically heal our family of various illnesses over the last 22 years, without prescriptions.  How He even healed our St. Bernard of West Nile Virus when we anointed her with oil and declared her healing.  You know He has healed ear infections, throat infections, skin infections, and sprained ankles, because I’ve told you.

I’ve told you how He has healed my heart, how He was faithful to bring me freedom and healing from childhood loss, pain, abuse and traumas.

I told you how He brought me my husband and then gave me a clear sign with His own voice that this is who I was supposed to be with.  I’ve let you know how He delivered me from perpetuating abuse to my daughter, and healed our relationship from the damage of my own sins.

I have not hidden His miracles in my life from you, nor have I shielded you from my disappointments, struggles finding God, and my failures.  I have been forthright with you that Jesus Christ of Nazareth is the Son of God, that He died on the Cross for humanity to procure salvation and be reconciled to God, and that He rose from the dead in victory over death so we can too.  I’ve challenged each of you to consider that Good News and respond.  But I didn’t stop there.  Why?

Because I know that the Israelites forgot God after He parted the Red Sea and sent supernatural plagues upon Egypt but saved Israel out of it.  I know that the Israelites forgot God after He brought water from a rock and bread from Heaven.  I know that the Israelites forgot God after He gave them an abundant land full of provision and blessing.  I know that the Israelites forgot God after Elijah called fire down from Heaven in the midst of hundreds of witnesses.  I know that Judas betrayed the Son of God after he saw Him heal the sick, raise the dead, cleanse the lepers, and feed the multitudes.

The human heart is short-sighted and shallow.  We forget the good our friend has done for years when our friend hurts us today.  We are fixated on how we feel right now, and we are woefully short on gratitude.  We’re inclined to forget a God our human eyes can’t see, especially when there’s so much in front of our eyes to bedazzle us constantly.  We choose the golden calf that can’t think, feel or speak, when our God has been too long getting back to us.  I know that God is worthy of our worship if He NEVER does a thing for us because He is God and there is no one higher than He.  We should want to worship our Creator simply because He is God, even if He never does a thing for us.  Even if I died in the dysfunction of my childhood home, He would be worthy of my worship.  Even if He never healed one thing I asked, or saved me from an accident, or never supernaturally provided a thing for me.

But I know that we don’t do that well or easily.  I know that God being God is simply not enough for our humanity left to itself to reconcile.  And so I have shown you that He is not only God, but He became my Father.  And if that weren’t enough, I showed you that He is not only my God and my Father, but He has become my Friend.  So that you would know that God loves us.  God loves you.  He is perfect and faithful and true, and He is worthy of your love, your admiration, your worship, your life.  It is enough that He created us, but He also saved us when we needed saving.  And it’s enough that He saved us, but He has called us who have received Him His sons and daughters.  And if all that wasn’t enough, He also can be our Friend.

So I urge you to know this amazing God yourself.   Love God for who He is, not what He does, and realize He still does good, good things for us.  Be faithful in a faithless world.  Live your life in such a way that Heaven knows your name when you get there.

I hang up my “youth leader” hat with Acts 20:24-35:

But my life is worth nothing to me unless I use it for finishing the work assigned me by the Lord Jesus—the work of telling others the Good News about the wonderful grace of God.

And now I know that none of you to whom I have preached the Kingdom will ever see me again.  I declare today that I have been faithful. If anyone suffers eternal death, it’s not my fault, for I didn’t shrink from declaring all that God wants you to know.

So guard yourselves and God’s people. Feed and shepherd God’s flock—his church, purchased with his own blood—over which the Holy Spirit has appointed you as elders.  I know that false teachers, like vicious wolves, will come in among you after I leave, not sparing the flock.  Even some men from your own group will rise up and distort the truth in order to draw a following.  Watch out! Remember the three years I was with you—my constant watch and care over you night and day, and my many tears for you.

And now I entrust you to God and the message of his grace that is able to build you up and give you an inheritance with all those he has set apart for himself.

I have never coveted anyone’s silver or gold or fine clothes.  You know that these hands of mine have worked to supply my own needs and even the needs of those who were with me.  And I have been a constant example of how you can help those in need by working hard. You should remember the words of the Lord Jesus: ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’

Holy Bible, New Living Translation ®, copyright © 1996, 2004 by Tyndale Charitable Trust. Used by permission of Tyndale House Publishers. All rights reserved.

If you’ve made the decision to follow God, and have placed your faith and trust in Christ who died for your salvation, “work out your salvation with fear and trembling.”  Heed the words of Paul to guard yourself and your faith.  Recognize that there is treachery within the church and without.  Follow God, not man.

Release and forgive your parents for their failures, most of them did the best they could with what they had and meant well.  If they didn’t, forgive them anyway.  Look to God for your healing, your deliverance, your salvation.  When you’ve trusted Him as Savior, trust God as Father, and learn to know them both as Friend.  Your life won’t be easier or simpler, and you won’t have abundant wealth just because you walk in faith.  You may face increased tribulation, suffering or trials.  Trust your Maker and let Him teach you and grow you into maturity.  Care more about what God thinks than anyone else, (even yourself).  Love God and keep the faith.

I leave you with more of Paul’s words and pray you heed them.  Do not live for yourself and refuse to obey the truth.  Keep on doing good.  Seek after the glory, honor and immortality God offers us.

Romans 2:4-11  (emphasis my own)

Don’t you see how wonderfully kind, tolerant, and patient God is with you? Does this mean nothing to you? Can’t you see that his kindness is intended to turn you from your sin?

But because you are stubborn and refuse to turn from your sin, you are storing up terrible punishment for yourself. For a day of anger is coming, when God’s righteous judgment will be revealed.  He will judge everyone according to what they have done.  He will give eternal life to those who keep on doing good, seeking after the glory and honor and immortality that God offers.  But he will pour out his anger and wrath on those who live for themselves, who refuse to obey the truth and instead live lives of wickedness.  There will be trouble and calamity for everyone who keeps on doing what is evil—for the Jew first and also for the Gentile.  But there will be glory and honor and peace from God for all who do good—for the Jew first and also for the Gentile.  For God does not show favoritism.

Holy Bible, New Living Translation ®, copyright © 1996, 2004 by Tyndale Charitable Trust. Used by permission of Tyndale House Publishers. All rights reserved.

© 2017 M. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail M. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

Though we have never met, I smiled recently seeing my favorite Walmart employee. For over ten years, I witnessed him gathering shopping carts in the parking lot. He is a white millennial who only has the use of one arm, walks with a severe limp and appears slightly mentally challenged. I once saw him leaving work driving a new looking compact car. My wife Mary prepared his taxes when she worked for a tax preparation company. I thought, “Hey, this brother has got it goin’ on — doin’ his thing.”

The Walmart guy could easily qualify for disability; sit home on his butt allowing taxpayers to take care of him. Far too many able-bodied millennials feel entitled, believing government should provide them free everything.

The Walmart guy’s work-ethic, self-reliance and pride in earning his own way is truly refreshing. The Obama Administration practically begged Americans, even non-citizens, to get on food stamps and to apply for as many government freebies as possible. This addicts voters to government handouts and keeps them voting for their Democrat dealers. Disability claims skyrocketed under Obama.

Disturbingly, polls say a majority of millennials reject Capitalism.  They believe Socialism is fair and compassionate and Capitalism is selfish and cruel. This explains “yutes” hero worship of socialist/democrat presidential candidate Bernie Sanders. Millennials love Sanders’ promise to take the hard earned wealth of achievers to redistribute to lazy pot-smoking losers. Former British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher said, “The trouble with Socialism is that eventually you run out of other people’s money.”

Socialism always ends up spreading mediocrity and misery equally among the masses while the rulers live high on the hog. Have you noticed that Hollywood Leftists and socialist politicians want government to force us to drive tiny tin-can cars, surrender our guns and lower our carbon footprint? Meanwhile, they travel in gas-guzzling limos and private jets with armed guards.

Capitalism gives everyone a shot at achieving their American dream. I will slap the next fellow black person who whines to me about how whitey has stacked the deck again us. Capitalism birthed America’s first female millionaire, a black woman born in 1867. Madam C. J. Walker was an entrepreneur, philanthropist, and a political and social activist.  Socialism would have enslaved Madam Walker to the government system, giving her just enough free stuff to get by. Okay, I promise not to slap anyone.

It was depressing hearing it reported that a large number of Americans support taxing income over a million dollars at 100%. First of all, confiscating that money would generate around $616 billion which only covers a third of our annual deficit.

But what is most troubling is the disgusting class envy loser mindset of those who believe it is right for government to take people’s hard earned money. They do not realize that such financial tyranny would kill jobs and the incentive to be all one can be. How dare government place limits on success. Such thinking is un-American, counter to our God inspired founding.

We allowed Leftists’ silent-coup-takeover of public education decades ago. Consequently, Leftists have produced an army of stealth Leftist sleeper-cell operatives against their parents. Remember when Leftists instructed kids to steal their parent’s guns and turn them in to their teaches?  Remember Michele Obama instructing students to report politically incorrect speech at the dinner table?

Outrageously, white students are taught beginning in kindergarten that they were born racist.  In essence, white students are taught to feel ashamed and hate themselves for their unfair white privilege. The Walmart guy is on Leftists’ excrement list simply for being a working class white male.  It angers me envisioning Leftist bullies getting into the grill of my Walmart guy, scolding him about his evil white privilege.

Students support black college student’s demand for free tuition and housing.

Black students also expect academic and behavioral standards lowered for them. I’m a 68 year old black man. I would be highly offended having standards lowered for me. Millennials quickly embrace Leftists twisting everything into evidence of unfairness and white American racism.

Years ago, a white friend shared that her son came home from middle-school in tears about how white men abused everyone; blacks, women, native Americans and so on. Today her son is an America hating Communist who still believes European white men are the greatest source of evil in the world.

Folks, we much turn this mess around regarding Leftists’ indoctrination of our kids. Trump appointing Betsy DeVos as Secretary of Education is a major step in the right direction. DeVos favors restoring power back to parents regarding the education of their children.

Oh, we’re out of milk. I’m confident I will see my Walmart guy diligently working.

Lloyd Marcus, The Unhyphenated American

Author: “Confessions of a Black Conservative: How the Left has shattered the dreams of Martin Luther King, Jr. and Black America.”

Singer/Songwriter and Conservative Activist

http://LloydMarcus.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Whenever I witness the horrific monster of hypocrisy rearing its ugly head within the government, academia, the dragon media or throughout the ranks of leftist street and college campus protesters and complainers, it brings back bad memories of days gone by.   In addition, I am reminded of the massive societal display of hypocrisy can be overcome.  But if not, America will eventually be reduced to a nation where most people simply exist, at best.

I am sensitive to the nationwide practice of hypocrisy.  Because on a personal level I experienced the effects of having to put up with it almost daily.  My journey into the bowels of hypocrisy began at age twelve, soon after the death of my adoptive father.  He was a great man who loved God, America and our family.  By the grace of god, he taught me many good things concerning the reason I must strive to do what is right and how to successfully navigate through and overcome the challenges of this life.

Not long after the death of my father, there were sudden and dramatic changes in how family life was conducted.  I learned straight away that without Dad around the full force of hypocritical mal treatment of me at the hands of both my mother and two older sisters.  Basically, it was open season on my backside.  Quite often for minor infractions like forgetting to take out the garbage after coming home warn out from high school football practice could be rewarded with hate filled tirades filled with nasty names.  Or a thrown ash tray, from which I quickly acquired the skill to duck or elusively bob and weave out of harms way.

Those flying ashtrays helped in my experience of learning to defend myself utilizing martial arts training.   If the two older sisters committed greater wrongful acts like physically fighting with or verbally berating mother, all would be forgiven.  Even when one of the older sisters stole family heirlooms to sell for drug money or squandered thousands of dollars for other misadventures it was treated as a rather insignificant affair.

The fact that I maintained good grades, especially in high school made little or no difference to mother or the two older sisters.  To be possibly the first black American in America to begin a broadcast career at age sixteen in a major United States city, (Cleveland) was mostly ignored by or not appreciated by mother or the two older sisters.  Nothing good I did was ever good enough or worth recognizing in their eyes.

When CNN, NBC, ABC, CBS, MSNBC, BBC, CBC, or even sometimes FOX news anchors like Shepard Smith show nothing but disdain for president Trump, who only wants to see America restored to greatness, I am not surprised.  Those hypocrite news anchors show nothing but love for former president Obama, Chuckie Schumer, Nancy Pelosi and way out there Maxine Waters who all only want to bring harm to our republic through various means, including via a one payer government medical care system.

Hypocrisy comes in many gruesome forms, ranging from private family situations to the national media and political arenas.  Such hypocrisy if not abated could eventually cause unlimited harm to our republic.  For example, the hypocrites in the dragon media all made such a fuss over the “nothing burger” Russian collusion theory, or lie.  Yet every one of those hypocrites who verbally went on and on about the harm Russian dictator Vladimir Putin could render against our nation have no problem with murderous illegal immigrants, or Islamic refugees, who refuse to assimilate into American society.  The legions of hypocrites also support the dangerous and dumb effort to keep our southern border wide open with no physical barriers to permanently protect our border with Mexico.
Time and time again, history has revealed that a well-constructed wall is the greatest obstacle to illegal immigration.  That is why nations all over the world are wising up and building walls or huge fences to maintain their sovereignty.

For a significant period of time, hypocritical republicans condemned president Trump for “not being conservative.”  Yet it is they who hypocritically endanger our medical care system, by helping democrats maintain the Obama socialist medical system.  If a market based medical system is not allowed, eventually the entire system will first be morphed into a one payer system that will ultimately collapse and good medical care will become a fond memory of days gone by.  Forcing male taxpayers to take on the expense of paying for medical services that can only be utilized by females is both wrong and hypocritical.

Republicans have been telling us for seven years that they want to repeal and then replace Obama care.  Yet, even with a president with pen in hand, ready to sign a better medical care system into law they squander time and try our patience.  The ultimate evidence of their hypocrisy is how they benefit from a wonderful medical care system that meets their miserable needs, while we have been forced to watch the quality of medical care for Americans in general deteriorate under ever increasing unconstitutional government scrutiny and intervention.  Wake up America. You can now catch The Edwards Notebook commentary, weekday mornings on AM 1180 KCKQ Reno Nevada and www.americamatters.us weekday mornings during AM News.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

If it were the stated purpose of our public education system to render young people ignorant, close-minded, unemployable, and dangerous in a voting booth, we would have to say it’s fulfilling its purpose spectacularly.

Campus Reform recently asked a lot of college students what they think of socialism. As expected, most of them are all for it. They love socialism. Also as expected, they have no idea what it is and are totally unable to define it. They don’t know what it is, but they want it.

How can they possibly be so clueless? Well, they go to college—that’s how.

For some years, personnel of the Ontario Human Rights Commission, the orcs from OHRC, have been worrying about individuals’ personal circles of friends not being “diverse” enough, and have wondered what to do about it.

College to the rescue! Yes, Harvard University has solved that problem. Starting next year, Harvard students won’t be allowed to join any clubs, fraternities, societies, etc.  and anyone who does it will be expelled.

Clubs, you see, are not “inclusive.” So say the college bigwigs. I suppose the Harvard Stratego Club might be made “inclusive” by compelling every living soul on the planet to join it, preferably all at once. But ordinarily a club is a club because some people are in it and some aren’t.

You really can’t get absolutely everybody into a club… so you make it “inclusive” by excluding everyone from membership. And that solves the problem of lack of diversity among friends—by simply not allowing anyone to have friends. Higher education does it again.

As bad as college is, and that’s very bad indeed, the rot sets in much lower down the ladder, in grade school first, and then in high school. Young minds must be atrophied to prepare them for the finishing touches provided by the university. How else are you going to get everyone on board for socialism?

One day, years ago, I was teaching an Advanced Placement U.S. History class in a public high school. The students had classwork to do that day, so I asked them if they would mind if I read, just for my own edification, the essays they had just handed in. They didn’t mind, so I started reading.

The subject was the Mexican War. I read all twenty-some essays, and without even one exception, all the students had concluded that the war was completely unjust, unfair, America was entirely at fault, and what are now the states of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and California belong by right to Mexico. Not even one student diverged from that opinion.

This, to me, was so extraordinary that I had to make time to address it.

“For the first time in all of human history, that I ever heard of,” I told the class, “the vast resources of the state—in this case, your school, the building, teachers, administrators, textbooks, millions of dollars’ worth of resources—are being used to convince a whole generation that the state is not worthy of their loyalty. That you’d all be wrong to love and support your country. How well do you think that’ll play out for your country’s future?”

They stared at me like I had a grapevine growing out of the top of my head. What in the world was I talking about? It was as if it had never even occurred to them to side with their own country against another country. What an eccentric notion! Certainly none of their regular teachers, all teacher union members in good standing, had ever suggested such a thing.

Even so, months later, one of the girls from that class came up to me in the hall and said, “I just can’t stop thinking about what you said to us, that day you took our class. I really don’t know what to think about it—but it won’t leave me alone.”

She’s a grown woman now, possibly with children of her own. I pray she hasn’t sent them off to any public school.

Because our schools and colleges are not preparing a rosy future for our country.

I have discussed this topic and others throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in today and visit. A single click will take you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

“Master, which is the great commandment in the law?  Jesus said unto him, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind.  This is the first and great commandment.  And the second is like unto it, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself.  On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.”   —Jesus Christ as quoted in Mathew 22:36

The purpose of this commentary is not to anger you, although I am sure some of you will get angry.  I have contended for quite some time that one of the greatest dangers of Christianity comes not from what the Bible teaches, but rather from what we believe and the Bible doesn’t actually teach.

So many Christians simply talk in platitudes…repeating a meaningless statement that they heard their pastor, or some other well meaning friend repeat to them.  You know how they go…Christians shouldn’t judge…we are all God’s children…God helps those who help themselves…love the sinner and hate the sinner…those non-Biblical statements that makes us feel so loving and caring to repeat.

I am sorry to break the news to you, but so much of what Christians believe simply is not true.  Is it any wonder we are so ineffectual in sharing the Truth of the Gospel of the Kingdom with others?

The Bible repeatedly warns us about “another Gospel” and those who would come in His name proclaiming it.  The lack of Biblical knowledge of professing Christians borders on the scandalous.  We have permitted pop culture to dictate how “Christians” are to behave.

I am sick and tired of having non-believers lecture me on how a Christian is supposed to act.  You see, that is part of the problem.  We are not to “act” like a Christian…we are to BE Christian.  My Christianity is not an act.

So I would like to take this opportunity to point out another fallacy that the culture has taught us.  LOVE THY NEIGHBOR is not the first and greatest commandment.  In fact, it is merely a mirror reflection of the first.  In this age of “new math” we have juxtaposed the numbers and now live a Christianity where the numbers have been inverted.

Open up any package and turn to the instructions and you will find a list of steps required in order to properly assemble what is inside.  The “instructions” will tell you to do step 1…then step 2…then step 3.  You will never properly assemble the package if you get the steps out of order.

Keeping that in mind it might be necessary for us to spell out what Jesus taught in Mathew 22:36.

• Step 1. Love God with all of your heart, all of your soul, and all of your mind.
• Step 2 Love your neighbor as yourself.

Doing step number 1 FIRST is required before you can successfully complete step number 2.  But unfortunately, American Christianity has reversed the instructions and today we are being taught that step number 2 comes before step number 1.  You cannot love your neighbor until you first love the Lord.

“What is the point you are trying to make, Coach?” I hear you asking.  Well, it is actually quite simple.  Are you to love your neighbor MORE than you love the Lord?  Doesn’t the command mention “ALL of your heart, ALL of your soul, and ALL of your mind?”   How much is left for others if ALL of your love is given to the Lord?

Here is the rub.  We Christians love to tell people about the love of God while at the same time refusing to do the very things that He commanded us to do.  In John 14:15 Jesus was quoted as having said “If you love me you will keep my commands.”  Later in John 14:23 he repeats “Anyone who loves me will obey my teachings.”

Is it possible to love Jesus by ignoring his teachings?  Can you love him by loving what he hates?  Didn’t He warn us that we could not follow Him if we loved others MORE than Him?

“If any man come to me, and hate not his father, and mother, and wife, and children, and brethren, and sisters, yea, and his own life also, he cannot be my disciple.  And whosoever doth not bear his cross, and come after me, cannot be my disciple.”  Luke 14:26.

Was Jesus bi-polar?  Was He confused?  In one statement He tells us to love our neighbor while in another instance He tells us to HATE our parents?  Was He teaching situational ethics?

No my friends, He was simply reinforcing the Truth that it is wrong to love ANYTHING above Him.  Loving HIM is the first and greatest commandment.

Let me cut to the quick.  Acceptance of a person engaging in sin is NOT LOVING THE LORD.  If our expression of the Lord is demonstrated in honoring and keeping HIS commands is it possible for us to show love to HIM when we show love and acceptance to those who DENY His commands?

The two commands are inextricably linked.  You cannot love your neighbor until you have complete devotion to God.  We are teaching a Gospel today that elevates relationships with others above our fealty to Christ and His commands.

That does not mean that we are not to love “neighbors” who are engaging in sin, but that we are required to hold an allegiance to God and His standards above ANY relationship with another human being.

To openly express love to a “neighbor” engaged in sinful behavior without giving the Truth of what God says about the behavior is “loving your neighbor” more than loving God.  It may make you feel more Christian, but it is denying the One who demands total and complete allegiance to Him.

American Christians have lost their salt because we have refused to say the hard things to those who are violating the laws of God.  God calls homosexuality an abomination.  The Bible teaches that abortion is murder and that God HATES hands that shed innocent blood.

As much as I wish it wasn’t so, those hands are connected to a person’s body.  Is it possible to hate the hands without hating the body the hands are connected to?  Is it possible to be “friends” with a sodomite while refusing to tell them what God says about their behavior?  Does “friendship evangelism” demand we accept what God abhors?

I know…I know…who am I to judge?  Perhaps I am off base but I am simply the one asking the question.  It is not a question of who you will LOVE…but what you will TOLERATE.

Love your neighbor as yourself?  Maybe that is the problem.  Perhaps we love ourselves too much.  We have elevated the approval of our fellow man above our obedience to Christ.

Today we are taught to love sinners more than we hate sin.  We will never get the second command correct until we come under obedience to the first.

God is love.  Jesus is the Truth.  Speaking the Truth IS Love.

© 2017 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

2016 marketed the point at which American voters had had enough and were determined to make a real change in the voting booth. A new American revolution that started with millions of discontented voters on both sides of the political aisle, resulted in the presidential election of the only true D.C. outsider in the race, businessman Donald J. Trump.

The one-percenter at the start of the 2016 presidential primaries swept the largest field of high-profile GOP contenders in U.S. history. He not only came from the back of the pack to claim the GOP nomination, he defeated “sure thing” Hillary Clinton and her massive international war room in the general election.

The natives were more than restless. They were on the war path to remove career politicians from power. That was TRUMPED 1.0… seizing the people’s White House.

Next is 2.0 2018

The same 63 million voters who placed Donald Trump at the helm in 2016, have more work to do in 2018. Trump’s agenda is their agenda… and their agenda has been held up by career politicians on both sides of the aisle. Despite Republican control of the White House, the House, the Senate, a majority of state governorships, most state legislatures and the U.S. Supreme Court, the people’s agenda is moving at a snail’s pace, at best.

The “swamp” is still controlling our country and the current crop of Republicans spend more time fighting each other than “draining the swamp.” So, here comes TRUMPED 2.0 – the Taking of Congress…

It’s a bi-partisan problem

Both political parties are internally divided within… The Democratic Party was literally divided 50/50 in 2016 between criminal has-been Hillary Clinton and the leader of the Marxist movement in America, Bernie Sanders. That massive internal division in the DNC left an electoral college open door for Trump. Party hacks of the past like Reid, Pelosi, Schumer, Water and many others, are as unpopular with their own constituents as they are with Republican voters.

Even though many democrat voters were not thrilled with Trump, they were even less thrilled with their democratic alternatives.

However, the Republican Party is in similar sad shape today, internally divided between the all-American TRUMP Revolution contingency and has-been career globalist Republicans like Paul Ryan, Mitch McConnell, John McCain and Lindsey Graham. Members like Rand Paul are emerging as the future of GOP politicians.

The bad news is, both parties suffer from their past and ongoing indiscretions against the people who put them in power. The good news is, this makes every career incumbent increasingly vulnerable in 2018, no matter which party they belong to…

2018 Incumbent Hunting

Clearly, it no longer makes much difference which party a politician chooses to affiliate with… neither party currently represents the will of their constituents. Party loyalty long outlived loyalties shown to voters by the people they placed in power. Just as loyalty to constituents is a thing of the past, so is blind party loyalty.

Because there is no such thing as “3^rd party solutions,” the people face the exact same choice today that our Founders faced 241-years ago… and only one of those choices is good.

OPTION 1 – A “Constitutional Representative Republic”

OPTION 2 – A “pure democracy” referred to by our Founders as mere “mob rule”

OPTION 3 – A “multi-party parliament” form of government akin to that of the UK and EU

Our Founders chose OPTION 1 and for very good reasons. In fact, they “guaranteed every state a republican form of government.” Not democratic form of government, or parliamentary form of government… a “republican form of government.”

Why?

CONSTITUTIONAL – subject to and governed by the Supreme Law of the land, to include the Bill of Rights.

REPRESENTATIVE – Any form of government which does not represent the “majority interests” of Americans within the confines of the Law of the Land, is not a “representative” form of government.

REPUBLIC – A state in which supreme power is held by the people and their elected representatives, and which has an elected or nominated president rather than a monarch. A group with a certain equality between its members.

There is no such thing as a 3-party system. The choice is 2-party or multi-party when it comes to political organizations designed to represent one side or another of the people’s interests. The two sides (parties) were never intended to be “right vs. left.” They were intended to be “right vs. wrong” giving the American people a clear choice between the two.

A no-party system is a “pure democracy,” (mob rule) wherein a simple voting majority makes policy for everyone, without any regard for constitutional guarantees or limitations designed to protect the minority from the mob.

No American should want anything but what the Founders gave us… because everything else is not a Constitutional Representative Republic.

This reality leaves Americans with one political solution to the challenges we face today… Incumbent hunting!

REPLACE INCUMBENTS

People talk about “term limits” as a solution. Why? House members have a two-year limit and members of the Senate have a six-year limit. Every two years, the American people have an opportunity to fire everyone in the House and 1/3 of the Senate. That means it would take only six-years to fire everyone in Congress… They must be primaried out!

In addition, we don’t “vote out” or “term limit” criminals committing acts of sedition, subversion or treason… we force them to resign and arrest them, filling the vacancy in a special election. We don’t even have to wait two days much less two-years to deal with criminals.

TRUMPED 2.0

In 2016, the tsunami of angry Americans took back the White House by storm… They will have to take back Congress in 2018 by taking out every incumbent up for re-election.

Time for the entire Federal Government to be of, by and for the American people again. Let the New American Revolution rage on!

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JB Williams: JB.USPU@gmail.com

During his June 2015 presidential announcement speech, Mr. Trump said, “But Obamacare kicks in in 2016. Really big league. It is going to be amazingly destructive. Doctors are quitting. I have a friend who’s a doctor, and he said to me the other day, ‘Donald, I never saw anything like it. I have more accountants than I have nurses.’ It’s a disaster. My patients are beside themselves. They had a plan that was good. They have no plan now.”

Yes, doctors are quitting in droves. The loss of physicians right here in Knoxville at the University of Tennessee Medical Center is astounding.  They get close to retirement, I’m talking 55 to 60, and say, “I’ve had enough, I’m outta here.”  The loss is astronomical.

Prior to Obamacare, people were still complaining about health insurance and its costs, mostly because of bills passed by Congress that allowed illegals to freely gain healthcare in the US without insurance, and working Americans’ costs rose. But back then, 25 and 30 years ago, people had jobs and they had discretional income, and many of them had health insurance through work.

Perhaps 20 or 30 million folks didn’t have insurance and for that Obama and gang threw out what worked and came up with this unaffordable monstrosity in the name of “compassion” to insure the 30 million who weren’t insured.

Most young people in their 20s and 30s don’t care about insurance, they’re healthy.  That’s a lot of people who’ve now been forced to buy or pay penalties.  Totally unconstitutional.  Even those who didn’t have insurance were never turned away in an emergency.  Bottom line, this is all about control and wealth redistribution.

Trump Says, Let Obamacare Implode

President Trump said, “I am not going to own this sucker. It isn’t mine. I had nothing to do with it. I’ve engaged in good-faith efforts to fix this and people aren’t interested. So, fine. If you’re not interested establishment, you live with the results.” [Link] He’s not going to own it.  Watch this one-minute video from our President.

Oh yes, Republicans all voted against Obamacare in 2010, but now they can’t come to an agreement on Repeal and Replace, so what does McConnell decide? To finally allow a total repeal vote like they’ve had six times before.  And now they’ve proven they don’t want to really repeal it.  It’s all been smoke and mirrors over the last seven years to fool the electorate into re-electing them.

Guess who the Senators are who would vote against the total repeal…Shelley Capito of WV, Lisa Murkowski of AK, and Susan Collins of ME. These women should have a “D” behind their names, and remember, most of these same Republicans failed to defund this unconstitutional filth when they had the chance. [Link]

The Republicans promised to repeal Obamacare if they were given the House, then given the Senate, then given the White House. They have all three and they’re not repealing squat in Obamacare. Do these left leaning Repubs know what is going to become of their party if they refuse to comply with the President’s promises to the American people?

Donald Trump has had enough, and I don’t blame him.  As a show of good faith, he tried to work with the Republicans to Repeal and Replace, although all of us just want the horrid piece of trash repealed, and they’ve failed, not once, but twice.  Now Trump is saying he is going to just let Obamacare fail, and he’s sure as hell not going to own it…which he’s also been saying for months.  Let the radical leftist Democrats absorb all the blame, along with Obama…just let the thing crash and burn. [Link]

The Democrats are responsible and deserve the blame.  No one would work with Trump in the Republican Congress, so it’s time to let Obama’s so-called “legacy” implode.  Oh yes, they’ll try to blame Trump.  Democrat Steny Hoyer is already saying, Trump, you have to do something to save Obamacare.  Hogwash!  The thing is an albatross, let it flounder and die.  And Dems, you’re the ones who passed this garbage, so own it.

Democrats Promised Wonderful Healthcare

I remember Pelosi saying, “Affordable healthcare for all Americans!”  “We have to pass it to see what’s in it.”  They sang the praises of Obamacare and everything was so wonderful.  Affordable for all, insuring everyone, keep your doc, keep your plan…all bull dung, and they knew it.  They knew it was going to implode and they wanted single payer all along.  What screwed them out of that single payer goal was the fact that Hillary Clinton lost the election!

Look at all those smiling gleeful radical lefties who knowingly trashed individual freedoms granted by God in our Constitution!  It was Vladimir Lenin who said, “Socialized medicine is the keystone to the arch of the socialist state.”

Taxpayer Opposition to Obamacare

When taxpaying Americans opposed this unconstitutional monstrosity and screamed about it, they couldn’t understand what the problem was!  Of course not, the leftist dingbats in the Democratic party have their own Cadillac policies, and they live in their own little lobbyist funded bubble.

It was those very taxpayers who were sick of the redistribution of wealth forced on us by this Obamacare debacle who elected Trump.  Our costs went up, and illegal aliens received free care.

Thirty-Four Dems Voted Against the ACA

In 2009, 34 House Democrats voted against the Affordable Care Act. Many came from red or purple states—Texas, Tennessee, Ohio—and identified themselves as part of the moderate-to-conservative “Blue Dog” coalition. (No Senate Dems voted against the bill.)

Now only four of those democrats are still in Congress, 30 of them are gone.  Reps. Collin Peterson of Minnesota, Stephen Lynch of Massachusetts and Dan Lipinski of Illinois were among the 34 House Democrats who voted against the Affordable Care Act in 2010.

Lipinski said even though he has publicly criticized problems with Obamacare, he has never voted in favor of repeal measures the GOP has brought to the House floor in recent years.

“We can’t throw it all out,” Lipinski said. “Let’s fix it so it works.” (Sorry Lipinski, it isn’t ever going to work.)

Lynch and Peterson have both called for repairing the law, although Peterson last year was the sole Democrat to vote yes on a GOP bill to repeal Obamacare and defund Planned Parenthood. Peterson told Minnesota Public Radio later that “what we should be doing is working to fix it.”  (Sorry but there isn’t a fix, it needs to be dumped and let the free market work.)

All three have criticized Obamacare, which has resulted in premium spikes, high deductibles and vanishing health insurance markets, but they are not rallying behind the Republican proposals, and neither are they rallying behind total repeal.

Trump’s Promises

As Huey Long said so long ago, “The only difference between the Democratic Leadership and the Republican Leadership is that one of them was skinning from the ankle up, and the other from the ear down.”

Our President has tried to work with these people, but the Republicans in Congress lean more to the left than to the right.  Unfortunately, it is the American people who will suffer.

Yes, Obamacare will implode, but Mr. President, Illegitimi non carborundum…Don’t let the bastards grind you down.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

“Our boys were sent off to die with beautiful ideals painted in front of them. No one told them that dollars and cents were the real reason they were marching off to kill and die.” —General Smedley Butler

Did you ever notice that the politicians that talk much of war are those who have never been to war.

Or have you noticed that those who are to serve “We the People” in Congress are so apt to send your men and women to fight unconstitutional wars, but for some reason or another it does not apply to their own (Matthew 23:3).

As a matter of fact, it has been said that the Vietnam War ended when the children of those who represented us were pulled up for the draft.

Furthermore, to add insult to injury, it seems that trees take precedent over human life.  When you go to Washington D.C., you see trees with fences around them that state “Tree protection: KEEP OUT! Do Not Enter.  The enclosed area is a tree root protection zone. Fence must remain closed at all times.”  They are simply protecting trees from the people (Romans 1:28).

What you do not see is the Vietnam Wall (my cousin was killed in Vietnam) 20 yards behind this sign.  Fifty-eight thousand, three hundred and eighteen were killed (Amos 4:10).

With the last 100 years of exposing the corruption of the American politician, you would think that Americans would understand that they CANNOT trust the Judases who they are led to believe actually work for the people of this country (Luke 22:48).  Especially, when it comes to war.

In contrast, how was it that during the Revolutionary War, the Forefathers thought it their duty to fight the wars in which they believed were worth fighting, which established our Constitutional Republic.

It was said of George Washington, “First in war, first in peace and first in the hearts of his countrymen.”

Why first in the hearts of his countrymen? Because he led by example.  He did not expect others to take his place for such a worthy cause.

Remember, there is The Lord’s Wars and that of man’s wars. One is righteous and the other is not (Numbers 21:14).

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

A post recently popped up that will make the next point,

“Before complaining about the fact the American government is involved with another campaign to plunder another country that does not go along with the plans of the new world order.

 You would not have to worry about other countries hating you if you stopped corrupt politicians from inciting America to attack their countries.

Bombing other countries, Launching coups, installing expendable puppet dictators only to send in American forces to establish a military presence.”

Another one read,

“In today’s distorted media landscape, when the U.S. Government calls another nation’s leader a dictator, what they really mean to say is that they’re not a complete pro-USA puppet.”

Just think of this, 94% of Americans do not believe the lying media, Congress has an 11% approval rating, and yet, when they are told what some drummed up foreign country is going to do to us, the people somehow latch onto the fact that they are now telling them the truth. This is the pinnacle of hypocrisy (Romans 1:18).

Gen. Douglas MacArthur said of the United States government back in 1957:

“Our government has kept us in a perpetual state of fear – kept us in a continuous stampede of patriotic fervor – with the cry of grave national emergency. Always there has been some terrible evil at home or some monstrous foreign power that was going to gobble us up if we did not blindly rally behind it. …”

You would think that this is what America was told by the president on Sept. 11, 2001.  It was.

Of course, war is never sold to you in truth.  Remember, the truth is always the first casualty of war (John 8:44).

“By way of deception, thou shalt do war.” —Mossad slogan

What of the military–industrial complex (MIC), which is an informal alliance between a nation’s military and the arms industry which supplies it, seen together as a vested interest which influences public policy.

A driving factor behind this relationship between the government and defense-minded corporations is that both sides benefit—one side from obtaining war weapons, and the other from being paid to supply them. The term is most often used in reference to the system behind the military of the United States, where it is most prevalent and gained popularity after its use in the farewell address of President Dwight D. Eisenhower on January 17, 1961. In 2011, the United States spent more (in absolute numbers) on its military than the next 13 nations combined.

[YouTube Video]

[YouTube Video]

I suggest that next time a war is being sold to the American people that those who are calling for the war, like our Forefathers, are the first ones to lead the way.

The people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is tell them they are being attacked and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same way in any country. —Herman Goering

And to think that 222 years out of 241 years since 1776, Americans have been at war.

And Americans still haven’t figured this out.

Henry Kissinger said of our veterans:

“Military men are just dumb, stupid animals, to be used as pawns in foreign policy.”

The fact is, the American military are not dumb and stupid.   They just need to recognize who the enemies are, and that comes by knowing what the Law states (Hosea 4:6; 2 Timothy 2:15).

“I, _____, do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.”

There are only two things we should fight for. One is the defense of our homes and the other is the Bill of Rights! —General Smedley Butler

So, the next time you hear the politicians clamoring for war, if it’s a worthy cause, they should be the first ones to go.

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

There is a God. Our rights come from Him. The purpose of civil government is to protect and secure God given rights.

This is the American View of Law and Government.  It is also the Christian View.  It is set forth very concisely and precisely in our Declaration of Independence.

Under this Christian, American view, civil government is charged with two principle functions.

First, civil government is responsible for protecting the integrity of our borders.

Secondly, civil government is duty bound to administer the justice system.  However, in making and enforcing laws, civil government is required to follow God’s law as the ultimate standard to determine the validity of all earthly laws.

This ultimate standard which limits what civil government can do is referred to in the Declaration of Independence as “the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God”.

Although it was drafted and signed many years ago, the Declaration is still valid today. It is still the law of the land.  Because it sets forth the principles upon which the validity of the Constitution and all statutes depend, the US Code refers to the Declaration as the Organic Law of these United States.

The Declaration is not void or invalid because it is old or because it acknowledges the Creator God as the Source of life and law and liberty.  On the contrary, its principles are fresh and alive and vital.  And both the knowledge of these principles – and their vitality in the hearts of Americans, are fundamental to the future of freedom.

Now, despite what we hear repeatedly today, the redistribution of wealth is NOT a function of government.  There exists no valid authority for civil government to feed, clothe, or shelter anyone.

Frederick Bastiat, author of a famous book called “The Law” wrote the following words concerning redistribution of wealth which he termed “legal plunder”:

When plunder becomes a way of life for a group of men living together in society, they create for themselves, in the course of time, a legal system that authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies it.

Legal plunder occurs when government officials, who are charged with protecting our rights to property, actually become the thieves who covet and convert our property to their own uses.  In other words, they use the authority of the law to break the law.

Obamacare serves as an example of this.  The Constitution provides no authority for the Federal government to regulate any aspect of health care.  Nevertheless, Obamacare is used to decimate the economy and destroy the most fundamental property right of all – the right to control our own bodies.

Of course, none of this could occur, without the prior adoption of the perverse moral code that Bastiat referred to.  Legislatures, Executives and Courts who believe that they are so wise that they can redefine God-ordained marriage, limit your ability to defend yourself with a weapon, or declare the killing of babies to be legal represents both the lawless state of the civil government and the failure of Americans to keep their government servants “in check”.

The rule of law has now become the rule of lawlessness.

While the road back to lawful government is possible it will require not only your education but your painstaking commitment and resolve.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake MacAulay: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

“I am for doing good to the poor, but…I think the best way of doing good to the poor, is not making them easy in poverty, but leading or driving them out of it. I observed…that the more public provisions were made for the poor, the less they provided for themselves, and of course became poorer.  And, on the contrary, the less was done for them, the more they did for themselves, and became richer.”  —Benjamin Franklin

Our guilty conscience is working overtime these days.  It seems, according to many politicians and pundits, that we and the rest of productive humanity, are somehow responsible for the inequities and social injustices being perpetrated on the poor, who are trapped in “poor-dom,” by those of us who are a little better well off.   The pundits and politicians want to rectify this tragic injustice (and have) by doing what the socialist Karl Marx advanced, and that is to “take from those with the greatest capability (those of us who are a little better well off) and turn our sweat, blood, tears, effort and money over to those with the greatest need”, you know, those poor folks who are forever trapped in “poor-dom.”  Who gets the job of turning our tax money over to those hapless victims, the government of course, the great champion of the poor, the aged and the downtrodden, or the Blacks, Latinos and the LGBT crowd ….. in exchange for votes.

But of course there is no cost to the managers of the government welfare, only to the people.  The government essentially uses the power to tax, by force of the gun, (just try not paying your taxes) and sets up social programs, staffed with thousands of government employees, to administer to these victims who have allegedly been discriminated against by the rest of us because they live in “poor-dom”, or whatever.

But the government welfare programs siphon off huge chunks of our taxes for these high-paid, over-educated, “irrationally compassionate” administrators, and only a limited percentage ever gets to the poor.  In 2011 over $60,000 was spent by the government on each household existing below the poverty line covering almost 17,000,000 people.  But $60,000 per household is almost three times the amount the average household lives on per year.   So where is the rest of your tax money going?  It’s going to pay the salaries of hundreds of thousands of state and federal employees administering the welfare programs.  In fact six years ago, the states were charging over $5 billion back to the federal government every year for welfare management costs and its been rising dramatically every year since Obama Care was passed with the massive expansion of Medicaid.  That doesn’t include what the federal government spends on welfare management.  (More on WELFARE SPENDING from the Heritage Foundation)

But here is the other side of the alleged inequity and social injustice issue, about which the politicians and pundits won’t speak.  It is a fact.  Every segment of society is discriminated against, some more than others.  If you are too fat, too thin, too tall, too smart, too dumb, too young, too old, too ugly, too inexperienced, infirmed, disabled or mentally challenged, you are discriminated against, because humans, by their very nature, are discriminatory.   If you think Americans are discriminatory, try going to Asian countries where the only hair color is straight black, not blond, not brown and not curly.

But discrimination is in fact the challenge of life and a challenge that most folks win over, eventually, unless the individual has bought into the myth that he or she is a victim, because government has convinced them they are.  The government is a master at making those living in “poor-dom”, or ethnic races, or other variations of human behavior into thinking they are victims and it is the fault of the rich that they must suffer these indignities.  In contrast, there are millions of examples of individuals who have overcome man’s discriminatory nature and moved forward with their lives, no matter their station in life.  The real truth is, that everyone seems to ignore, is that achievement transcends race, color, creed, natural origin, or any of the other previously mentioned, discriminated-against characteristics. 

The masses are always calling for more taxes on the rich and will even violate constitutional law to do so, most recently Seattle, WA.  But what the poor fail to realize, and the government won’t tell them, is that those earning $100,000 or more per year (16% of all wage earners) pay 79.4% of all income taxes.  In contrast, those earning under $100,000 per year (84% of all wage earners) only pay 25% of all income taxes.  47% of the adult population pay no income taxes at all and are a huge drain on the Public Treasury.  When 16% of wage earners are paying 79.4% of all income taxes, that is REAL social injustice and hardly equal treatment under the law.  Just how much more should the rich pay?

If you or others have convinced you that you are a victim, if your roll models are the dredges of society, if you refuse to take responsibility for your life, if mediocrity is the best you have to offer, then you will look down into the depths of depravity and despair and bleed all over everyone else of how bad you have it.    However, if you are convinced that you are just as good as anyone else, no matter what your individual characteristics, then you will look out, forward and up in search of opportunity.  Government can’t give you courage and ambition, only you can, but you have to want it with all of your being.  Most would rather be victims at the expense of the rest of society because it is easier to be lazy than it is to be industrious.  But, as we have said before, what happens to a nation when there are more people in the cart, than those pulling the cart?

This life in a free America promises you nothing but opportunity.  Some see the opportunity and run with it.  Others declare victim status and wait for the government, or someone else, to stroke their fevered brow and aid and abet their victim hood.   And the government is all-to-willing to steal our money to help them, no matter how much it costs.  After all, those victims might just vote for the politician that does just that.

In a fireside chat to the American people in January 1944 just before his death, FDR outlined his idea of an expanded Bill of Rights: “The right to a useful and remunerative job in the industries, or shops or farms or mines of the Nation; The right to earn enough to provide adequate food and clothing and recreation; The right of every farmer to raise and sell his products at a return which will give him and his family a decent living; The right of every businessman, large and small, to trade in an atmosphere of freedom from unfair competition and domination by monopolies at home or abroad; The right of every family to a decent home; The right to adequate medical care and the opportunity to achieve and enjoy good health; The right to adequate protection from the economic fears of old age, sickness, accident, and unemployment; The right to a good education.”

Indeed!  FDR enumerated the platform of the Socialist’s mantra.  FDR’s attempt to illegally expand the Bill of Rights was an outright and blatant perversion of the U. S. Constitution.   Our government has spent trillions of our money on poverty and on FDR’s expanded Bill of Rights and yet poverty still exists at the same or higher level as it did at the start of the Great Society.

As we stated in a recent article:  This gnashing of teeth over health care (or Russia) overshadows a much bigger problem, an unsustainable national debt that is expected to explode to $30,000,000,000,000 (that’s trillion) by the year 2026, according to the Congressional Budget Office (CBO).  “In CBO’s baseline projections (which incorporate the assumption that current laws will generally remain the same), growth in spending—particularly for Social Security, health care, and interest payments on federal debt—outpaces growth in revenues over the coming 10 years.  The budget deficit increases modestly through 2018 but then starts to rise more sharply, reaching $1.4 trillion in 2026.  As a percentage of GDP, the deficit remains at roughly 2.9 percent through 2018, starts to rise, and reaches 4.9 percent by the end of the 10-year projection period.  The projected cumulative deficit between 2017 and 2026 is $9.4 trillion.”  And this is just an estimate that is very likely to be much worse.

For those readers who think we are heartless and without compassion should re-examine their belief system and their knowledge of simple economics.  Yes, there are people in society that need society’s reasonable help.  Sadly, America has provided that help in such a grandiose manner, the nation is at the point of breaking the bank and rendering it insolvent.  The 2011 chart above graphically indicates a dramatic explosion in welfare spending since President Johnson’s Great Society.  This explosion has resulted from adding those who shouldn’t be receiving any help at all, in exchange for their votes, to those in society who truly need help, with deadly economic and fiscal consequences.

None of this takes into account the huge drain on capital by a giant welfare state.  That huge drain inhibits corporate and business formation and expansion, resulting in less jobs, less per capita income and less wealth creation that pays for all those people trapped in “poor-dom.”.

However, what eclipses everything we have said here is that a nation is only as strong as the strength and character of its citizens.  The nation dies if the people are weak and without honor.  If the percentage of the population grows weaker every year, as it has been for several decades, then Benjamin Franklin’s prophecy comes true.  “The more public provisions are made for the poor, the less they provide for themselves, and became poorer (and weaker).”  The nation is dying ladies and gentlemen and it appears that nothing can stop it ….. except the people themselves.  Meanwhile, the poor are growing ever more poorer and the nation is going ever more deeper in unsustainable debt.

The hard truth is, the terms “equity and social justice” were not created by Democrats for altruistic or compassionate reasons, they were created to re-distribute wealth and to buy votes from government-created victims, dead beats and free loaders for the sole and premeditated purpose to gain perpetual political power in America under the banner of Progressivism.  They have been hugely successful, to the detriment of America and freedom.

What’s your TAKE?

[EDITORS NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

There has been a nonstop discussion about President Trump’s temporary proposed ban of the entry of persons from six Muslim majority nations. While I applaud President Trump for his courageous stand on this important issue, I am disappointed that he did not go far enough.

Here’s Trump’s grand mistake in my opinion:

There are 57 Muslim nations and they all share the same mantra about Islam. They have a common Islamic psychological milieu, and called an Islamic “diet.”

Islamic Diet

People as a group or as individuals are different and none is perfectly healthy psychologically. We all have a loose wheel or two as we travel the bumpy road of life. Yet, most people manage to stay on course most of the time, with perhaps a stop or two at a repair shop of a mental health professional.

Most psychological disorders are exaggerations, deficits or surfeits of the generally accepted norm—whatever the norm may be. When caution, for instance, is practiced past suspicion, then we have paranoia; when reasonable fear is exercised beyond any justification, then there is phobia. The degree and severity of a condition frequently determine the presence or absence of psychopathology.

As mentioned above, Muslims share a particular common Islamic psychological milieu, whether they live in Islamic lands or in societies predominantly non-Islamic. The psychological condition of any Muslim group or individual is directly dependent on the kind and amount of Islamic diet they consume. The Islamic diet has numerous ingredients—some of which are wholesale, some are dangerously toxic, and some are between the two extremes, but they all share exactly the same Islamic fatalism. That’s the will of “Allah.”

Islam Fatalistic View

One of the greatest subtle, yet important differences between the Muslim’s mindset and that of the people in the West is the extent to which Muslims are fatalistic. There is hardly a statement that a Muslim makes without being conditional—conditional on the will of Allah. (Inshallah) “I shall see you tomorrow, Allah willing,” (Inshallah) “You will make it home, Allah willing,” (Inshallah) “Things will work out, Allah willing,” (Inshallah) and on and on and on. To the Muslim, Allah is on the job—on every job. Allah, with his invisible mighty hand, literally does and runs everything.

Allah’s hand is above all other hands, adorns every imaginable space in Islamic lands—a telling point about the Muslim’s fatalism and submission to the omnipotent omnipresent hand. If something happens, it is Allah’s will. If it doesn’t, it is Allah’s will. The rank and file Muslim has little will of his own. It absolves him of any and all responsibility. This mentality is in stark contrast with the “take charge” and “can do” mentality characteristic of Americans and other Western societies.

Islam’s Ideology

Islamic ideology is a creed of an ignorant people in a primitive and barbaric age. It is fixated in time and place; it harbors the ambition of taking the 21st century world back 14 centuries and ruling it by its dogma of violence, intolerance, injustice and death. And all 57 Muslim nations share this view, not just six countries on Trump’s list.

The Left

Well, the Muslims’ allies, America’s left keep asserting that America was built by immigrants from all nations. Here are the facts: the vast majority of those voluntary immigrants were White Christians with a heady leavening of Jews. These groups shared a developed and developing drive in support of “equal justice under the law” and strong traditions against such crimes as murder, genocide, rape, unjust war, robbery, theft and other crimes easily understood by most sane persons.

For the most part, these European immigrants also developed a nation which individuals and private organizations provide help to the unfortunate without regard to race, color, nationality, etc.

Let’s look at history: the number of Muslims who came to the United States (before 1918, when our nation was well established) was too little to be statistically meaningful. Besides, Muslims don’t come here to live and work peacefully; they come here to make Islam the law of the land.

By now, many ordinary Americans are beginning to comprehend that Islam commands a “Perpetual War” (Jihad) against “unbelievers” and allows, encourages and commands those waging Jihad to use murder, rape, genocide, torture and other horrors to forward the world conquest goal of Islam.

The claim that the immigration of Muslims is another face of that incoming as built our nation is another example of “Tell a lie often enough and it becomes the truth” as has been attributed to such lovers of liberty as V. Lenin and A. Hitler.

What should Americans do?

Islam in its fourteen hundred years of existence has never been the religion of peace. It has always been at war with infidels. A never-ending war. What should Americans do? They should demand that politicians, Islamic apologists, and paid-for media sycophants do not abuse freedom by lying about Islam. When these people portray Islam as a religion of peace, they are lying through their teeth. Just take a quick look at Islam’s history as well as what is happening today in Islamic lands. Islam is not a religion of peace and it has never been. Islam is violent, oppressive, racist, and irrational at best.
Islam and Women

It is also a fact that Islam teaches that it is proper to sexually use girls as young as nine-years-of-age, that women must have inferior status to males as witnesses in courts and in shares of inheritances and that husbands may beat their wife or wives when those males deem it necessary.

Women are relegated in Islam to a second-class status, depriving them of many rights enjoyed by men. Thus, life goes on for Muslim women with all the trappings of Islamic misogyny. Such is the plight of women under Islam. There is hardly the need to provide an exhaustive list of Islamic misogynies to qualify it as a shameful, discriminatory and oppressive religious apartheid.

Holy Land Foundation Trial (HLFT)                

Perhaps one of the most important outcomes of the HLFT was that the FBI reevaluated its relationship with the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), after significant evidence emerged during the trial about CAIR’s links to the U.S. – Hamas infrastructure. Again, like some other religious minorities, Muslims are not well-known for extending “charity” to others. However, and in the USA, Muslims have been found guilty of sending “charitable contributions” to terrorist groups.

Toxic mind of Muslim leaders

Over the years, Islamic leaders have found it expedient to feed the masses mainly the toxic ingredients to further their own interests. Individuals and groups, for instance, have used the immense energizing power of hatred to rally the faithful; the cohesive force of polarization to create in-group solidarity; and, the great utility value of blaming others for their real and perceived misfortunes. Jews have been their favorite and handy scapegoats from day one. To this day, as true fascists, like the Nazis, Muslims blame just about everything on Jews.

It is for this present and imminent danger that the free people of the world must rise and do all they can to preserve their birthright of liberty. Muslims in non-Islamic lands may seem harmless, and many of them indeed are. Yet, Islam compels its leaders to uphold and promote its tenets at any and all costs to anyone. It is for this reason that on the one hand the Islamic governments sign the U.N. Charter that condemns apartheid, and on the other hand, they violate every provision of it when they are in power.

Small Victory for the Trump Administration

On June 26. 2017, The Supreme Court asserted it will decide the fate of President Trump’s revised travel ban, agreeing to hear arguments over immigration cases that were filed in federal courts in Hawaii and Maryland and allowing parts of the ban that has been on hold since March to take effect.

On July 15, 2017. “Lawyer General Jeff Sessions discharges explanations after Hawaii Judge puts new limits on the Trump Administrations’ travel restriction from six Muslim Countries.”

President Donald Trump is on the right track.  It is a matter of national security, not just politics. But I believe he should vet every Muslim majority country attempting to enter the US, not just these six.

© 2017 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

If you take one look at Europe today, you see firsthand the Islamic onslaught.  One imam stated unequivocally that “Sweden is Europe’s first Islamic State.”  Once they gain greater numbers from greater birth rates and endless immigration,  they literally take over.

This video of Belgium becoming an Islamic state shows all of Europe’s fate.  Along the way, Muslims don’t care what Europeans think as long as they step aside.  Guess what, Belgians flee their country as more and more Muslims commit more and more violence.  This video on Belgium sobers anyone who watches it.

President Teddy Roosevelt presented the American people the most important quote for our entire existence:  “The one absolutely certain way of bringing this nation to ruin, or preventing all possibility of its continuing to be a nation at all, would be to permit it to become a tangle of squabbling nationalities.  We have but one flag. We have one language, English.”

Note in that passage, “or preventing all possibility of its continuing to be a nation at all,” should send a shudder up your spine.

One of my dear friends in Holland said, “Within five years, we’re going to face a civil war in our country—our Muslim immigrants against us.”

In Norway, the government people keep pumping in hundreds of thousands of Muslims.  Their Norwegian women cannot walk alone anymore in Trondheim, Oslo or Bergen for fear of being raped and killed by Muslim men who treat all women at the level of a mongrel dog.  My Norwegian friend said, “In Norway and Europe, some serious Muslim sh*t keeps on building.   This lifetime is going to get more and more exciting by the day, by the year.  Bombs will start going off over here, constantly.  Going to be some serious pushing on Western life in our country.  Millions of Muslims already here, the birthrate off the scale and every day, more coming in.

“The West has done it to itself.  Still doing it to itself.   America is doing it to itself.  It is going to be interesting to be here when hopefully in the future, someone starts looking into who in the hell and why in the hell did we do this to ourselves.  Mind blowing to me.  Worst of all, it’s not going to end well for any of us.  Muslims push and we back up, they push some more and we run away, they keep pushing and we lose our country.”

The Quran contains at least 109 verses that call Muslims to war with nonbelievers for the sake of Islamic rule.  Some exhibit graphic violence with commands to chop off heads and fingers and kill infidels wherever they may be hiding.

Quran (33:60-62) – “If the hypocrites, and those in whose hearts is a disease, and the alarmists in the city do not cease, We verily shall urge thee on against them, then they will be your neighbors in it but a little while.  Accursed, they will be seized wherever found and slain with a (fierce) slaughter.”

Look at the Council for American Islamic Relations in the U.S. today.  It’s not about relations as authorities named C.A.I.R. a terrorist organization that supports terror groups like the Muslim Brotherhood.  Of those 2,250 mosques spreading across America, many send their money to terrorist organizations.  So much of it grows that our own State Department cannot keep up with the money flow.

Bukhari (11:626) – [Muhammad said:] “I decided to order a man to lead the prayer and then take a flame to burn all those, who had not left their houses for the prayer, burning them alive inside their homes.”

When you look deeply into Islam, it frightens you that 1.5 billion believe the way to Heaven means violence, suicide and beheadings of non-believers.  Each terrorist enjoys 72 virgins at his final destination after death.  As Islam thickens with numbers in American cities, watch for more and more push against our way of life, our Constitution, our schools, our foods, our rituals and our ethos. Watch for Sharia Law becoming dominant in Muslim communities. Already in Minneapolis, Minnesota, a friend told me that Muslim instituted defacto Sharia Law stemming from their huge numbers.

Just like the video on Belgium, the same thing accelerates in the United Kingdom, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, Austria and Denmark with growing degrees of violence toward host countries.  The killings in Paris, France provide a small sample of what all of the Western world faces as it continues importing millions of Muslims.  It’s already happening and 2015 will bring us more beheadings and violence in America from our Muslim immigrants.

What astounds me stems from the harsh reality that we Americans go about our business as if Europe’s Muslim disaster won’t touch us.  We guarantee our children’s lives to be lives of growing violent Islamic violence and takeover wherever they can get their “camel’s nose” under the tent.  We’ve injected the most violent religion in the world into our own country. (Permission to republish this population graph by Roy Beck, www.NumbersUSA.org )

Will we sit back and watch the invasion? Yes, each month, thousands more pile into our country.  Will we become part of the violence that hit Paris, France? Yes, we already suffer from endless Muslim immigrant violence as depicted in this series.  Will we do anything to stop Muslim immigration? Probably not!  Too many Americans don’t care and aren’t affected at this moment.  What will we do when the Muslim riots begin?  Run, back off, back down and back away. But at some point, it’s going to get uglier and uglier.  We will fight to save our country from Muslims.  I feel sorry for them and us because we invited jihad into our own country by our own stupidities and apathy.

You bet your bottom dollar that Paris, France and all the multicultural nightmares now engulfing Europe, Canada and Australia will visit us with greater frequencies.

If you don’t want a Paris, France, San Bernardino or Orlando or Fort Lauderdale event in your community, it’s time to call for a total “Immigration Shutdown Now.”

Call your senators and House rep:  1 202 224 3121 or 1 888 995 2086. Demand a stop to all immigration and stop to any Syrian immigration.

Definition of slogan:  “Immigration Shutdown Now means the American people want a total shutdown on all legal and illegal immigration. That means we want all illegal immigration stopped by arresting, prosecuting and jailing employers of illegal aliens. We deport all illegal aliens by taking their jobs away and as we catch them.  We want English mandated as our national language. We demand a cessation of Muslim immigration in order to protect our culture, language and way of life. We can’t save the world but we can save or destroy our civilization.  We demand a stable population that allows everyone to live, work and thrive into the 21^st century. Especially our children.” FHW

Muslims cannot in any way become Americans. The Koran forbids it.  Their entire context of religious-political Sharia Law demands subjugation to their religion with no allegiance to the U.S. Constitution. The Koran forbids women’s rights, marital choice, free speech, gay rights and religious rights.  Our way of life remains completely out of bounds to Islam.

That’s why you need to take action. Send this series to everyone in your network. Educate them.  Urge them to take action by joining these websites to become faxers of prewritten letters and phone callers.  We must force Congress into an “Immigration Shutdown Now!”

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Has the US government become the policing and litigating arm of the Islamic faith?

The government is also extremely active in pouring gasoline on this tinderbox as the US Senate just passed Resolution 118, an anti-hate crimes bill. There is a House Resolution (H.Res. 257) with the EXACT same verbiage that has not been passed. This bill was pushed extremely hard by REPUBLICAN Senator Marco Rubio and reads as follows:

“…Federal law enforcement officials, working with State and local officials… to expeditiously investigate all credible reports of hate crimes and incidents and threats against minorities in the United States and to hold the perpetrators of those crimes, incidents, or threats accountable and bring the perpetrators to justice; encourages the Department of Justice and other Federal agencies to work to improve the reporting of hate crimes; and… encourages the development of an inter-agency task force led by the Attorney General to collaborate on the development of effective strategies and efforts to detect and deter hate crime in order to protect minority communities…”

Since there are already laws governing arson, assault, threats, vandalism and destruction of property, why would this law need to exist unless the underlying goal is to, in fact, modify the meaning of the term “hate crime” to include “hate speech?” So, according to this bill, another federal law enforcement agency needs to be created to enforce what is in reality, an anti-blasphemy law. This bill is truly fortuitous as more immigrants have come into the United States in the last year than any year period in the last ten. These include 6,258 Muslims from Syria and this bill, along with continued Islamic immigration will only add to the tensions being stoked in this county.

In addition to the massive build-up of military equipment for the federal agencies, many local, county and state police are also militarized. In fact, the militarization of our local police forces has greatly concerned both the left and the right. We are seeing American cities more resembling Mosul than there former selves while the Leftopaths are demanding more “resistance” to Trump through brutality and the right is calling for force (whether police or the “clenched fist of truth”) to meet force. This is at a time when federal agencies have more weapons than most countries and the local police are not far behind.

I kind of embrace this notion of “Deep State” Jon Michaels

Whether you call them the “Deep State” or the “Administrative State,” they prefer to be called “master.” Since doing away with political appointees in Ulysses S. Grant’s second term under the name of “efficiency,” these unelected and in many cases, unaccountable bureaucrats have amassed powers that dictators would relish. Everything from the water we are allowed or not allowed to use, to the medicines we are allowed to take is controlled by some regulatory agency. The Founding Fathers gave us the US Constitution to protect us from an all-powerful dictatorship; the Progressive Leftopaths starting with Woodrow Wilson, took away those Constitutional freedoms.

Few people realize that most of the laws we have in this country are never passed through any elected body, whether it be local, state or federal, instead they are created by administrative agencies through a process of “informal rulemaking.” This makes a mockery of “justice” by making it easy for the administrators to make the laws and nearly impossible for those affected by it to challenge, participate in its creation or influence its outcome.

Many of these agencies have their administrative court systems that have neither judge nor jury and rarely need a judge issued search warrant. They can impose fines and penalties and all without the protections guaranteed in the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Non-judicial administrative courts decide cases, and impose penalties, without a jury or an actual judge. Many of them are committed to overthrowing President Trump and those agencies are now heavily armed.

The increasing violence is coincidentally happening at the same time economic uncertainties are increasing in the United States and around the world. The states of Illinois and Connecticut are both officially bankrupt and Maine is there in all but name. This will eventually translate into problems with the state paying pensions and other obligations. If there is mob violence at Walmart on Black Friday over an X-Box, imagine the chaos when millions no longer receive their pension and state EBT cards fail. It strains credibility that the rise of mob violence, the power of the police state and the looming economic crisis America faces was coincidental. It is also not a stretch to believe that these events will trigger the “crisis” Rahm Emmanuel said the government needed to implement policies that could not be executed in normal times.

“We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis, and the nations will accept the New World Order.” David Rockefeller

© 2017 Steven neill – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Neill: scneill@msn.com

References:

1. Senate Resolution 118
2. House Resolution 257

3.     24 Hours after Rubio Met with Ivanka, His SICK Islamic Secret Comes out

4.     State Department: refugee free-for-all until July 6th!

5.     Police’s growing arsenal of technology watches criminals and citizens

6.     11 Shocking Facts About America’s Militarized Police Forces

7. The Consequences of Militarized Police Forces
8. EO 13688

9.     The American Police State is growing out of Control

10.  Leading liberals develop blueprint to expand ‘deep state’ and undercut Trump

11.  Confronting the Administrative State

12.  Official: Water complaints could be ‘act of terrorism’

13. Dictatorship, American Style

14.  “From Horrific To Catastrophic”: Court Ruling Sends Illinois into Financial Abyss

15.  Debt levels now so great in the U.S

16.  David Rockefeller’s Chilling 1991 Speech at a Bilderberg Meeting

Additional Links:

There Are Now More Bureaucrats With Guns Than U.S. Marines

WSJ: Why Does the IRS Need Guns?

There Will be Blood: The Alexandria Shooting and Civil War in America

The FDA is Stockpiling Weapons

Global Debt Continues to be 325% of the Global GDP

Janet Yellen Says A New Financial Crisis Probably Won’t Happen ‘In Our Lifetimes’ But the BIS Says One Could Soon Hit ‘With A Vengeance’

Is America Becoming a Police State? The Disturbing Questions of ‘Do Not Resist’

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

“Revealed: ‘Ordinary ‘citizen’ John McCain dispatched a trusted aide across the Atlantic to [obtain] dirty dossier from ex-spy after former British diplomat told him about blackmail tapes….”

Sen. John McCain said he did “what any citizen would do” in turning over to the FBI a so- called dirty dossier, that allegedly contained unconfirmed secrets about president-elect Donald Trump, over to the FBI. The Arizona Senior Senator has gained a reputation as a “reasonable conservative” but his critics say he is “neither reasonable nor is he a conservative.”

“If you look up the political term RINO in a dictionary it should carry a picture of McCain with the definition ‘Republican In Name Only,'” said police adviser for the National Law

Enforcement Legal Defense Society, Charles Coultner.

A former intelligence officer told NewswithViews.com that the left-leaning British newspaper, The Guardian, described how the dossier came to be and how McCain got his hands on the super-secret documents.

“I first heard about this mysterious dossier when I was checking out an Inside the Beltway private detective and security firm. The firm allegedly tapped Trump‘s campaign staff and his allies hoping to find negative ammunition against the true Republican Maverick, Donald Trump,” said former military intelligence operative and New York police detective Michael Snopes.

“I know… I know… Senator John McCain is the guy the Democrats love to use to slam the GOP because most of the time he has cooperated with the Democrats, especially now,” said Iris Aquino, a former police official and now a director of security for a major corporation.

Shortly after the election — that left Donald Trump the winner and Hillary Clinton the loser — John McCain attended a Canadian conference and spoke with a ‘former senior western diplomat’ who knew of the dossier’s existence, claims the United Kingdom’s Daily Mail.

Sir Andrew Wood described to reporters his dealings with McCain: “I would like to stress that I did not pass on any dossier to Senator McCain or anyone else and I did not see a dossier at the time.” However, it’s what Wood did not say that was interesting: He didn’t deny telling McCain about the dirty dossier.

On Tuesday, the Wall Street Journal exposed the ex-spy who actually obtained the documents as being British subject, Christopher Steele.

Steele’s spy agency discovered a Democratic Party insider who wanted dirt on the now Republican nominee instead.

The unnamed contractor was later identified by the Wall Street Journal  as being Christopher Steele. He and another ex-British diplomat, Christopher Burrows, run their own company, Orbis Business Intelligence.

https://youtu.be/6IEKy7Zsses
https://youtu.be/d4zknlmjlMI

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

The Republican leadership in the Senate agonizes over how best to “replace” Obamacare.  They thus start with a flawed premise which is bound to fail.  Based on the paternalistic and freedom depriving notion that it is for the government to compel the individual to obtain insurance and it is for the government to dictate the kind of insurance available to all, Obamacare invariably leads to market distortions that increase cost, to government influenced or mandated allocation of medical resources which rations care, to a government centric rather than patient centric system, and to near universal disappointment and inadequate care.  The business of insurance is one of careful measurements of risk dependent upon a myriad of factors which nonetheless leaves ultimate care decisions to patients willing to pay and doctors willing to perform.  An effort to impose a one size fits all standard on health insurance thus alters not only the make-up and cost of insurance (limiting options and increasing costs) but it also delimits medical practice, which must bend to accommodate insurance demands regardless of medical realities and professional preferences.

So, when the Republican leadership presumes to keep Obamacare in place in part and tweak it, or diminish its scope but infuse it with funding to keep it on life support, the Republican leadership begins with a failed premise, thus dooming itself and the nation to defeat.  The Republican leadership is thereby conceding the anti-market, government paternalistic premise (the corrupt heart and soul) of Obamacare, the very evil that Republican voters demanded their officials end in the 2016 elections.

There is a principled alternative to Obamacare appeasement, one that removes top down, government dictation of health insurance and health markets and replaces that state paternalism with a patient centric system replete with freedom of choice.  As in most all things, the central question is who exercises ultimate freedom to determine whether and to whom dollars enter the health care system:  Is it the government by insurance company proxy or is it the patient in each individual case?  All who value freedom should prefer a patient centric health care system where patients determine whether and who to pay, where doctors are attentive to the needs and demands of patients first and foremost and to insurance companies only secondarily.

There is no way to retain any element of Obamacare and revivify a patient centric system where market forces prevail over government mandates.  Consequently, the first order of business must be complete repeal of Obamacare, leaving none of it.

The sequence of overall legislative events germane to this issue is backward.  Tax reform should have preceded Obamacare repeal and replace.  That is because the ultimate patient centric alternative to Obamacare is best triggered through amendments to the tax code, not government control of health insurance markets.

In my book, Restore the Republic, I advocate a simple, yet profound free market alternative to Obamacare, one that removes government control and replaces it with individual preferences.  That alternative creates a true incentive to finance the care of those in need who cannot afford to pay for insurance or care but leaves the ultimate freedom to follow that incentive with the individual.   It is simple alternative, and yet, its effects would be revolutionary in empowering patients and ensuring no federal government limits on the nature, degree, quality, or quantity of health care offered.

Here is the overall plan.  Congress would repeal Obamacare immediately but not replace it.  Congress would then move forward with President Trump’s tax reform measures, lowering corporate and individual rates to trigger an economic boom.  In addition to the Administration’s slated reductions in taxation would come the tax reform measure I recommend to encourage private action to care for those who cannot afford health insurance or the care they need.  This tax reform would be the free market replacement called for by the electorate.

It works this way.  For every dollar an individual or entity spends to cover the health insurance or health care costs of an individual who cannot afford to pay for same, the donating individual or entity would receive a $1.50 federal tax deduction.  Under this simple measure, companies of all sizes would have a major incentive to provide health insurance for employees who cannot afford it and also to pay directly either for health insurance for, or part or all of the medical expenses of, identified others in need because doing so would result in a significant tax deduction.  Individuals would likewise have a great financial incentive to pay for relatives in need or identified others in their communities who have needs.  Finally, hospitals, medical groups, and individual physicians would also have a huge incentive to pay directly for the costs of caring for the indigent, because doing so would result in a substantial tax deduction.

Most importantly, money would be restored to private hands and individual patients would be empowered by the tax plan.  That would be the free market antithesis of Obamacare.

In short, rather than accept as given the offensive premise at root in Obamacare that government knows better than an individual what how that individual should spend his health care dollars, we should reject that premise, reject Obamacare in totality, and “replace” it not with additional government but with no government at all, using instead the power to relieve tax burdens as a way to encourage the provision of patient-centric care.

© 2017 Jonathan Emord – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jonathan Emord: jemord@emord.com

All authority belongs to the people.  —President Thomas Jefferson

If people let government decide which foods they eat and medicines they take, their bodies will soon be in as sorry a state as are the souls of those who live under tyranny.  —President Thomas Jefferson

Experience hath shown that, even under the best forms of government, those entrusted with power have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny.  —President Thomas Jefferson

McConnell, Ryan and the rest of the neo-conservative Trotskyite Republicans are doing absolutely nothing to destroy Obamacare.  Prior to their re-elections, they yammered and yammered to us about repealing Obamacare, and now look at them!  Liars all!

If they would get on board with our President’s promises to the American people, they would gain overwhelming support from the American taxpayers and more conservatives would be elected in 2018.  As it stands, they’re playing a losing game.

A while back, I was listening to Dennis Prager while driving, and he was again lauding that not one Republican voted for Obamacare.  The House passed the Senate bill with a 219–212 vote on March 21, 2010, with 34 Democrats and all 178 Republicans voting against it. So, Prager is right about that, but what he doesn’t tell you is that the Republicans could have defunded Obamacare, but did not.  Link  So, the question remains, whose side are the Republicans really on?

GOP “Pledge to America”

Remember the GOP Pledge to America from September of 2010?  Here is a portion:

We offer a plan to repeal and replace the government takeover of health care with common-sense solutions focused on lowering costs and protecting American jobs.  We will enact real medical liability reform; allow Americans to purchase health coverage across state lines; empower small businesses with greater purchasing power; and create new incentives to save for future health needs. We will protect the doctor-patient relationship, and ensure that those with pre-existing conditions gain access to the coverage they need. We will permanently end taxpayer funding of abortion and codify the Hyde Amendment.

How many times have we heard this from these Republican politicians?  And where are we today?  They can’t even come to an agreement to repeal this horrid failing law which has saddled American taxpayers with unbelievably higher health care costs.

And we don’t want a replacement!  How freaking many times do we have to tell them that!

The Affordable Care Act (ACA) actually made care unaffordable for the majority of working Americans, other than the DC politicians of course who still have a Cadillac plan for themselves because they’re exempt from OCare.

Republicans Voted Six Times to Repeal

How many times have the Republicans voted to repeal Obamacare in full?  The reality is six times. The first time was when Republicans first took the House majority, once after the Supreme Court decision with Justice Roberts calling ACA a tax, and once in the 2014 Congress. And then, the budget every year afterward.  Here is a timeline of the GOPs efforts to kill ACA the first four years of implementation.

There were never enough votes and Obama would have vetoed, and the Republicans knew that. Usually an act is passed by a simple majority, but to override a presidential veto it takes a two-thirds vote of the House and Senate.

Obama claimed Republicans had voted over 50 times to repeal the Affordable Care Act.  Democrats and their advocates in the press have ridiculed the GOP’s anti-Obamacare efforts. “The House Republicans have voted more than 30 times to repeal Obamacare,” White House press secretary Jay Carney said in March 2013. “The House has wasted weeks voting more than 40 times to repeal Obamacare,” Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid said in October 2013

Democrats think that is six too many. But it is not 50, or even close to 50. The rest of the votes, actually 54 to 62 so far, were votes that ranged from defunding measures that would have crippled Obamacare to delaying measures that would have put off some of the very same provisions in the law that President Obama had delayed unilaterally, to measures fixing portions of the law that passed both houses of Congress with bipartisan support and were signed by the president.

Obvious all show and no go and the Republicans knew it…just theatre for the masses when elections were imminent.  Now that they own the House, Senate and Executive Branch, they can’t manage to do what they promised and REPEAL OBAMACARE!

McConnell Failure to Pass Trump Agenda

The inability of the Republicans to deliver for this President is astonishing and very telling.  Like many of the democrats, the moderate left leaning Republicans wanted another establishment globalist.  This outsider, Donald J. Trump, has disrupted their plans, and as such, they are doing their best to disrupt our President’s promises to the American people.

On Lou Dobb’s July 10^th show, he played a clip of Mitch McConnell and Sen. John Cornyn (R-TX) standing outside the White House as McConnell offers the customary excuses for failing to perform, how he had hoped to have delivered but, “they’re not quite there.”  He thinks they’ve got a really good chance of getting there, it’s just going to take them “a little bit longer.”

Rick Wells is right when he says, “Nobody can stretch out a defeat into as many nonproductive weeks as Mitch McConnell.”

So, what have they been doing all this time?  Is it that they’re afraid to gut Obama’s signature legacy of unconstitutional government healthcare?

The Cost of Failure

Lou Dobbs actually interviewed Kellyanne Conway two nights in a row regarding the chances of the Senate passing Obamacare revisions…Not Repeal!  He made mincemeat of her because she gave the typical political answers, not the reality about the mess in Congress with these phony right-wingers. It’s only six minutes long… watch it!

Dobbs says, “We have just 3 weeks to get something done, and all I’m hearing and all the American people are seeing is nothing from the House and the Senate leadership to hold the Dems accountable.”  He is absolutely right.  Is McConnell up to the leadership or not?  Dobbs asks, “Or is he another political hack mediocrity sitting in the most important job on Capitol Hill?”

If the Republicans fail to destroy Obamacare after all their talk of repealing it, this will cost them in 2018, and in 2020.  The American taxpayers want and need relief and we want it NOW.

The Rotten Backroom Deals

Christopher Jacobs of The Federalist stated, “Buried within the pages of the revised Senate health-care bill are numerous formula tweaks meant to advantage certain states. Call them backroom deals, call them earmarks, call them whatever you like: several provisions were inserted into the bill over the past two weeks with the intent of appealing to certain constituents.”

Lovely, the unconstitutional criminal element in our Senate cannot manage to just repeal a horrible law, they have to tinker with it to get their own special advantages.  Jacobs lists them, and these are only a few:

Senator Lisa Murkowski of Alaska has seen to it that unless she gets her disproportionate benefit from the funding formula she will not vote for the bill.  $1.32 billion in Stability Fund dollars is automatically directed to Alaska in Section 106 of the bill.  No other state benefits.  The Alaskan Pipeline in Section 126 also benefits that one state.

The South Dakota Purchase in the new Section 138 makes Indian Health Service enrollees subject to a 100 percent federal Medicaid match. Current law only allows this through Indian health service organization.

Then there’s the Buffalo Bribe that is a New York fiasco to get the Senators to vote for the bill.

Jacobs reminds us that, “The original Senate bill allowed for nearly $200 billion in “candy” to distribute to persuade wayward lawmakers. In both number and dollar amount, the number of “deals” to date may dwarf what’s to come.”

Too Many Unknowns

McConnell has already delayed the Senate break for another two weeks as he needs to win more Republican votes, but the worry is that this thing still has the full stench of Obamacare on it.   So far, the sense is there hasn’t been a major overhaul—beyond Obamacare taxes for high-earners being preserved and extra funding for opioid programs, and that stinks.

Then there’s the amendment proposal by Senator Cruz to let insurers sell unregulated plans as long as they offer an Obamacare-compliant plan as well.  What?  Where is the REPEAL in this???

Republican moderates will probably not allow big cuts to Medicaid.  Enough of them opposed the draft bill’s deep Medicaid cuts to kill it. One has to wonder what the Senate has been doing with this Repeal and Replace business.  It doesn’t look good to me and neither does it look good to physician and Senator Rand Paul.  He believes the legislation will boost spending on subsidies and keep some Obamacare taxes, and that’s not what a repeal means.

“We’ve had time to hear what’s going to be in the new bill, and as far as I can tell, the new bill is the same as the old bill except for it leaves in place more taxes, increases taxpayer subsidies to buy insurance, and adds about $70 billion to the insurance bailout superfund.  I don’t see anything in here really remotely resembling repeal. And I’ve said for some time now that the bill has to look more like repeal to get my vote. I can’t support it at this point,” Paul said.

Conclusion

The Senate is only in session half a year, if that, and they think they’re so wonderful for taking another two weeks of their summer break to stay.  How about they stay until they actually repeal this pile of dung, and then they can go home!

Speaker Ryan claims they’re far ahead of schedule.  What a joke.  They can’t actually find a way to truly REPEAL this albatross that hangs around American taxpayers’ necks, but what the hell do they care.  As I stated before, they have their Cadillac luxury healthcare, and none of them retire early.

Speaker Ryan, if you think you’re so far ahead of schedule, where is the legislation on infrastructure, the southern border wall, tax reform, immigration reform, etc. etc. ad nauseam.  Republicans are all “slow like a frog walking,” when it comes to our President’s legislative promises, and this makes it even clearer what side of the aisle they are really on.

It’s up to us to harass them!

Support our President-Contact Congress, tell them to get a backbone and fight!

White House Email: – https://www.whitehouse.gov/contact/

The White House phone number – (202) 456-1111

Republicans are AWOL on standing up for our president who is doing his best to Make America Great Again. Shame on them!

Capitol Switchboard for your Senators and representatives (202)-224-3121

If you don’t know your representatives, go to who is my representative.com and enter your zip code or state.

P.S. We not only need to support our President.  We also need to support NewsWithViews and their efforts to bring articles by top researchers and journalists into your home daily.  Please help us keep NWVs alive and well.  You can donate here.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Well, I guess the answer to the question I put forth in my January 16, 2017 column has been answered over the past seven months: Obamacare: how badly will congress screw up fixing that disaster?

That would be a Republican controlled House and Senate. Remember how Republicans begged for the Senate so they WOULD repeal Obamacare? Well, the American people gave them the Senate and in January a Republican president and still after all these years, the GOP establishment (Paul Ryan, Mitch the banker’s bitch McConnell and their ilk) who hate conservatives have managed to make a grand mess they can’t seem to crawl out of.

Republicans use state payoffs to win votes for repeal bill

“Republicans hammered Democrats seven and a-half years ago for larding Obamacare with state-specific payoffs and sweeteners to secure the last few votes for passage. Who can forget the “Cornhusker Kickback,” which funneled $45 million to Nebraska to nail the support of former Sen. Ben Nelson? But the revised Senate Obamacare repeal bill shows Republicans engaged in the same pattern of horse trading as they try to win 50 ayes to advance an unpopular bill.”

Here Are 5 Backroom Deals Inside The Latest Senate Health-Care Bill

Anyone who has done the research and believes the U.S. Constitution is the law of the land fully understands Obamacare IS unconstitutional in a dozen ways from Sunday. Violation of equal protection, forcing Americans to purchase a product, ignoring Supreme Court decisions clearly stating Congress has no authority to legislate medical treatment in this country, the fact that the bill originated (thanks to now gone CORRUPT CROOK, Sen. Harry Reid) in the Senate in violation of Art. 1, Sec. 7 of the U.S. Constitution and more. Stealing the fruits of one’s labor to give to someone else for whatever reason (please save the hate mail) is morally wrong, but that’s exactly what the taxes subsidizing Obamacare recipients is all about.

Railroad Retirement Board v. Alton Railroad Co, 295 U.S. 330, 55 S. Ct. 758 1935)

What the Senate’s 3.8% surtax means for American taxpayers – Taxing those who work hard and have been successful to pay for an unconstitutional ‘law’ is NOT what this country was founded on; quite the contrary.  Let’s Talk About Obamacare Subsidies

In any event, Obamacare has been a massive failure from the get-go which was the plan all along. A single payer system has always been the ultimate nightmare ‘goal’. Obamacare has caused tremendous suffering and hardship for tens of millions of Americans and it continues while the incompetent fools who ‘control’ Congress – you know – those same incumbents Americans keep reelecting every two years – can’t find their backsides.

More People Losing Insurance Under Obamacare: 2 Million in Second Quarter of 2017
The New Better Care Reconciliation Act: What’s in the Revised Senate Healthcare Bill

What’s $200 BILLION here and there, but remember: It’s all borrowed money since the people’s purse is overdrawn $20 TRILLION bux: Exclusive – Sen. Rand Paul: Senate GOP Decides to Keep Obamacare

“I miss the old days, when Republicans stood for repealing Obamacare. Republicans across the country and every member of my caucus campaigned on repeal – often declaring they would tear out Obamacare “root and branch!” What happened?

“Now too many Republicans are falling all over themselves to stuff hundreds of billions of taxpayers’ dollars into a bill that doesn’t repeal Obamacare and feeds Big Insurance a huge bailout. Obamacare regulations? Still here. Taxes? Many still in place, totaling hundreds of billions of dollars. Insurance company bailouts? Those, too.”

NO WHERE and I mean NO WHERE in Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the U.S. Constitution does it give Congress ANY authority to steal from you to give bail outs to ANY private corporation or entity. Banks, insurance companies, auto manufacturers. Completely illegal but it was done and will be done again because those ‘conservative’ Republicans and the globalist GOP establishment could care less about the U.S. Constitution.

Of course, liberals (socialists) and progressive liberals (Marxists) are having a fit over some of the proposed changes: Here are the hidden horrors in the Senate GOP’s new Obamacare repeal bill

The bottom line is this: Republicans promised to repeal Obamacare lickety-split. On the campaign trail the last few cycles, it was their bread and butter for campaign cash. Then came we have to replace it with something. Oh, no you don’t because the U.S. Constitution doesn’t authorize you to destroy yet another important sector in America: Health care insurance coverage. I have no doubt none of the so-called ‘leadership’ in either party has read much history. Try Fascism, Benito Mussolini. Replace Obamacare With Nothing.

So, here we are eight years down the road. Republicans in both the House and Senate have done NOTHING to get rid of the decay and cancers eating away at our republic.  Poor ladies and gents had to put some of their summer plans on hold to stay in DC and re-hash the same non-solutions dealing with Obamacare.

What should they have done? I wish I could take credit for this idea but I heard a caller months ago on either Limbaugh or Hannity’s radio show: Get rid of Obamacare using a one page bill at a time.

Wow. Obamacare, like NAFTA and other monster bills are thousands of pages. You have two opposing machines vying for votes and power: The Republicans and Democrats in the Outlaw Congress. Neither wants to give an inch and in the case of Republicans, too many may as well drop the pretenses and switch parties.

What do you do? How about this from that caller’s idea of dismantling Obamacare using a one page bill: Make a list of the major issues with Obamacare which the House did regarding taxes and voted to repeal : List of Obamacare Taxes Repealed  The Senate has to vote for their bill that reconciles with the House. But, it worked. Republicans made a list of taxes that had to go, brought it up for a vote and it passed.

How about stop the tyranny and write a one page bill: Henceforth Americans will be able to purchase insurance coverage plans across state lines thus encouraging more competition and lower premiums for Americans. The House votes to pass it on a straight party line and so does the Senate. The one page bill then goes to President Trump to sign into law.

A one page bill: Males and women long past child bearing years will not be forced to pay for expensive maternity plans in any insurance plan they decide to purchase. Like a 21 year old guy working his way through college and a 70 year old lady who is long done having children have been forced to pay exorbitant premiums for plans that make maternity care mandatory. What crap. One page bill, get rid of that.

And, down the list you go. Take each issue with Obamacare that is unpopular with both Republicans and Democrats, write a one page bill to repeal such and such section, get it passed and off to President Trump. Over all these months this could easily have been done, a one page bill at a time dealing with a particular section of Obamacare and getting it to President Trump to sign instead of one huge ‘repeal’ bill no one agrees on and so the political factions keep fighting.

Then when you get down to the really contentious parts of the bill, Republicans who hold the majority hack away until they get a one page bill on this section of Obamacare or that one and vote. Keep reminding Americans it’s all unconstitutional and that the free market is the ONLY solution.

Of course, now that Obamacare’s been on the books for eight years, it becomes more politically difficult to be a warrior for the Constitution because a few million people’s lives will be dramatically impacted. Tens and tens of millions more for Medicaid inside the states (even though it’s all borrowed money which no one seems to care about) and so many bennies it’s like those stubborn weeds out in the back yard. The roots are now deep.

We the people did not create this mess but it IS up to the U.S. Congress to get it fixed and done with despite all the noise out there.

A vote on McConnell’s non-solution bill has been postponed because of some surgery done on the despicable John McCain. Likely yet another excuse because old Mitch can’t get enough GOP votes to pass the elite establishment’s bill filled with bailouts and more money. What money?

In the meantime, Americans continue to suffer trying to pay those high premiums and deductibles and Americans are still forced with a gun to their head to either join Obamacare or pay a huge fine to the IRS or are paying not only their own premiums but subsidies for others.

Americans are fed up with excuses. Oh, wait! We’ve been down that road before. During primary seasons public approval of the job Congress has been doing is 11% or 14%. But, during the primaries, voters hit the button for the same incumbent so come November, their only choice is the incumbent on their party ticket. That’s why we continue to see 94-96% of the same incumbents win in November every two years. Re-hire the same lousy dogs who made the mess and then can’t solve the problems they created – both parties. The answer: re-elect them! Does anyone see the problem here or is it just me?

[Devvy does a pod cast every Thursday: What Congress and the Media Won’t Tell You, which covers bills like the one to stop taxing social security rotting in committee in Congress. Knowledge is power but only if truth is made available to millions of Americans. The beauty of a pod cast is you can listen live or download and listen anytime on just about any gadget out there like iTunes, on your computer, iPhone, Smart Phone or Android device. Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

The closer we look at the vaccine industry and the government/media connection the more sinister it becomes.  Vaccines have been proven over and over to be unsafe and the millions of children and adults that have been damaged by them is more proof that we really need to basically put a halt to this practice until it can be proven safe.  Saturday, June 3, 2017, is the International Vaccine Injury Awareness Day. Millions of children and adults have been permanently damaged by mandatory vaccines, so it’s not all “peaches and cream” when it comes to those mandated toxic inoculations.

U.S. citizens are not told, nor permitted to know from the vested-interest-controlled-media, what goes on in other countries and all the damage that occurs GLOBALLY from mandated vaccines and vaccine trials often performed under dubious circumstances. One example of such a vaccine program gone horribly wrong was the 2011 polio vaccine campaign promoted by Bill Gates and his foundation. That vaccine campaign left 47,500 children paralyzed![1]  Other countries have had their problems with vaccines: Italy[2]; Nordic Countries[3]; United Kingdom[4]

However, in the African country of Nigeria, here’s what happened in 2003, which may not have been too far-fetched from the facts of what ingredients may have been in the vaccine:

In northern Nigeria in 2003, the political and religious leaders of Kano, Zamfara, and Kaduna states brought the immunization campaign to a halt by calling on parents not to allow their children to be immunized. These leaders argued that the vaccine could be contaminated with anti-fertility agents (estradiol hormone), HIV, and cancerous agent.[5] (considering what you will hear in the 1971 vaccine news report on what was in vaccines later on in this article.)

Citizens of other countries can and do sue vaccine manufacturers.

Italian courts award vaccine-caused Autism damages.[6]

Norway is paying victims of the swine flu vaccine.[7]

Japan has discontinued promoting the HPV vaccines Cervarix® and Gardasil®[8], [9] and there are lawsuits too. Did you know the Obama administration pushed the HPV vaccines in the U.S.?

The Obama administration gave dozens of state and municipal health agencies tens of millions of dollars to boost the number of adolescents that get Gardasil.[10], [11]

Here is the real bad part about this whole thing. Pharmaceutical companies have been granted immunity in our courts for these dangerous vaccines.  Other countries have the right to sue the drug companies but for the most part Americans have no recourse when our child has been permanently damaged or even killed by a vaccine.  As I brought up in my Agenda 21/2030 series our government is moving towards a police state style of control.  There is a plan that calls for the reduction of the population, Georgia Guidestones, that declares that the reduction of the population to 500,000,000 is the only way we can have a balance with nature.  I’m convinced that vaccines will play a big role in that.

There’s an online petition “Repeal Immunity for Drug Companies Against Vaccine Injuries” you may be interested in reading and signing. I did!

That petition starts out with: “Why should the drug companies be above the law? If vaccines are safe, there would be no need to grant the drug companies immunity.” Personally, I emphasize there were no truer words ever put to paper!

Vaccine pseudoscience and police-state medical controls apparently are part of the New World Order Agenda 2030.[12]

The disturbing fact about the immunity for drug companies is it was signed into law by Ronald Reagan in 1986.  “No vaccine manufacturer shall be liable…for damages arising from a vaccine-related injury or death.” – President Ronald Wilson Reagan, as he signed The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA) of 1986, absolving drug companies from all medico-legal liability when children die, become chronically ill with vaccine-induced autoimmune disorders or are otherwise disabled from vaccine injuries. (That law has led directly to an expected reckless, liability-free development of scores of new, over-priced, potential block-buster vaccines, now numbering over 250. The question that must be asked of Big Medicine’s practitioners: How will the CDC, the AMA, the AAFP and the American Academy of Pediatrics fit any more potentially neurotoxic vaccines into the current well-baby over-vaccination schedule?)

 PhRMA (the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America),  the pharmaceutical industry’s trade association and powerful lobbying group, says that 

“today, more than 7,000 medicines are in development globally, all of which have the potential to help patients in the United States and around the world.  According to another data source, there are 3,400 medicines in development today just in the United States, an increase of 40 percent since 2005.”[13]

PhRMA also says that today 

“the 271 vaccines in development span a wide array of diseases, and employ exciting new scientific strategies and technologies. These potential vaccines – all in human clinical trials or under review by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) – include 137 for infectious diseases, 99 for cancer, 15 for allergies and 10 for neurological disorders.”[14]

I do not envy couples just starting out in life.  Some of these vaccines are administered just after the birth of a baby without the knowledge of or the approval of the parents.[15]  Big pharma uses fear to ‘educate’ parents on the need for any new vaccine that they are going to make available.  Whenever the FDA signals that it is ready to grant marketing approval for a new vaccine or drug, the first step for the pharmaceutical company’s marketing department is to promote an “educational” advertising campaign designed to instill fear in parents (and their pediatricians) about the horrible illnesses (albeit previously unknown, benign or rare) that even us doctors hadn’t yet recognized as being significant up until recently, most of us physicians have gone along with the fear-mongering that makes our practices busier while it also makes billions of dollars in profits for some unworthy CEO or Wall Street investment banker, hedge fund manager or mutual fund investor – all at the expense of America’s precious and vulnerable children who are at high risk of being sickened along the way. 

The TV commercials, medical journal articles and drug representatives will be trying to educate us about a new, unaffordable vaccine that will somehow be squeezed into an already crowded and potentially deadly group of shots that America’s already at-risk-of-vaccine-injuries infants will now be receiving at their next well-child.[16]

It’s our job as parents to be aware of these literal hoaxes for the sake of our families.  To do this we must pay attention to what is going on.  We have to stop watching Gunsmoke reruns and pay attention to what our elected officials are doing. Our kids are depending on us.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes

1. http://yournewswire.com/doctors-say-bill-gates-polio-vaccine-has-created-deadly-super-polio/
2. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25589037
3. http://cphpost.dk/news/side-effects-stories-affecting-hpv-vaccination-numbers.html
4. http://www.independent.co.uk/life-style/health-and-families/thousands-of-teenage-girls-report-feeling-seriously-ill-after-routine-school-cancer-vaccination-10286876.html
5. http://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.0040073
6. http://www.ageofautism.com/us-italian-courts-award-millions-for-vaccine-autism-cases.html
7. https://www.thelocal.no/20120217/norway-compensating-victims-of-swine-flu-vaccine
8. https://thinkprogress.org/after-japan-embraces-sensational-anti-vaxxer-report-hpv-vaccination-rates-collapse-ab4a0c0505bb
9. https://healthcareinamerica.us/japanese-watchdog-group-indicts-hpv-gardasil-vaccine-media-silent-96f0d1a40343
10. http://www.judicialwatch.org/blog/2017/03/govt-still-pushing-hpv-vaccine-kids-decade-jw-exposed-deadly-side-effects/
11. http://www.activistpost.com/2017/06/usas-national-embarrassment-mandatory-vaccinations.html
12. http://www.naturalnews.com/051058_2030_Agenda_United_Nations_global_enslavement.html
13. http://phrma.org/pipeline#sthash.TnxVihsT.dpuf
14. http://www.greenmedinfo.com/blog/roll-your-sleeves-folks-271-new-vaccines-big-pharma-s-pipeline
15. http://www.thehealthyhomeeconomist.com/child-administered-4-vaccines-without-parental-consent/

Lies, lies and more lies that is what we have discovered CNN is pedaling on its pro-ported news broadcasts. And it is not just that they have abandoned all the cannons of journalistic ethics. It used to be that no self respecting reporter who served in any capacity would turn in a story unless there were two credible sources they were relying upon. It is of note that this standard was rooted in the Biblical Law that required a minimum of two witnesses in a capital case for a conviction to be reached. What we see at CNN and many other news outlets today is a wholesale rejection of that Biblical standard.

The evidence now is that the entire Trump – Russia collusion narrative was made up merely to boost ratings and that they all knew they were lying. Now many people are saying, so what, what harm has been done? A great deal of harm as this false narrative has pushed two super powers toward launching a deadly new war. And there is so much more damage that has been done by their continuing fake news.

Another example of their bias was revealed in a Harvard Study showing that CNN’s coverage of President Trump is 93% negative. Is this objective journalism?^[1]

“While CNN president Jeff Zucker says that viewers trust his network “more than ever,” now there’s even less reason to do so. In the wake of CNN’s recent scandal, in which it was caught knowingly peddling fake news, it now has done it again, presenting on air a fake National Enquirer cover as real…

CNN is, however, supposedly taking the matter seriously, referring it the network’s standards and practices department.

Observers may wonder if this department had previously been in mothballs — or what kind of standards it suggests — given the recent CNN journalistic fraud exposed by investigative organization Project Veritas (PV). First a CNN producer, John Bonifield, was caught on hidden camera admitting that the Russia-Donald Trump narrative is “mostly [expletive deleted] right now” and that “we don’t have any big giant proof” Next to make an appearance was CNN political commentator, former Obama administration official and avowed communist Van Jones. He confessed to an undercover PV reporter that the “Russia thing is just a big fat nothing burger” and that the network was just covering it to make money for “ratings.” Then there was “Jimmy Carr, associate producer for CNN’s New Day, admitting that CNN has a left-leaning bias and hates President Trump. He also says that American voters are ‘stupid as [expletive deleted].’ Furthermore the video shows that CNN practices selective editing to promote a false narrative.”

Needless to say, these revelations have hurt CNN’s ratings and further damaged its credibility. Yet an important factor is underemphasized: If CNN knew the Russia story was a hoax — something [others] have been reporting for a long time — other leftist media (virtually all the media), such as the Washington Post, New York Times, USA Today and Chicago Tribune, also must have known.

Yet they all had been exploiting the story, apparently as guilty as CNN.

This is no small matter. The Trump-Russia-collusion lie convinced millions of Americans that the election had been “stolen” from their candidate, contributing to the intense anger that sparked rioting, vandalism, attacks on Trump supporters and the June 14 attempted assassination of 10 percent of Republican congressmen by Bernie Sanders supporter James Hodgkinson. It has literally torn the country apart.

So while the New York Post cleverly dubbed CNN “THE MOST BUSTED NAME IN NEWS,” a play on the network’s slogan, the only thing distinguishing CNN from the rest of the establishment media is that it got caught red-handed peddling Red propaganda.”^[2]

And the problem goes much deeper than the fake journalists that are everywhere. What about all the fake science that is paraded before the public? What about the so called global warming caused by man’s activities on earth? “The leaking of over 1,000 emails, computer code sets, and other documents from the University of East Anglia Climatic Research Unit (CRU) back in November of 2009. The leaks revealed a network of corruption and fraud on the part of climate scientists. Such was the depths of the scandal that the event came to be known as “Climategate.”

Much (but still not enough) has been written in detail about Climategate. The gist of it, however, is that climate scientists had been cooking their data in order to support their preconceived conclusions. They had been guilty of practicing fake science in order to show both that global warming was a crisis and that anthropogenic (“man-made”) global warming was occurring.

“Global warming” was now tainted because of its association with Climategate.”^[3] So what did the fake science promoters do? They changed the label to Climate Change. Duh, the weather changes all the time, the honest climatologists, if you can find one, will show you the history of ice ages, and warming periods throughout the history of mankind. No news in the fact that Climate Changes. When you scratch the surface of this lie, you discover it is really about the governments of the world coming together in a one world government that has far reaching control and regulation of every human activity on the planet. You could call it fascism on steroids.

Other fake science is taught in every class room in America – evolution. The notion that nothing produced something and that rocks evolved into human beings, non life producing living beings.

Consider what is still presented in ‘science’ text books Ernst Haeckel’s popular quote: “Ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny” with Haeckel’s fraudulent pictures that are supposed to prove the point that human’s growing in their mother’s wombs replay the entire evolutionary history of humanity as they move towards the day of their birth. By the way, this is the reason many say it is perfectly justifiable to kill that baby when it is in the so called fish stage, because it is not yet a human being. But turns out the Haeckel’s drawing were a fraud, that he manufactured “pictures to prove what he wished were true, though he knew and admitted that it was not…The claim that “ontogeny recapitulates phylogeny” is false… it does not fit the fossil record and is inconsistent with any logic. Complex organisms cannot develop by accident any more than the words on this page could accidentally be formed from random arrangements of letters. But because “evolution” is presented to students and to the public as indisputable fact, supported by many who have believed the propaganda, recapitulation theory remains a tool for education, a visually appealing bit of manufactured evidence, and a paleontological mythology.”^[4] Haeckel’s “theory” simply does not meet that facts. Yet it is daily presented as science to millions of gullible students who trust their teachers to tell them the truth.

In a world awash in lies there is a trustworthy source—Titus 3:8 “This is a faithful saying, and these things I will that thou affirm constantly, that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable unto men.”

The Word of God is faithful in every way – the word faithful here translates the Greek word “pistos” which means trusty, faithful – 1st of persons who show themselves faithful in the transaction of business, the execution of commands, or the discharge of official duties – 2nd one who kept his plighted faith, worthy of trust-  3rd    that can be relied on.” The God whom we worship is all of that and more.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

Footnotes:

^[1] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bxg6Xs3jQek

^[2] CNN the counterfeit news network strikes again

^[3] Climate Change and fake science

^[4] Human evolution/piltdown man/recapitulation repackaged and re applied/

It felt so good yesterday afternoon!  The Republican National Committee (RNC) called at precisely the wrong time (for them) and the totally right time for me.

They were calling for donations.  In a soft, positive voice, I told the young man that until the Republican Party can pass a program that gets government out of our health care, I don’t have a dime to send them.  I further explained that since the Republicans in Congress have had seven years to figure out how to repeal Obamacare and haven’t been able to, I do not think they are using contributions sent to the RNC to find the brightest candidates.  Rather, it appears to me that the candidates who got and get the most support are those the RNC can manipulate to vote as the RNC wants.

I made one final comment about not having one penny available for Republicans who cannot support our Republican President.  I then thanked the man (calling from Washington, D.C.), told him to have a nice evening and hung up.  I rather doubt they will be calling me back.

The purpose of this article is to tell you of an action I’ve decided to take and it might interest you, also… an action that will help empty the swamp in Washington, D.C, give you your nation back, cost you no money, and take only about an hour of your time.

(By the way, regarding health care and politics:  Until Obamacare — excluding Medicaid and Medicare — government was uninvolved in our health care and the care for a majority of citizens was excellent.  And that’s the problem… the Republicans want government to stay involved for the obvious skimming profit off the top reasons but can only do that if they repeal AND replace Obamacare.  Isn’t that really what this argument is all about?  REPEAL the darned thing and forget replacing it!  Let the marketplace replace it!)

Let’s start with the truth.  For those of you who have difficulty with that, I refer you to the Bible, Timothy 2 Chapter 4 Verse 1 and Thessalonians Chapter 2 Verse 9-12.  They talk about how, in the end times, people who do not seek the Truth (remember, Christ told us HE is the way, the Truth and the life) will be unable to tolerate hearing it and will thus be unable to deal with facts.

I’m talking about both political parties, not just Democrats/liberals/progressives.  Republicans who say they are conservative don’t have a clue what conservative philosophy means… they think it is an ideology rather than a philosophy.  Conservatism is a philosophy based on the principles of seeking truth and facts.  They are constitutionalists who respect the Rule of Law that flows from the Constitution of the United States and their own State Constitution.  People who understand conservatism also understand that the Constitution is like the Bible.  You do not get to pick and choose which parts you like and discard the rest.

To be honest, there are not many people who are conservative.  There are a lot who think they are and even more who say they are.  They are not.

Both political parties have so abused the power we gave them and this article tells you how I intend to help collapse these two corporate entities… yes, both the RNC and the DNC are corporations and can be dissolved.  And that’s what this article is about:  How to remove the power base of these two organizations.  We need to start from the beginning.

The Republican National Committee (RNC) and the Democrat National Committee (DNC) did not always collect money to elect candidates.  We used to find and recruit our own candidates and give our financial support directly to the candidate.

One day the RNC and DNC said “Send your money to us and we’ll find the best candidates for you… candidates who believe what you believe and who will vote to support a platform that will be approved by all Democrats (or Republicans). We’ll make sure candidates have the money they need to get elected.”  State parties said the same.

Political  candidates said “Great idea!”   Availability of funds was more certain and made planning for advertising easier.  Those are good things.  Being indebted to a political party and dependent upon it for re-election funds, however, is not good.

Candidates are under the thumb of those who finance their re-election campaign and the parties have a view of the political world that may be (usually is) quite different from that of candidates and voters.  The easy solution to this problem is term limits which keeps politicians from making a career out of being elected to office.  It was never intended for politics to be anyone’s career!

Voters said, “Great idea!”  Rather than sending money to individual candidates, we sent it (many still send it) to the RNC or the DNC, local, state, and federal.  Instead of going to political meetings, we spend time with our families.  That’s a good thing, right?  It’s a good thing unless the group giving you the time to relax is stealing your country by putting people in office that they, the party, control and those who run the party want to take away your sovereignty and give you one world government.

We enabled those who select our political candidates (for both parties) to select people whose past histories or current temperaments make them susceptible to blackmail… perhaps they have a drug or sex addiction.   It appears the RNC’s and DNC’s number one qualification for candidate selection is “easily manipulated.”  They sought candidates that want the power and public recognition that goes with the title Senator or Congressman, but do not particularly care what they vote for or against.

Both Parties provide political training for candidates when they actually became candidates… after winning a primary, or whatever.  And attending these training classes is how those who run for office learn to obey.  They become “Young Pro-Lifers” or some other groupie name when they graduate.

Why would political parties seek weak candidates who can be manipulated?  Because:  The political parties are the ones doing the manipulating.  The Senator or Congressman each Party works to elect receives what that Senator or Congressman wants:  The apparent public power and status and publicity.  The Parties get what they want:  Control of the Members of Congress and their votes on legislation.  The party controls candidates via the provision of funds required to run future winning campaigns.  The same is true at the state and county levels.  And that defines the “Shadow Government.”

I have known for many years that both political parties are corrupt.  I believed the only way to get rid of the corruption was from inside the party.  I had to remain a Republican to change the Republican Party.

I no longer believe that to be true – and here is what I figured out over the July 4^th holiday:  If people remove their names as registered members of any political party, that party’s power is reduced by each name that is removed.  My guess is that if several million registered Republicans changed their voter registration to “Independent,” Obamacare would be repealed very quickly and politicians wouldn’t be worrying about replacement.  Replacement will take care of itself when politicians get penalties of the law out of the way by repealing Obamacare.

“Oh, you can’t do that!  You’ll be empowering the Democrats and we’ll have world government and communism within two years!”

You’re wrong!  My moving my voter registration from Republican to Independent doesn’t change one bit who I can vote for – if I choose to vote for them (and I won’t hold my nose and vote for another non-conservative Republican candidate).  It’s true that I won’t be able to vote in Primaries, but I learned a few years ago that the RNC uses funds to promote one Republican Primary candidate over another — which is against the rules… but who cares about rules?

How do I know this happened?  I know it because one candidate who is from a tiny town and not well known in Colorado and is not personally affluent suddenly began advertising day-after-day on one of the most expensive shows on cable:  Bill O’Reilly’s “The Factor.”  That money had to come from the RNC or other special interests.  So, I’m really not losing anything but my right to participate in a stacked deck.

Here’s my message to Republicans:  Having watched Republican Party behavior since 20 January 2017, I’m fairly sure you earned my rejection by your rejection of my President in violation of the Constitution to which you swore an Oath.

If you, a Republican elected to office, cannot support the President those of us support who make you and the Republican Party possible, I can only say “good bye.”  Let’s remove the word “support” from your dictionary and mine and see who suffers most.  (Hint:  It won’t be me.)

Without the people as voters and contributors, political parties are nothing so I’m going to  begin helping them be nothing!  That is, after all, what they are trying to make us.

I say both parties have abused their voter bases so badly it’s time we take the base away from them.  I am removing my registered support for Republicans for their abuse of President Donald J. Trump.  To them, their egos are more important than the good of their country.  And we’re parting ways because of what appears to be Republican commitment to world government and war as the primary economic drive.  I place more value on human life — ours and theirs — than that.

The Republican Party knows what the people want.  We elected Donald Trump to be our President.  What are establishment Republicans doing?  Every possible thing they can to make our President fail.

Please remember the following names.  They are the anti-Trump Gang of 22 who way back in March 2016 met at The Cloister, a 5-star resort on Sea Island, Georgia.  Republican voters likely don’t expect much better behavior from the first 7 names on this list — ending with neo-conservative expert Karl Rove.  We don’t expect much from Kentucky, Ohio, Nebraska, Michigan, Mexifornia, and certainly not from anyone representing Washington or Oregon.

I hope voters in those states look at this list and remember not to contribute one penny to any who are running for office.  Republican voters probably were pretty surprised at Cotton, Gardner, Scott, Brady, Black, Hensarling, and Price… and Price ends up in Trump’s Cabinet!  These traitors to our Constitution deserve no support.

These are the Republican traitors who are trying to take our President down and, by taking down a lawfully- elected President, they believe they can pull off a bloodless coup.  Remember them when you buy products (you can get along without an Apple).

• Tim Cook, billionaire Apple CEO
• Larry Page, billionaire Google co-founder
• Sean Parker, billionaire Napster creator and Facebook investor
• Elon Musk, billionaire Tesla Motors and SpaceX founder
• Arthur Sulzberger, billionaire publisher of The New York Times
• Philip Anschutz, billionaire businessman and GOP donor
• Karl Rove
• Senate Majority Leader Sen. Mitch McConnell(R-Ky.)
• Sen. Tom Cotton (R-Ark.)
• Sen. Cory Gardner (R-Colo.)
• Sen. Tim Scott (R-S.C.)
• Sen. Rob Portman (R-Ohio)
• Sen. Ben Sasse (R-Neb.)
• Speaker of the House Rep. Paul Ryan (R-Wisc.)
• Rep. Fred Upton (R-Mich.)
• Rep. Kevin Brady (R-Texas)
• Rep. Kevin McCarthy (R-Calif.)
• Rep. Cathy McMorris Rodgers (R-Wash.)
• Rep. Tom Price (R-Ga.)
• Rep. Jeb Hensarling (R-Texas)
• Rep. Diane Black (R-Tenn.)
• Rep. John Delaney (D-Md.)

Those swamp denizens in Washington, D.C., have caused me to lose trust in my government, in the intelligence agencies that are supposed to keep Americans safe… the FBI, CIA, NSA, and all the rest.  Congress can’t be trusted.  I don’t trust the Department of Justice which hired Robert Mueller to be Special Counsel for the FBI’s Russia investigation.  In turn, Mueller (who has more conflicts of interest in this matter than Bill Cosby has sex charges filed against him) has hired a dozen pro-Hillary/Democrat/Progressive/Socialist attorneys to investigate President Trump.  It appears Jeff Sessions has no control over his Department of Justice.  Which Pandora God is Attorney General Sessions serving?

This is my personal Declaration of Independence.  I no longer believe either political party is salvageable.  I believe the greatest power we the people have at this particular moment in time is to walk away from both political parties.  As for me, as of next week, I will officially be a registered Independent – and I invite you to join me.

Independents have more fun.

© 2017 Marilyn Barnewall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Marilyn Barnewall: emembee@charter.net

If you look from Paris, France to Amsterdam, Holland to Denmark, to Sweden, to the United Kingdom to Sydney, Australia to Ontario, Canada to Fort Hood, Texas to Berlin, Germany to Fort Lauderdale, Florida—the violence of Islam manifests at blinding speed.

Muslims kill people when they gain enough numbers to make their power known.  They make demands on every host country to conform to their Sharia Law.  You cannot escape the reality that Islam provokes violence, teaches violence and lives violence everywhere it lands.

Muslim husbands and brothers “honor kill”, on average, 20,000 women annually.  Their women cannot drive, vote, speak up or dress as they wish. They cannot choose a husband. They suffer female genital mutilation at the hands of Muslim men.  They cannot go out into public without a male.  They suffer rapes at the will of Muslim men.

Islam teaches violence to its children to brainwash them into being suicide bombers.

Quran (17:16) – “And when We wish to destroy a town, We send Our commandment to the people of it who lead easy lives, but they transgress therein; thus the word proves true against it, so We destroy it with utter destruction.” 

Such teachings resulted in the following:

The Shoe Bomber: Muslim

The Beltway Snipers: Muslims

The Fort Hood Shooter: Muslim

The underwear Bomber: Muslim

The U-S.S. Cole Bombers: Muslims

The Madrid Train Bombers: Muslims

The Bafi Nightclub Bombers: Muslims

The London Subway Bombers: Muslims

The Moscow Theatre Attackers: Muslims

The Boston Marathon Bombers: Muslims

The Pan-Am flight #93 Bombers: Muslims

The Air France Entebbe Hijackers: Muslims

The Iranian Embassy Takeover: Muslims

The Beirut U.S. Embassy bombers: Muslims

The Libyan U.S. Embassy Attack: Muslims

The Buenos Aires Suicide Bombers: Muslims

The Israeli Olympic Team Attackers: Muslims

The Kenyan U.S, Embassy Bombers: Muslims

The Saudi, Khobar Towers Bombers: Muslims

The Beirut Marine Barracks bombers: Muslims

The Besian Russian School Attackers: Muslims

The first World Trade Center Bombers: Muslims

The Bombay & Mumbai India Attackers: Muslims

The Achille Lauro Cruise Ship Hijackers: Muslims

The September 11th 2001 Airline Hijackers: Muslims

Beheadings in America such as Moore, Oklahoma: Muslim

Trucks running over people in Berlin, Germany: Muslims

Airport shooting in Fort Lauderdale, Florida: Muslim

Orlando, Florida massacre of nightclub: Muslim

San Bernardino, California Christmas massacre: Muslims

Boston Marathon bombings: Muslims

Paris, France killings: Muslims

Brussels, Belgium airport bombing: Muslims

Do you see a pattern here?  Do you see that Islam provokes terrorists inside and outside its own countries.  Their violence now manifests with too much frequency throughout the USA.

February 19, 2013, the New York Daily News reported Islamic violence in Buena Vista, New Jersey: “Cops arrested Muslim Yusuf Ibrahim, 28, of Jersey City on Sunday after detectives found the bodies of the two men, aged 25 and 27, behind a home in Buena Vista Township. Their severed heads and hands were discovered at a separate burial site. The investigation into the grisly murder began Thursday following reports of suspicious activity at the Buena Vista home. Cadaver dogs located the bodies, which both suffered a single gunshot wound to their chests.” (Source: New York Daily News, 2/19/13)

The imam, Siraj Wahhaj, once remarked, “It is my duty and our duty as Muslims to replace the U.S. Constitution with the Quran.”

Why exactly does our U.S. Congress continuing importing millions of Muslims into our country?  Why aren’t you speaking up to stop it?  What will become of your children?  What will it take for the American people to finally say, “Enough Muslim immigration! In fact, enough of all immigration.”

In the wake of its fake news story about the University of Virginia fraternity house “gang rape” that in all probability never happened, I wondered whether to trust Rolling Stone ever again. It’s clearly an Establishment publication, well-oiled by moneyed interests, that for years has posed as a voice of the so-called counterculture. But just recently Rolling Stone ran a story that appears to check out. Unintentionally, Rolling Stone writer Andy Kroll may have blown the whistle on one of the reasons the LGBTQ movement has become so well-organized and powerful.

As with many things, just follow the money … much of which, in this case, can be traced to one person.

His name is Tim Gill, 63, a software developer, one of many who rode the wave of the 1990s tech explosion to a spot near the top. Born in 1953 in Indiana, he moved to the Denver, Colorado area with his parents when he was a child, and has resided there ever since. He attended the University of Colorado at Boulder where he majored in computer science. Initially he cut his teeth with Hewlett-Packard. Then, in 1981, he used a $2,000 loan from his parents to start his own company, Quark, Inc., based in Denver.

Quark began producing quality desktop publishing software. The company’s flagship product was QuarkXPress, the first version of which was introduced in 1987. QuarkXPress quickly earned an industry-wide reputation as the best software package able to handle complex, graphics-intensive page layouts, and by the mid-1990s subsequent versions had been adopted by major newspapers and other print publications across the country. Tim Gill became a multimillionaire, whose name appeared on Forbes Magazine’s well-known 400 list.

A gay man, Gill had already begun involving himself in gay rights issues. The convergence of political and popular cultures of the 1990s were already tilting sharply leftward. In 1994, Gill created the tax-exempt Gill Foundation and, ten years later, the Gill Action Fund, the former in response to a 1992 ordinance, Colorado Amendment 2, which blocked the application of antidiscrimination laws to gays and lesbians. Thanks to the massive success of QuarkXPress, Gill was able to sink more and more money into gay rights causes, which included founding the Gay & Lesbian Fund of Colorado in 1996.

In 2000, Gill sold his 50% holdings in Quark for around $500 million, exiting the company to devote nearly all his time (and money) to the gay-lesbian agenda via his foundation. This included creating Connexion.org in 2003 to serve as a vehicle for engaging gays and lesbians in political activity. Connexion.org closed in 2011; by then much of its mission and that of other “transformative” organizations was accomplished. Popular culture now viewed homosexuality with fascination, and the political universe was coming around. Gill would “marry” his partner in Massachusetts in 2009 after “gay marriage” was legally recognized there. Shortly thereafter, we began seeing the letters LGBT — now LGBTQ. (I have never been sure if the Q meant queer or questioning; the former seems redundant, as the word, once a slur, has been largely reclaimed, at least within that corner of the academic world devoted to “queer theory” and other such politically correct forms of life.)

Gill had created a donor club, OutGiving, which involved fellow multimillionaires who were either themselves gay or sympathetic to LGBTQ causes, coaching them in strategy, and in the most effective ways to distribute their vast resources. OutGiving thus enabled others to pour still more money into LGBTQ projects, especially those involving electing pro-LGBTQ legislators while targeting opponents for defeat. More recently in 2015, in the wake of the Trump-Pence insurgency, Gill and two other corporate multimillionaires created Freedom For All Americans to promote their issues across the U.S.

According to Rolling Stone, Gill has poured approximately $422 million into LGBTQ causes over a period of three decades — more than any other one person including George Soros. This money has been used to create an extensive network of state-level organizations. The Gill Foundation has bankrolled academic studies, and has doubtless been a force behind the rise of “queer theory” in academia. It has also bankrolled litigation, field organizing, candidates for state and local offices, and supported outfits often with tame-sounding names like the Coalition for a Better Colorado that, to an outside observer, would seem to have come out of nowhere, full-blown, and with plenty of money.

Via his network, Gill contributed more than $1.3 million to Media Matters, $733,000 to the leftist Citizens for Ethics and Reform based in D.C., $175,000 to the leftist Center for American Progress and $519,000 to ProgressNow. Moreover: “Gill’s fingerprints are on nearly every major victory in the march to marriage,” writes Kroll in Rolling Stone, “from the 2003 Goodridge v. Dept. of Public Health case, which made Massachusetts the first state to allow gay marriage, to the Supreme Court’s Obergefell v. Hodges decision two decades later that legalized it in all 50.”

His Colorado Democracy Alliance, a collection of outfits founded in 2003 with three other leftist multimillionaires and structured to avoid campaign finance laws, flipped the Colorado state legislature from Republican to Democrat in 2004; a CDA-affiliated outfit with the Orwellian name Colorado Freedom Fund spent $500,000 to defeat a Republican gubernatorial candidate, Scott McInnes, primarily through negative ads. Gill’s activities have not been limited to his home state, obviously. He has flooded states such as Iowa and Pennsylvania with money “to stop the Rick Santorums of tomorrow before they get started.” In the former, his efforts led to the defeat of Danny Carroll, the Republican Speaker Pro Tem of the House; the latter, a much bigger target, cost him over $20 million, but in 2006 Santorum, whom Gill despises passionately because of past anti-gay remarks, went down to defeat.

Gill, who began as a shy, introverted, stereotypical tech nerd who shunned publicity, clearly became a master organizer promoting the LGBTQ agenda and targeting its enemies for defeat, which typically meant promoting Democrats over Republicans. His methods employed three basic principles.

First, instead of going national, focus on the state and local level. Writes Kroll again, “Congressional elections cost millions, but a smart investment of $50,000 in a handful of state races could flip an entire legislative chamber from anti-LGBTQ to pro-LGBTQ.” Kroll quotes Gill: “You go down to the states and all of a sudden you have those options…. They’re better laboratories, they’re more diverse and they’re a cheaper date.”

He learned this from a testy lawyer and former tobacco lobbyist named Ted Trimpa, a sort of leftist Karl Rove, also based in Colorado. Trimpa urged him to pay attention to less visible races at the state level where the majority anti-LGBTQ measures were originating. Their ideas, as they evolved, included identifying and neutralizing vulnerable candidates through direct action instead of working through larger and possibly more risk-averse organizations. This revolutionized his strategy.

Second, operate in stealth — that is, conspiratorially, using what has been called dark money. “Gill also knew,” Kroll continues, “his political efforts would never succeed if opponents connected him directly to the money. Stealth was key. The words Gill Action rarely appeared in a candidate’s campaign filings; instead, anyone who bothered to look would find an oddly large number of donations from Malibu, Denver, and New York, for a state senate race in Iowa. Gill’s team operated under such secrecy — avoiding the media and guarding its playbook …”

Rolling Stone goes on to note that in 2006, Gill Action helped defeat 50 of the 70 candidates it targeted. Four of 13 states where Gill Action operated “saw at least one legislative chamber flip from Republican to Democratic control.” Doubtless this trend was aided by gathering doubts about President George W. Bush’s disastrous war of choice in Iraq as well as an economy that remained sluggish outside of certain bubble-inflated sectors like housing — but Gill Action took the wins any way it could obtain them.

A third part of Gill’s personal strategy: be tenacious. Gill has been that. He does not give up. After being texted that New York State had rejected a gay marriage bill, Gill reportedly texted back, “That’s sad. What’s next?” What was next was Gill’s team creating a campaign they called Fight Back New York which successfully unseated three state senators who had voted against gay marriage. He set out, that is, to “punish the wicked.”

Finally, do not eschew bipartisanship — given that there are Republican corporate donors on board with the LGBTQ agenda. Gill has supported groups such as the Log Cabin Republicans. He teamed up with two Republican donors, hedge-fund investors Paul Singer and Daniel Loeb, to create the above-mentioned Freedom For All Americans in 2015.

This, though, is just more evidence that both dominant political parties have been thoroughly compromised: by lack of any moral compass but especially by the Almighty Dollar.

Now, Gill and his foundation are targeting the religious freedom movement, intended to protect Christians from business-destroying lawsuits by LGBTQ activists. For example, Republican legislators in Georgia introduced a religious freedom bill three years in a row. In response, the Gill Foundation launched the far-left Georgia Prospers. Its strategy has been to reach out to the business community. This is perhaps unsurprising: statistically, as natural denizens of “blue” culture many homosexuals are now better off financially than many heterosexuals. They tend to be tech savvy, the richest having business smarts that lead them away from too-visible “pride” marches and into efforts like we see here.

Thus big business now has numerous people who are either gay or lesbian themselves or highly supportive of LGBTQ causes because gays and lesbians have money to spend, because the cultural left has convinced them that “equality” demands their support — or because as part of “blue” culture they tilt to the left themselves. Georgia Prospers has thus gained support from Google, Marriott, Coca-Cola, and Delta Airlines, among other leviathan corporations.

Obviously Gill supported Hillary Clinton last year and believed she would win. He and his team regarded the Trump victory as a major setback, because even if Trump himself didn’t express interest in opposing the LGBTQ agenda (he even once referred to Obergefell as “settled law”), his VP Mike Pence was its most outspoken opponent in Indiana when he was governor there, and a number of Trump’s appointees are noted for anti-LGBTQ views (e.g., new Education Secretary Betsy de Vos, a multimillionaire in her own right who has donated to anti-LGBTQ  groups and candidates).

Gill is taking the long view, however, with he and his network of groups continuing to work at the state level, e.g., to oppose such measures as North Carolina’s HB2. “We are going to fight this law in North Carolina,” he said, “and keep fighting everywhere until LGBTQ people are fully protected in every single state.”

Protected from what?

According to them, from discrimination — although increasingly, if a business does anything that can be interpreted as discriminatory on the basis of sexual preference and gets called out, it can face a massive lawsuit. It can also be given such a black eye in the now LGBTQ-sympathetic mainstream media that I am surprised anyone still dares.

Academia, of course, is eagerly seeking out LGBTQ people for faculty and staff positions!

Clearly, “equality” in practice means special favors — as I argued back in 1994 in my book Civil Wrongs which warned of the gathering dangers of not having opposed political correctness when it was still mostly limited to law schools and humanities departments but expanding rapidly. That same year I predicted that PC and Christianity were on collision course. Today, Christians trying to operate businesses choosing who to deal with, and not deal with, based on Christian principles, learn the hard way that they no longer have religious liberty in the U.S. Christian denominations are under stealth attack from the Gill agenda, continuing the road the U.S. is presently on towards a fully secular, de-Christianized, materialist society.

But mounting defenses of secularism is not part of the Gill methodology, which is about pursuing Fabian socialist style “penetration and permeation” to change Christian denominations from the inside. Consider this, from the Gill Foundation’s website regarding a donation to a leftist “faith” organization, one of a growing number:

“It’s no longer ‘God vs. gay,’ thanks in part to the work of Faith in Public Life, a national organization that’s changing the narrative about faith and LGBT equality. Focusing on the pulpit, not the pews, they educate and engage faith leaders to use their voices to advance equal treatment for LGBT Americans. And their national and state-based faith coalitions are sending a powerful message. Treat others as you’d want to be treated.”

Treat others as you’d want to be treated.

That sounds like a good idea to me. On such a basis, those who know me know I do not promote bullying or otherwise harassing gays and lesbians. We Christians have an obligation to preach the Gospel, however; and for all we know, kindness rather than acrimony might lead some LGBTQ people to Christ. So let’s turn this the other way. Would LGBTQ activists want to face massive lawsuits when they try to do business with people of their choosing? In the guise of “antidiscrimination” and “bullying prevention,” LGBTQ activists have become bullies themselves — typically with vastly more money than most Christians have!

Given these realities, I suggest that instead of Christian pastors doing what they have been doing (which is often nothing), they should study Gill’s career trajectory and methods, and employ them in forging a viable strategy of opposition to the LGBTQ agenda, to the extent it is still possible. Gill has been effective, and one cannot argue with effectiveness. It should be clear: Christians have a lot of catching up to do. I wouldn’t recommend relying on Republican politicians who can be voted out of office courtesy of one of these targeted campaigns if they haven’t already been compromised.

The most realistic political strategy is to fight fire with fire — or dollars with dollars. Christians who happen to be multimillionaires (surely there are a few out there!) need to wake up, smell the coffee, figure out why they’ve increasingly lost on such issues as “gay marriage,” and realize that unless they begin to use their money as effectively as Gill’s foundation and network of organizations have done, they will someday stand accused of a latter-day version of fiddling while Rome burns.

Author’s Note: if you believe this article and others like it were worth your time, please consider making a $5/mo. pledge on my Patreon site. If the first 100 people who read this all donate, my goal of just $500/mo. would be reached in no time! And if we’re honest about it, we all waste that much money each day. 

Telling the truth can have negative consequences. Around this time last year my computer was hacked — it wasn’t the Russians, either! Repeated attempted repairs of the OS failed, and the device gradually became unusable — a reason I haven’t been around much lately — and I’ve had to replace it off-budget.

This is also an attempt to raise money to publish and promote a novel, Reality 101 (a globalist speaks in a voice filled with irony and dripping with cynicism). Promoting a book means, in my case, the necessity of international travel which is not cheap.

I do not write for an audience of one. I write for you, readers of this site. If you believe this work makes a worthwhile contribution, please consider supporting it financially. I am not a wealthy person, and unlike the leftist groups I criticize, I do not have a George Soros funneling a bottomless well of cash my way.

If I reach the above goal of $500/mo., I may be able to speak at an event in your area (contact info below). On the other hand, if this effort fails, I am considering taking an indefinite “leave of absence” beginning later this year to pursue other goals. To sum up, these are your articles (and books). I don’t write to please myself. No one is forcing me to do it, as sometimes it brings me grief instead of satisfaction. So if others do not value the results enough to support them, I might as well go into retirement while I am still able to enjoy it.

© 2017 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Well, Mr. President, the plots thicken – all of them – the ones in opposition to you and your agenda and those by some in your administration who seem committed to preventing your agenda from coming to fruition. More on that later…

Toward the end of Part 1 of this series, I commented on the evidence of communist involvement in the street violence that we’re constantly seeing.  I failed to point out the fact that in live news broadcasts there had been reference to these violent participants as anarchists, without noting the fact that they were flying the red flag with the communist hammer and sickle or waving signs that had the internet address of communist websites, such as, but not limited to, revcom.us. This includes the so-called fair and balanced channel.

This is a certainty of collusion.  All these news reporters had to have been either trained, or instructed prior to the event being covered, to ignore certain things they didn’t want seen.  In this case, of course, it was the communist’s involvement in the violence in the streets.

The Hidden Communist Involvement

Back in the 90s, the time had arrived when those who manage the globalist agenda decided a ruse was needed, one which would make it appear that communism was dead – it was gone – nothing we should even think about.

Remember when Reagan said, “Mr. Gorbachov – tear down that wall.”  Yes, that was part of it too, and that command among other things, exalted President Ronald Reagan into the epitome of Republicanism, which among other things, was nothing but a facade and a fraud.  Nevertheless, it put many Americans asleep.

I was actually one of the ones who was lauding and applauding him. I remember writing a long letter to the local newspaper about how he was giving us an open window to a great future. But, in my 90 years I’ve seen a few things. So at last I understand some things.

Why is this important?  It’s important because it is continuing to be applied to today’s scenario and façade.

One almost never hears anyone express concern over the impending dangers of communism. Do the millennials even know the very definition of communism?  We might hear them say something negatively about the liberals, or the leftists, and sometime they might even include the socialists, but not about the communists.  It’s as though the communists don’t exist.

Most people, or at least 99% of them, are not aware that communism is as much a part of the agenda for globalist control, i.e., “the new world order,” as any of those other isims. Actually, communism is an out-growth of all of them combined.

In fact, the communists are the hand-maidens of the combined elements of the left; they can organize and implement events in the populace which result in certain changes throughout society, and will remain hidden and unseen as far as who and what is behind it for now. That said, it does not preclude the probability that the planning of the event which the communists are given authority to initiate and implement has not been planned by higher-ups in the hierarchy of the globalist agenda. All things carried out at the lower echelon must coincide with what is being done at the higher ones, otherwise it throws everything out of sync.

Sanctuary Cities and Refugees

How does all that play into and connect with the issue of sanctuary cities and the seeding into our country of thousands of so-called Islamic refugees by the Obama Administration and secretly placing them throughout our country?

It appears as though there are two objectives. Had Hillary been elected, the primary one would have been to use these people in gorilla type activities after disposing of the Second Amendment and disarming American citizens.  After these gorilla bands had simultaneously wreaked havoc in locations within the vicinity of sanctuary cities, they could individually fall back into them for concealment and protection.

With regard to disposing of the Second Amendment, the globalists have been at work for some time preparing to bring about a Constitutional Convention for the purpose of changing our Constitution to be more favorable to the goals of world government.  There are several new constitutions waiting in the wings, one was written decades ago by the Ford Foundation, and turns our God given rights into a few privileges granted by the all-powerful government.  Socialists, Soros and minions, along with many faux conservatives are working to destroy our wonderful Constitution.

There is no doubt that the Second Amendment will be one of the main targets of the committee in charge of procedures governing the order of business. If they are successful in pulling off this traitorous scheme, we can expect them to confiscate our firearms. This action will leave the people at the mercy of whatever gangs and gorilla bands are roaming the towns and cities and will result in demands for law and order I have alluded to previously.

Of course, the purpose is to have the excuse of establishing a national police force, but it won’t be a police force to serve and protect the people, but one which is antagonistic to the people.  If citizens are somehow able to mount a defense against the protected gangs and gorilla units, the national police force will come down hard on those who fight.

None of this is supposition, it’s the exact modus operandi they’ll use.

As I stated in part one of this series, the incremental destruction of everything we consider to be American, our sovereignty, our individual God-Given rights and our culture are all at risk.

Wolves in Sheep’s Clothing

Mr. President, I greatly respect and fully support you in what you are attempting, but I am concerned how you are going about trying to bring your goals to fruition.

You are listening to the wrong people Mr. President!  Your advisors have surrounded you with enemy agents – wolves in sheep’s clothing.  Some of them, the neo-cons have been successful, over the years, in building up a conservative image.  They talk like conservatives to a point, by giving lip service to conservative principles when in reality they are planning to sabotage the policies of those same principles. They are simply spin-offs of Trotskyites, (slow communists), and in reality, nothing more than spin-offs of Lenin.

Then there are those you have appointed who are either members of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), or they have strong connections to it.  I’m not going to go into the details for it would take separate article to do so.  Here is a link to an article by Kelleigh Nelson, recently published in NewsWithViews which covers much of it. Another one just recently published adds even more.

Mr. President, I hope this article is received by you, and that you, or someone close to you who is truly trustworthy, will follow up on these links and give them serious consideration. I think it is essential that you get this information, if you haven’t already.

Sir, you have already accomplished more for America and her people than any president since maybe Calvin Coolidge, and I think the reason he was able to do so much was because he did so little, or at least that’s what was said about him.

I hope that at some point in the future, hopefully after you are able to make America great again, that we can elect another President who will do much – by doing so little. But before that time, we have a whole lot of work to do.

Pro-Life Justices

We can’t begin to make America great again by putting into high position, or any position, those who are the antithesis of God and His principles. According to Kelleigh Nelson, in News with views, the list of possible appointees to the Supreme Court, which was submitted to you by the Heritage Foundation and Federalist Society, included only two who were pro-life. That means the remainder of them who were recommended are not pro-life, that they are against the gift of God.

According to Frederick Bastiat, a nineteenth century French statesman, “We hold from God the gift which includes all others, this gift is life – physical, intellectual, and moral life…He has provided us with a collection of marvelous faculties. And He has put us in the midst of a variety of natural resources. By the application of our faculties to these natural resources we convert them into products – and use them. Life, faculties, production – in other words – individually, liberty, property, this is man. And in spite of the cunning of artful political leaders, these three gifts from God precede all human legislation, and are superior to it.

Life, liberty and property are the three basic requirements of life, and the preservation of any one of them is completely dependent upon the preservation of the other two…and they do not exist because men have made laws, it was the fact that they existed beforehand that cause men to make laws in the first place.”

These judges who are not pro-life have to be pro-something else — something which is the antithesis of life. In fact, we might say that they are, to a certain extent – pro-death especially, to the unborn. This could also extend to those considered disabled mentally or physically. We must conclude that they are either approaching, or have already arrived at the condition of a reprobate and cannot be trusted to discern right from wrong.

Anyone with a reprobate mind (has crossed the line away from God) is going to line up with those that are anti-God and you don’t need them in your administration, you already have too many of them. It grows more apparent with each passing day that your administration, along with Congress and the Senate – is virtually littered with them.

Mr. President, someone has definitely been steering you in the wrong direction.

NAFTA

President Trump, I am very much concerned with what I see in the discussions of the trade agreement known as NAFTA . The way it is being presented, for the most part, is whether it is good for American jobs, business, or balance of trade between Canada, Mexico and the United States. It’s the same tactic which was being used when they were trying to slip the traitorous TPP by us.  It was all about trade, nothing was ever said about what it would do to our sovereignty.

There were 30 chapters in the TPP, but only 5 of them were about trade. According to Senator Sessions, it would make up a stack of 8 ½ by 11s, 42 inches high, but figuring 1.4 inches per chapter would mean there were only 7 inches about trade, leaving 35 inches about how our country would be changed – how our laws would have to be changed to coincide, with the laws of the other countries in the “Partnership.”

Mr. President, I have already begun mentally preparing a follow-up article about the NAFTA issue. When I finish it, I will send it to you even before it goes to the publisher, then after it is published I will send you a copy, for I’m sure my proof reader will put in some links that will give you much more information.

Just don’t quit, Mr. President!  We need YOU.  It is a given – without you we would have been lost.  We may never have another chance to even begin thinking about making America great again.

© 2017 J.W. Bryan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: semper87plus@yahoo.com

“Ordo Ab Chao” – Order out of Chaos, Count de Grasse

Violence and the Democratic Party go together like the Black Death and fleas. Even for them, the increase in democratic violence since 2009, the Oscar Grant shooting in Oakland, Occupy Wall Street, the George Zimmerman trial, Ferguson, Baltimore, the rise of BLM, the massive number of attacks against the Trump campaign, and inauguration, the insane reaction of the Leftopaths during the first months of Trump’s Presidency and the shooting of Republican Steve Scalise, is undeniable. The escalating string of violence from the Leftopaths is also not going unnoticed; every lurid detail and perhaps a few created ones are making it into the alternative media, enraging the right. There is little doubt where this cycle is going because there is now a growing population of Leftopaths gearing up for “Trumpocalypse” as they stock pile guns, emergency supplies and food. Liberals are now training in use of firearms and military tactics as well.

Eventually, an unstable person on the “right” side of the political spectrum will retaliate like Darren Osborne did at the Finsbury Park mosque in England. Even those who support some sort of a new American civil war, need to wonder if these are separate, spontaneous events or one long train of events calculated to achieve a desired goal? If these are premeditated, then the question comes to mind is Cui bono (who benefits)?

Both the MSM and alternative press have been releasing stories of the growing violence, and almost on cue, one of the vilest left wing extremist groups in the country, the Anti-Defamation League, calls the escalation of violence “inevitable.” From the “right” side of spectrum comes a new ad from the NRA with a very thinly veiled suggestion of escalation from the “right” side and a call for the police to do their job which certainly begs the question “are we being groomed for massive civil unrest?” If so, the government has been preparing for it for a long time and they have spared no expense.

“You never let a serious crisis go to waste.” Rahm Emanuel

In June, 2016 the government watchdog group “Open the Books” released a report that has received very little attention by the same press that is now pushing the now “growing alarm” of “left wing violence.” This report used the “Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act of 2006” to gather information on just what the government is spending our money on and the report should trouble every American.

Between the years 2006-2014, sixty-seven NON-military federal agencies spent over $1.48 BILLION on guns, ammunition, and military-style equipment. $1.14 billion of that amount went to traditional law enforcement agencies; the remaining $335.1 million went to ‘Administrative’ or ‘General Agencies.’ Non-military federal spending on guns and ammo jumped from $55million in 2006 to $112million in 2011, an increase of 104%. These agencies cover the board including, National Park Service; Veterans Affairs; US Fish and Wildlife; US Mint; Department of Education; National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration; and even the Smithsonian Institution. These expenditures are for such things as body armor, sniper rifles and scopes, hollow point ammunition, drones, specialty cameras, armored vehicles and machine guns.

Even the lowly Health and Human Services got into the action with a multi-million dollar state-of-the-art training center that is listed on the Fentress website as: “The NTOC was conceived for the purpose of supporting healthcare law enforcement training by utilizing the most recent strategies and technology advances to prepare OIG Special Agents for the challenges of operating in the field. The NTOC was also planned for the responsibility of ensuring operational readiness by maintaining all emergency response equipment for the OIG. Additionally, the facility was intended to act as a crisis room or command post for the HHS headquarters staff… The principal components of the facility include training staff offices, weapons storage, training simulators, equipment storage, and a ‘smart classroom.’” One has to wonder why the Department of Health and Human Services has a classroom for healthcare law enforcement agents that double as crisis room, are they expecting a crisis to come up so they can use the special training they have been giving their agents? HHS – OIG has contracted with some of the military’s top training consultant firms to train their OIG Special Agents in the tactics of domestic special operations. Costs for these special training expenditures have exceeded $1.5 million.

“We don’t have one [an inventory], but could create one for you, if important.”  IRS response to a request for an asset accounting of their gun locker

The Internal Revenue Service has spent almost $11million on guns, ammo, body armor, and military equipment between the years 2006 and 2014. Perhaps they were practicing forward thinking to Senate Bill S.1241 – Combating Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing, and Counterfeiting Act of 2017.  This Bill, which was introduced in May, would bring a range of digital currency services under federal scrutiny, including those that provide transaction mixing services.

S.1241 would lump cryptocurrencies, like bitcoin, to the same full disclosure requirements of a $10,000 limit as cash and gift cards to anyone crossing the border into or out of the US. Failure to do so empowers the federal government to seize all of your assets, including safe deposit boxes. The same bill authorizes banking institutions to snoop on your financial activities and allows for surveillance (including wiretapping and monitoring emails) on anyone the federal government deems “suspicious”.

Claire Bernish, an independent investigative reporter, says the bill would impose “autocratic financial controls in an attempt to ensure none of your assets can escape one of the state’s most nefarious, despised powers: civil forfeiture.”

“Civil forfeiture grants the government robbery writ large: your cash, property, and assets can be stolen completely sans due process, your guilt – frequently pertaining to drug ‘crimes’ – matters not,” Bernish says. “A court verdict of not guilty doesn’t even guarantee the return of state-thefted property.”

Perhaps this Bill might also be a factor in the US Customs and Border Protection agency purchases of over $162.6million on guns, ammo and equipment including chemical munitions, .50 caliber rifles and H & K machine guns. CBP number of full time personnel with arrest and firearm authority increased from 36,863 in 2008 to 43,000 in 2012. One wonders if they are more intent on keeping people from leaving the US then keeping people out.

A Wall Street Journal article by Tom Coburn and Adam Andrzejewski produced an extremely troubling paragraph about the federal arms race: “The number of non-Defense Department federal officers authorized to make arrests and carry firearms (200,000) now exceeds the number of U.S. Marines (182,000). In its escalating arms and ammo stockpiling, this federal arms race is unlike anything in history. Over the last 20 years, the number of these federal officers with arrest-and-firearm authority has nearly tripled to over 200,000 today, from 74,500 in 1996.”

© 2017 Steven Neill – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Neill: scneill@msn.com

1.     Protests over BART shooting turn violent

2. Adbusters and Occupy Wall Street: What Does the Left Really Want?

3.     Riots, arrests in California as Zimmerman protests turn violent

4.     Chiefs, Sheriffs and Politicians – It’s Time to Take a Stand on Black Lives Matter Movement

5.     Trump Surge Freak-out: More Violence against Supporters

6.     So Much for Tolerance: Photos of the Violent Protests of Trump’s Inauguration

7. 20 Times Violence Used, Threatened in Wake of Dems Political Collapse

8.     This List of Attacks against Conservatives Is Mind Blowing

9. Leftist Violence Reaches Its Nadir

10.    Take Your Gun Control and Shove It. We’re Arming Up.

11. Trump has caused a growing number of liberals to start prepping for an apocalypse
12. Trumpocalypse

13.  Finsbury Park mosque attack

14. Cui bono
15. Extremism Experts are Starting to Worry About the Left
16. NRA Ad
17. Civil War Is Coming to the U.S.: “Left WILL Resort To Large Scale Violence… To Stop Fascism”
18. The Militarization of America

19.  HHS, OIG: National Training Operations Center

20. 1241

21.  Proposed Legislation Would Combat Terrorist Financing, Money Laundering

22.  Red Alert: Senators Grassley and Feinstein’s Plot to Take Everything You Own-This Is a Real Threat

23. Now U.S. government threatens to take all your cash
24. Why Does the IRS Need Guns?

What Is The Russian NeuroWeb and Why Should Americans Worry About Russia, Facebook, and the Future of Education and Machine Learning?

The deep ties of US tech companies to Russia’s SkolKovo indicate there are far more problems than cybersecurity. At issue seems to be preparations for a futuristic world society. But, preparing the world for what? It all has to do with education, machine intelligence and big data.

Neural interfaces are engineered devices designed to exchange information with the nervous system. Brain-targeted teaching using a brain-machine interface (BMI) can be described as a direct communication pathway between an enhanced or wired brain and an external device.  This is definitely a controversial issue.

The Invisible Empire Made Up of Men of Evil Genius.

Facebook’s founder Marc Zuckerberg visited Moscow in 2012 with the purpose of skimming Russian talent from SkolKovo to the United States. Russians feared that there would be a brain-drain of scientists flocking to America. (Source🙂 There had been a conspiracy theory floating around about Zuckerberg’s Facebook being originally funded by the CIA to gather personal data on millions of people for the U.S. government. Well, if that’s true, with the added technology of Russian neural-brain interfacing along with his DARPA executive, there is much more on his plate than mere Facebook likes and dislikes. (Source🙂

In April of 2017 Zuckerberg unveiled Facebook’s augmented reality system – and confirmed rumors the firm is developing a ‘mind control’ brain interface. Zuckerberg took to the stage at the firm’s annual F8 developer conference at the San Jose McEnery Convention Center. The mysterious Menlo Park “Building 8”, headed by former Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) chief and Google executive Regina Dugan, signed agreements with 17 universities, including Stanford, Harvard and MIT, to speed up progress on new research projects, and will be paid a fee by Facebook. ‘Building 8’ is working on mind-reading technology hiring ‘brain-computer interface engineers’ to develop advanced BCI technologies applying ‘machine learning methods’, including encoding and decoding models, to neuroimaging and electrophysiological data. What does Zuckerberg have in mind? (No pun intended.)

Who Is Pavel Luksha?

Extensive research being done by Russian SkolKovo scientist Pavel Luksha and his team is a key to expanding these neurological brain interfaces and a universal system of coding. The NeuroWeb (Source🙂 agenda for the entire universe compiled by Pavel Luksha creates a preliminary futuristic roadmap for the Global Education Future in the year 2035. Pavel Luksha aligns his NeuroWeb toward a global/neuroscience architecture for education. “Scary” doesn’t even come close to describing Pavel’s future road map.

Education is the focus of this “game changer” for “reengineering” the future according to Russian scientist Luksha. Preparing nations for this change includes technological/neural/brain transmitters which will upload our thoughts and feelings into the cloud. This seems like fantasy.

However, we must ask ourselves why the trend of personality/psychological development is currently blended into classrooms of America, called soft skills standards and non-cognitive interventions. Is this why leaders want to de-emphasize the teaching of traditional academic knowledge? These psych techniques have already been legislated in the new education law in the US, called ESSA, Every Student Succeeds Act. Think about the specific “synchronized” standards (Common Core, affective standards, and computerized data elements via state longitudinal data systems replicated in 50 states) that could be transferred via BMI and analyzed by big data. It would not be difficult to standardize the entire educational system for both machine learning and personality development. That becomes more worrisome. Russia’s involvement with this global prototype means trouble. Who controls those standards and what are the objectives?

Was Common Core and all the psych programs legislated in ESSA, such as multi-tiered systems of support and positive behavior interventions, a prelude to “cleaning the slate”? Is this preparing American children to accept a more flexible world view? Luksha’s “rapid foresight” future map, through conditioning and changing human behavior via machine learning processes, seem to be exactly the goals of these futurists. Note this important fact: Changing the values of American children away from the old Industrial Age to that of a total digital world means calling for the end of the Gutenberg Era (with the invention of the printing press) of written media and its impact on society. This will leave old-fashioned parents and citizens totally behind.

The Russian Dual System of Work

Are big US tech investors in neural brain research designing a dual education system like that of the Russians – one for World Skills training, and another for kids with more “talent”? Will this two-track system be incorporated into personalized education plans for the future? Both Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act and Every Student Succeeds Act work hand-in-hand as the legislation groundwork to create a diagnostic individual pathway moving the U.S. towards a dual work system. Thus, is this a different motive for GRIT research by University of Penn psychologist Angela Duckworth? Russian Pavel Luksha suggests a separation for educating the masses – those who are motivated, and those who are NOT motivated — leaders and followers. This suggests a Russian dual education system. His team of researchers focuses on why birds flock, why fish school, or why ants work together. The BRIC countries are all on board – Brazil, Russia, India, and China. (Source🙂

Basically Luksha’s “collective intelligence” comprises one leader and many followers in each instance. The difference is that leaders (kids with talent) are educated differently than the followers, skilled workers. The programmed individual pathway is controlled in this environment.

It is not a wild stretch of imagination to consolidate this type of schooling process. These controversial pilots are already in motion:

• Google powered Chromebooks reach over 30 million US children. “Google is helping to drive a philosophical change in public education — prioritizing training children in skills like teamwork and problem-solving while de-emphasizing the teaching of traditional academic knowledge, like math formulas. It puts Google, and the tech economy, at the center of one of the great debates that has raged in American education for more than a century: whether the purpose of public schools is to turn out knowledgeable citizens or skilled workers.” (Source🙂
• The Chan Zuckerberg Initiative uses their massive fortune to reshape public education with data driven personalized learning technology called Summit Basecamp. Dozens of schools nationwide have signed up to use the program, which tailors lessons to individual students using software that tracks their progress. This Facebook partnership pilots classroom software with Summit Public Schools, a charter school headquartered in Silicon Valley. The Facebook-backed software platform inverts the traditional teacher-led classroom hierarchy to a personalized learning platform. And did I mention the mounds of data collected? The Chan Zuckerberg Initiative also gave $100m to Newark Public Schools which was a very controversial “One Newark” plan where neighborhood schools were taken over and turned into charter/choice schools where there is no voter or parent accountability. (Source🙂
• The Bridge International Academies, called “School In A Box”, is a for-profit, cashless business model that uses technology to standardize the entire schooling process which has been piloted in Kenya, Uganda, and Nigeria. It’s $140m in equity capital comes from several investors, including Bill Gates, Mark Zuckerberg and Pierre Omidyar, who founded eBay, and others. “Leaders” are not certified teachers and must follow “scripts” which provide step by step preparation for the lesson, including what to say and what to write on the board, what homework to assign, and how to quiz or test the students on the material. The program is so explicit and standardized that “all teachers must follow instructions on their tablets. Bridge tracks their finger strokes to see whether they [leaders] scroll to the end of lessons.” The program boasts that their teachers outperform government certified teachers because they must follow the lessons explicitly. The pre-programmed, pre-set curriculum, centrally developed by BIA at headquarters in Boston, Massachusetts and in Nairobi, Kenya, is sent electronically to each school site using smart phones that transfer the text to tablets. (emp. added.) (Source🙂

We should ask if Zuckerberg’s foiled quest to give the Internet to the entire world had bigger intentions than philanthropy, especially when he advanced his plans to put a satellite above Africa. “SpaceX’s launch failure destroyed our satellite that would have provided connectivity to so many entrepreneurs and everyone else across the continent,” as Zuckerberg strikes a bitter tone to the explosion that destroyed the internet.org satellite. The larger view from space would allow expanded Zuckerberg-funded services but with added data-mongering. (Source🙂

But not everyone is on the same page. Zuckerberg and Bill Gates may be learning that not everyone is going to agree to their agenda when last year “the Ugandan government ordered the closure of 60 schools – part of a network [Bridge International Academies] providing highly scripted, low-cost education in Africa – amid allegations that they had been “teaching pornography” and “conveying the gospel of homosexuality” in sex-ed classes. (Sources:, Source-1, Source-2, and Source-3)

What could possibly go wrong with free Internet for the world?

© 2017 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@comcast.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

A group of pro-life activists will hold a demonstration and press conference in front of the Russell Senate Office Building as well as a prayer vigil at the office of GOP Sen. Mitch McConnell, the current Senate Majority Leader.

According to the anti-abortion group Created Equal, Baby Hope will be delivered to Sen. Mitch McConnell containing a 12-week fetal model with a message to defund Planned Parenthood from Baby Hope. In the coming days, 100 US Senators will receive important packages.

The deliveries won’t be simple notes from their constituents. Within days, every single US Senator will be delivered Baby Hope, a twelve-week old baby, with a personal message from her to defund Planned Parenthood and redirect the hundreds of millions of taxpayer dollars to community health centers instead of paying for the baby execution arm of the Democratic Party.

The activists — the majority of whom are Christians, Jews and even Muslims will be urging the Senate to stop subsidizing abortion and redirect abortion giant Planned Parenthood’s taxpayer funding. “It’s all a scam. The Democrats push for tax money in the millions to be donated to Planned Parenthood each year. Then Planned Parenthood turns around and donates those taxpayer dollars to Democratic Party candidates especially presidential and congressional candidates.

“Participants will stand in solidarity with the 329,000 innocent children that are aborted every year at Planned Parenthood abortion clinics across the nation,” noted Mark Harrington, National Director of Created Equal said.

Besides Created Equal, the large-scale Christian Defense Coalition will take part in this latest reminder to the U.S. Senators who said during election time they supported Presidential candidate Donald Trump’s promise to defund America’s abortion giant, Planned Parenthood.

“Funding for Planned Parenthood has been a perennial issue since Republicans won control of the House in 2010, and each time, Republican leaders have finessed it by saying the matter would be settled in a broader health care bill. Now, is the time to hold these pro-life representatives accountable for their campaign promises. We will deliver a strong message to every single US Senator to defund Planned Parenthood and end all funding streams for abortion in the health care bill,” said Harrington.

Abortion is not healthcare and not one penny of taxpayer funding should go to an organization that takes the lives of 329,000 innocent children every year.  We encourage the Senate to follow the lead of their colleagues in the House and not include the funding of Planned Parenthood in their healthcare legislation.

EXPOSING PLANNED PARENTHOOD’S ABORTION AND MUTILATION ACTIVITIES

David Daleiden and the Center for Medical Progress (CMP) released a video recently showing Planned Parenthood’s willingness to engage in the illegal sale of fetal body parts. In the video, President of the Medical Directors’ Council for PP Federation of America’s Dr. Mary Gatter says that $50 per aborted baby is “on the low end” of payment for fetal specimens. Gatter was shown in a previous CMP video discussing the sale of babies aborted at PP facilities, saying, “I want a Lamborghini.”
In the latest video, Gatter says she wants the price to cover the cost of a technician who will harvest the fetal parts, including livers and lungs. Federal law prohibits the sale of fetal tissue for profit.

“Once again, David Daleiden has shed light on criminal activity at the highest levels of Planned Parenthood’s leadership,” stated Alexandra Snyder, Executive Director for the Life Legal Defense Foundation.

“We look forward to the results of pending criminal investigations of a number of Planned Parenthood affiliates by the U.S. Department of Justice and the FBI. Life Legal continues to press for the withdrawal of all federal funds from an organization that routinely exhibits a callous disregard for human life and that flaunts its willingness to violate the law.”

Life Legal represents Daleiden in two civil lawsuits filed against him by the National Abortion Federation and by Planned Parenthood Federation of America, along with numerous Planned Parenthood affiliates.

Meanwhile, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.’s niece Alveda King, who has been ignored by big media because she supported — and campaigned for — President Donald Trump, recently said, “The Supreme Court, Social Security, Failing Public Schools, tax issues, voter registration problems, and women’s health crisis have been connected to liberal abortion policies.”

In her new book America Return To God, Evangelist King encourages America to pray for our President, all leaders and those in authority and for everyone on earth. Her message to the man in the Oval Office. “Yes, Drain the Swamp President Trump! Defund Planned Parenthood.”

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

I have repeatedly said in the past that being a Muslim and being American are incompatible. A Muslim is an Ummah-ist. His/her loyalty, first and above all, is to Islamic world rule and not to the country where he/she resides. By allowing Muslims to immigrate to the West, we are literary inviting the biggest enemy of mankind into our homes. Because, Muslims do not assimilate, they come here to make Islam the law of the land.

Attention seeker and jihadist Linda Sarsour, an American-born Arab native, is calling to wage Jihad, a terrorist threat against the President of the United States and the White House staff. In reality, Sarsour has declared jihad (holy war) on the United States Government and its people.

Question…Where is the Secret Service? Where is the FBI? Why is this radical Muslim woman still free to walk? Why isn’t she under investigation? This woman is dangerous and has an ulterior motive.

In her latest speech, she said the “number 1, top priority” was to “protect and defend” the Muslim community and suggested assimilation should not be a goal.

“It is not to assimilate and to please any other people or authority,” Sarsour said. “Our obligation is to our young people, and to our women, and to make sure our women are protected in our community and our top priority, even higher than those priorities is to please Allah and only Allah.”

Well folks—Christians and Jews—the overwhelming majority of the people in the United States, you need to relax about Islam. Muslims are family. They are your kindred through your shared progenitor, Abraham, so they claim.

Having Abraham as an ancestor would demand that the “children” be loving siblings. That’s the message the American Muslims try to convey. And that’s the way they aim to keep us in the deadly slumber of complacency and the delusion of multiculturalism.

For one, multiculturalism and multi-religionism are not interchangeable and are not one and the same. Muslims and their frequently well-paid apologists use the multiculturalism umbrella only in non-Islamic lands to shield themselves from the torrent of legitimate criticisms that those who know Islam better shower on this cult of violence peddled as the religion of peace.

Don’t listen to me and don’t listen to these conniving dissimulators. Find out for yourself. See if the euphemism of multiculturalism is ever even mentioned by any Islamic leader, ever printed in the Islamic press, or ever appears in any form anywhere in Muslim countries. This multiculturalism gambit is Islam manufactured wool to pull over the eyes of the non-Muslims while the Muslims carry on with their unrelenting campaign of eradicating anything or anyone non-Islamic anywhere in the world.

Those of us, through reason and a tremendous act of will, who have freed ourselves from the enslaving yoke of Islam placed around our necks from birth, know about all the heinous inside dirt of this plague on humanity.

We have experienced Islam first-hand and up close from the inside. We have studied the Quran, the Hadith, and the Sunna. We have seen Islam in action where it holds sway. Some of us have even tried desperately to cling to this security blanket that was wrapped around us from birth. Yet, the more we studied and the more we experienced Islam, the more our effort to remain in the fold became untenable.

We broke away from Islamic slavery and found it to be our solemn duty to expose this fraud of a religion, help other Muslims to free themselves from it, and warn good-hearted and gullible non-Muslims against falling prey to it.

Muslim organizations in America, generously financed by the oil-rich Muslim government and sheikhs, are directed to sell Islam Lite for long enough until the cult runs deep roots and Real Islam is introduced. One can see how the scheme played out in Europe. Much of Europe is already past the stage of Islam Lite and knee deep into the quagmire of Real Islam. And that’s exactly where things are headed in America.

It is said that truthfulness is the foundation of all virtues. Islam not only condones, it encourages, lying and dissimulation—Taqiyya — in dealing with non-Muslims. Linda Sarsour’s message is little more than packs of crafty propaganda, distortions and outright lies.

Fellow Americans: Linda Sarsour, the darling of the left, may well be an American, but she remains an enemy from within and must be treated as such, a traitor.

Last year the government and church in Poland, for everyone to see, formally consecrated Jesus Christ as King of Poland, whose right it is to be king over all nations. Among the prayers offered up, during the ceremony in Krakow, was a plea to our Lord “to rule over our universities.”

Can you imagine the reaction, if such a prayer were offered here? Hillary Clinton would levitate. Barack Obama would sprout another head, with a horn in it. We would soon find out who rules over America’s universities—and it’s not Jesus Christ.

Evergreen State College is in the news again. The Washington State Legislature has not been able to pass a bill to de-fund the place, after Evergreen got famous for its “No whites allowed on campus” day, complete with threats of violence that a lot of folks found very credible. That was for “diversity,” in case you couldn’t guess.

Well, now it’s summertime, and time to give out grades for the last semester. With that in mind, the acting provost at Evergreen has asked the professors to go easy on the, er, students who didn’t do their classwork, or made a shambles of it, because they were too busy rioting—or, as the provost put it, “diverting time and energy from their academic work to promote institutional change and social justice”.

[Two-minute laugh and raspberry break]

Hot dog! Why don’t they start a Social Justice degree program? It could feature lots of hands-on courses: Keying Racists’ Cars 101, Setting Stuff on Fire, Busting Things Up, Throwing Rocks and Bricks at People and Property, A Mixologist’s Guide to Molotov Cocktails… Who said crime and vandalism aren’t intellectual pursuits?

At Evergreen they don’t seem to be the least bit worried about their college being de-funded. Either they’re dumber than they look, or they know their state legislature is full of hot air and nothing else. Besides, no Democrat politician would ever vote to put down campus riots. It would be against his religion.

But maybe they should be afraid, maybe they should worry. Maybe the party won’t last forever, after all.

Dr. Walter Williams last week, in a column for Townhall.com, put the lion’s share of the blame for this right where it belongs, pinning the tail squarely on the donkey’s butt:

“The primary blame for the incivility and downright stupidity in our universities lies with the universities’ trustees… they are little more than yes men for the university’s president and provost.”

He couldn’t be more right. The trustees control the universities’ finances. If they were to decide not to fund the stupidity anymore, and to stop paying the salaries of deans, professors, provosts, and presidents who foster it, the barbarism would be stopped in its tracks.

But they don’t. These, Dr. Williams explains, are business and civil bigwigs who are mostly busy getting rich, or richer, and are just “not interested” in the goings-on at their respective colleges. As long as they can have buildings named after them, with or without men’s rooms complete with tampon dispensers, they’ll just sit around and purr.

They are doing, by doing nothing but sign checks, a vast disservice to their country. They are starkly, boisterously derelict in their duty, and their country suffers for it. Really, they haven’t even begun to think about what is to become of these angry, feckless, pampered, ignorant “students,” once they’re too old to be in college anymore.

But these are the men and women with the power to put a stop to all this shameful and destructive nonsense.

Let us pray they use it.

I have discussed this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Please stop in and visit. A single click is all it takes to get you there.

I have never been a woman so some would say that I have no business identifying with one.  That is WITH one…not AS one.  There are a lot of things in the world that I have never BEEN that I can relate to.

To empathize means “to understand or share the feelings of another.”  I have never been a dog, but I sure can tell when our aging beagle Daisy is uncomfortable.  My wife, who has also never been a dog, and I do all we can to make her life comfortable…at least comfort as we would think a dog would want to be.

By the same token, Daisy has never been a person, but that doesn’t keep her from sensing when something is stressing out her human.  For most of us, empathy comes natural.  I guess it is part of the natural human condition.

So, even though I have never been, nor do I desire to be, a woman, I would like to offer some advice towards those who are.  Sometimes it is easier for others to see the issue that someone is dealing with more clearly than the one that is struggling.

Relatively speaking, if being a feminist is still defined as “the belief that men and women should have equal rights and opportunities” I identify as a card carrying feminist.

But somehow I don’t think that definition applies to what I see passing as “feminism” anywhere in today’s society.  Let me explain.

I feel sorry for many women today.  Is that sexist for me to say?  Is it culturally correct for me to feel sorry for a woman?  I’m not sorry for saying so…even if it offends anyone.

My wife (as previously stated a woman) and I spend time regularly at our local abortion mill pleading for the lives of the unborn babies who are being dismembered there.  In a bit of irony, I often find myself, having experienced parenthood, explaining to a young woman, who has never been a parent, the joys of parenthood.

Why is it that they don’t respect my opinion even though they have never experienced that joy?  Women have been sold such a lie about motherhood.  It grieves me to see how little respect most women have for blessings of being a woman.

My wife and I are lucky enough to have been blessed with a son and two wonderful daughters.  Michele has always been the perfect example of the Proverbs 31 woman and she has passed those characteristics along to our daughters.  Both our daughters are WONDERFUL wives and mothers.

Call me old fashioned but I look around at the young women today who despise the gift of motherhood.  They have been sold a fake-feminism…the idea that the best thing a woman can aspire to be is on equal footing with a man.

Those are the empty women I see slinking into abortion clinics around America…women who have sold the gift of motherhood for the vain and nebulous appeal of equality.  They are too blind to see that they are gifted in a way that a man can never be gifted.  Can there possibly be a greater act of love on the earth than the sacrificing of a woman’s personal ambitions for the fruit of the womb?

Motherhood is forever.  A career in a “man’s” world is temporary.

The greatest lie that feminism sold women is the belief that she and her “significant other” are on equal footing.  Equal opportunity, yes.  Complete equality?  Impossible.

Our daughters were both accomplished athletes in college and both attained respected jobs in their chosen professions after graduation.  Both of them today are stay at home moms and find great personal fulfillment by building into the lives of the next generation.  They CHOSE to stay home and have found that the raising of children is much more fulfilling than anything else they could possibly do.

As I once overheard our oldest Abby say to one of her soon-to-be-a-mother college friends, “I would never have believed it if someone had told me before but being a mother is the most amazing thing I have ever done in my life.”  Amen Abby.  You learned well from your mother.

The poison fruit of the feminist movement is the fact that “equal footing”  has granted millennial men the right to be irresponsible.  “It is her choice” I often hear “fathers” say at the abortion clinic when we challenge them to protect their pre-born baby.

“Real men protect their babies…they don’t permit them to be killed,” we say to the immature fathers.  “You aren’t a man when you can make a baby; you are a man when you can raise a baby.”

I guess with men and women being equal there is no need for a man to be a man.

Look around you friends.  How many young girls between the ages of 20 and 30 do you see that are childless?  Whatever happened to the idea that the most fulfilling thing that you could ever do was to pass on your heritage to the next generation.

As strange as science has become in today’s world we still know that it is impossible to create a child without both a sperm and an egg.  As unfair as it may seem no man can EVER give birth to a new life.  It is the greatest honor God ever gave to a human being…the carrying of an unborn child to the moment of birth.

God gave that gift to a woman.  No matter how often they try to brainwash you otherwise the joy of giving birth is the pinnacle of the human experience. How much better America would be today if we had taught that simple truth to our children.

As the old saying goes, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world. That is the true power of womanhood.  That is so much more important than simply being equal with a man.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Let every nation know, whether it wishes us well or ill, that we shall pay any price, bear any burden, meet any hardship, support any friend, oppose any foe to assure the survival and the success of liberty. John F. Kennedy

When the American spirit was in its youth, the language of America was different: Liberty, sir, was the primary object. Patrick Henry

John Kennedy was a Democrat president who today sounds more like a Republican than our Republicans.  Liberty…yes liberty, that is what America has meant and needs to mean again.  We have a chance to bring our country back to glory, freedom and yes, liberty, but it’s up to all of us, not just the President we soundly elected.

Nostalgia for America

I am the same age as our President.  We were both born in 1946, and we both saw the best of this country in our youth. This man who gave up years of his comfortable life with his family and prosperous business did it to try to save the America he knows and loves, the America of our youth.

His memories of being raised in New York are probably different than my memories of being raised in Chicago, but I wouldn’t think they’re that different.  We both loved John Wayne, and we both knew all the celebrities in this two-minute video made 47 years ago in the closing scene of Wayne’s show, “Swing Out Sweet Land,” where they sing Irving Berlin’s God Bless America!  This video is baby boomer nostalgia for what our country once was…

We have been blessed with someone who wants to take us again to glory, and if we don’t help him, then we are just as guilty as the globalist insiders who are willing to destroy this great nation for their own personal gain.

At the recent G20 summit in Hamburg, Germany, leaders were gathering for a photo op, and were sporting a G20 pin on their lapel.  Not Trump. He was wearing an American flag, and I was so proud of him.

One Issue Voters

This article will not be like my normally researched articles.  Why?  Because one of the finest education researchers in America who I have long loved and respected recently told me that she would not again vote for President Donald J. Trump.  She is not the only one, but the fact that she has joined the ranks of these people who are one-issue voters makes me so very sad.  She stated that she felt someone else would run who would be better.  There is no one else.  Another Trump would be an anomaly, unless it’s Donald Jr.

Don Jr. is being excoriated for another false Russian story which now makes my eyes glaze over.  Wonder why?  They want to destroy him, because Don Jr. is even more of a conservative ideologue than his daddy, and he has political aspirations, and I love the guy!  Even Maggie Haberman of the NYT’s says this latest story is bunk. She’s right and I won’t waste ink on anymore of this media garbage.  Nevertheless, be prepared for a full four years of this media bull dung.  There is NO EVIDENCE of collusion.

Another dear friend who I have loved and honored for 30 plus years never voted for Trump because he is wrong on education, and I agree with her, but she has divorced me because I supported Trump.  Her close friend wrote me some of the most odious emails because I would not “dump Trump.” This person even said she’d prefer Jeb Bush!  The choice of Betsy DeVos was horrid, but believe me, Samuel Blumenfeld makes it clear that education has been dying in America since the late1800s.  Educate your children at home like my neighbors have done, and save them from the filth of common core and charter schools promoted by lying devious Betsy DeVos.

I hate to tell my friends, but there hasn’t been anyone better in our White House since Calvin Coolidge.

Our President Isn’t Perfect

Did you expect our President to be perfect?  If you did, you were whistling in the wind.  No one is perfect, but I thank God every single day that it is not Hillary Rodham Clinton who is again in our White House.  I suffered through this woman in high school and as a fellow Goldwater girl, and I don’t want her anywhere near our government ever again.  She is an abomination to the freedom and liberty our founders bestowed upon this wonderful country.

I hear people saying Trump hasn’t built the wall, he hasn’t repealed Obamacare, he hasn’t dumped NAFTA.  And just who does he need to help him do this?  The Congress!  And we know many of our so-called conservatives are nothing more than Democrats in Republican drag.

Every person who voted for Trump has two Senators and one Representative.  That’s three people in Congress that should be called, emailed and harassed into doing what our President promised he’d do.  If you detest Betsy DeVos, then call Congress, emailing each other about how vile she is doesn’t get rid of her.  It’s all up to us to help this President, and to educate him.

The Trump Achievements

In six months, the accomplishments of our 45^th President are staggering.  We should be rejoicing!

We no longer have the horrid TPP trade deal which would have absolutely destroyed our sovereignty.  Trump was right about TPP and China.  Thank God, it’s gone.

We no longer have the UN Paris Accord climate deal that would have skyrocketed our energy costs and destroyed our sovereignty. [Link] Thank God, it’s gone.

Refugees entering America have been stopped from six countries, albeit it took the Supreme Court to overrule the lower courts filled with Bush, Clinton and Obama appointees.  Trump’s immigration plans are forging ahead. [Link]

Trump overturned The Johnson Amendment with an EO, allowing the pulpits the freedom to speak.  So, why aren’t they?

Trump has advanced pro-life policies. [Link] Save the baby humans!

There are so many other accomplishments.  Check out the sub-lists of his continuing achievements.  This is a reason to smile!

Presidents Trump and Putin

Trump and Putin had a cordial two-hour meeting while in Hamburg at the G20 meeting.

Jackie Calmes at the LA Times said she was saddened to see Putin not looking confident when he met Trump, as he had when he met Obama. She expected a steely confidence from Putin, and she didn’t see it, and she was distressed. She said she was surprised.

I’m not surprised because I believe these two men will respect each other.  All the phony Russian involvement in our election has moved the left to want war with Russia.  That’s the last thing we need.  Tomi Lahren believes that the left wants to start aggressions with Russia because Podesta and Wasserman Schultz couldn’t protect their emails.

How quickly they forget the Clinton relations with Russia when Hillary sold them 20% of our uranium and made herself a fortune for the Clinton Foundation, and Bill got $500K for a speaking engagement…of course, that’s okay.

When Russia Was Our Ally

Let’s go back to the late 80s and look at some of our WWII survivors from both Russia and America.

An American film crew accompanying Ronald Reagan on his 1988 trip to the Soviet Union chanced upon an amazing story.

Contacted by a Russian dentist in Moscow, he told them he wanted help reaching out to the Americans who had helped him and his comrades survive terrible conditions in German POW camp Stalag III B.

Each Friday in the camp the Americans received 5 kilos of food from the American Red Cross.  The Russians only received one liter of turnip soup and one liter of water from the Nazis.  They were dying of starvation, and when one of them passed, they would carry out the dead soldier to be counted so they would get more food.

The Americans could see this, and two American brothers got together with the Russian dentist and figured out a way to smuggle food to them.  After the guards passed at night, the Americans would throw food over the fence to the Russians.  If they had been caught, they’d have been killed immediately.

When the Nazis found out, they had all 8,000 American prisoners stand in the hot sun for three hours demanding to know the Russian behind the scheme.  They never spoke.

The dentist whom the Americans loved and did not betray wanted to find out if any of the men were still alive, and gave their names to the reporter.  He had taken an oath to find and thank those Americans.  Watch what happens…it’s only 10 minutes long, and amazing.

It turned out to be an incredible tale of cooperation and human sympathy whose lesson is badly needed today.

Don’t miss this video, it’s an incredible and beautiful story of compassion to humanity.

President Trump’s Tweets

Fellow writer, Lloyd Marcus, had a recent article entitled, Tweet On, Mr. President, and I fully agree with Lloyd’s take on Trump’s tweets.  Here is the first paragraph of his article.

President Trump is criticized from all sides for sparing with fake news media via tweets. Some say Trump’s tweets are a distraction from getting out his message. The truth is fake news media are relentlessly 24/7 distorting and misrepresenting Trump’s agenda and message. Tweeting is Trump’s direct line to the American people which is the reason his tweets infuriate and frustrate fake news media.

Oh yes, tweeting is the President speaking directly to the people, and the media is infuriated because they can’t spin it before the people get it.  Trump is playing them like a fiddle, and it’s made me laugh many times over.

There is no reason he can’t speak to us directly, and neither is there any reason he should stop.  Donald J. Trump is a blue-collar billionaire.  He’s one of us, and he talks like regular Americans talk to each other.

He’s made us proud when he’s traveled to Israel and Arab nations, he’s made us proud when he was in Poland and at the G20 in Hamburg.  He is an American patriot and as Presidential as they come.  He is also just like the common man, and that’s why so many of us love him, and will vote for him again.

Support our President-Contact Congress, tell them to fight!

Email: – https://www.whitehouse.gov/contact/

The White House phone number – (202) 456-1111

Republicans are AWOL on standing up for our president who is doing his best to create jobs and protect America. Shame on them!

Capitol Switchboard for your Senators and representatives (202)-224-3121

If you don’t know your representatives, go to who is my representative.com and enter your zip code or state.

P.S.  We must fight for what is right, if we don’t, then the loss of this great nation will be on our shoulders.  The same goes for NewsWithViews.  It is up to all of us to keep the free flow of information available.  Thank you for continuing to help NWVs stay alive and coming into your mailbox every morning.  You can donate here.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Right Reserved

E-Mail Kewlleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

In the car the other evening, while waiting for a grandson to exit the local grocery store, we stumbled upon Mark Levin’s radio show where he was going down the list on how government corrupted the elements of liberty that were spelled out in the U. S. Constitution.  He focused on government’s perversion of the “Commerce” and “Necessary and Proper” clauses, as delineated in Article 1, Section 8.  Of course, these weren’t the only perversions of liberty perpetrated by a government that had been given its head to do just about anything it wanted to do because WE THE PEOPLE turned away from our duty to hold government accountable.  Sadly, if the people won’t hold government accountable, they get what they deserve and what they get is slowly evolving slavery.

We will describe a few details on what the people have gotten, at the hands of a rogue, out-of-control and Hell bent on domination of the masses, government.  These events taken one at a time in and of themselves do not necessarily cause any alarm.  However, taken in their totality should raise the hackles and the fear of even the most naive American.  Some of these events are well known.  A few however, have received a bored ho hum from the media.

Fishermen found five-year old Elian Gonzales clinging to an inner tube, three miles off the Florida Coast.  His mother and several others drowned in the boat crossing from Cuba.  Only Elian survived.    The fishermen took him to land where he was admitted to a hospital for observation.  After release from the hospital he was sent to live with his maternal relatives in Florida who then petitioned for custody and asylum for the little boy.  But Elian’s Cuban father wanted him back and made an international plea to get him back.  The State Department washed their hands of the issue and said it belonged in state court.  But when the relatives went to state court, U. S. Attorney General Janet Reno said that any filings should be in federal court.  The relatives filed in federal court where the government demanded the case be dismissed.  The federal court judge did the government’s bidding.  After an 11th Circuit Court, Appeals Court and U. S. Supreme Court ruled against Elian’s relatives, on April 22, 2000 AG Reno sent in the storm troopers to abduct Elian and unite him with his father.  Over 130 Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) were involved in the pre-dawn swat-team like raid that took Elian by force.  No matter how the reader may lean on the issue, the government exercised, excessive, overwhelming force to take custody of a little five-year old boy and sent him back to a communist regime.

Many times we have written that any conflict between American citizens and the federal government will not be a fair fight.  Citizens have side arms and long guns.  The government has highly trained troops, tanks, armored personnel carriers, rocket launchers, Apache helicopters and various other weapons designed to remove life from flesh, blood and bones.  Consequently, civil wars and revolutions are doomed to failure from the start.  But that disparity does not stop citizens from trying when they believe they have been aggrieved by government actions.

And so it was when federal agents from Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) attempted to serve a search warrant on the Branch Davidian compound near Waco, Texas for alleged firearms violations.  Branch Davidian inhabitants resisted the search warrant attempt with small arms fire.  There is still a question on which side fired the first shot.  Nevertheless, several were killed on either side.

That resistance resulted in a 51-day standoff between the Branch Davidian and heavily armed federal agents until a tear gas assault was launched by federal agents on April 19th, 1993 using almost 100 troops, a tank, helicopters and other methods to gain access to the compound.  A fire ensued from the assault and over 70 Branch Davidians died in the blaze.  We are not here to defend what the Branch Davidian folks did.  We only point out that once again the federal government resorted to overwhelming military style force to subdue American citizens trying to go about their business without interference from government.  It was U. S. Attorney General Janet Reno that ordered the final assault.

A little less than a year prior to the Branch Davidian assault, federal agents of ATF moved in on Randy Weaver’s cabin in the remote panhandle of Idaho.  In the end of the assault, a federal agent was killed, Randy Weaver’s dog, son and wife were dead and his friend, Kevin Harris was wounded from FBI sniper fire.  The federal agents in the assault lied about the event in a cover up, which resulted in a $3.1 million monetary award to Randy Weaver and Kevin Harris.  The money won’t bring back Randy’s wife, son, or his dog.

Since the mid 1960’s national and international (UN) radical environmental policies and Indian demands have come in direct conflict with American constitutional principles and property rights.  So far environmental policies and the Indians have won.  The EPA, BLM and the US Fish and Wildlife are owned and operated, lock, stock and barrel, by environmental zealots.  Environmentally brainwashed educated idiots that have graduated from liberal colleges, staff local, state and the federal government.

Government raided the Gibson guitar company with a fully armed swat team from the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Agency and forced them to pay up for an alleged environmental violation they say they didn’t commit.  But paying up was cheaper than fighting the government in court.  Nevertheless, paying up amounted to a $250,000 settlement, a $50,000 payoff to environmental groups, (what!!??) over $2,000,000 in legal fees, plus the cost of the factory shut down from the raid.  Oh, did we forget to mention that Gibson is not a union shop but their competitors are?  Did we also fail to mention that the owner of Gibson guitar has donated heavily to Republicans?  Who was president at the time of the raid, Barack Obama, a Democrat?  Who was U. S. Attorney General at the time, Eric Holder, a Democrat?  Was the raid a coincidence ….. hardly?

Gibson isn’t the first company that this pair of Democrats has targeted, using a federal agency, you know, like the IRS.  Gibson had the money to pay off the government ransom because Gibson is a profitable company.  Do you have the money to pay a government ransom, or will you end up in the poor house, or in jail?

Over the last several decades, small, local skirmishes, sometimes violent, started erupting in different parts of the West, in response to the government and environmental land grab, which led to the Sagebrush Rebellion in the 1970’s.  The skirmishes started to grow in size which culminated in the Bundy Ranch standoff in 2014 between 200 heavily-armed BLM agents and a couple of hundred private citizens carrying guns.  A shooting war where private citizens would start dying in the desert for all to see at the hands of federal agents, wouldn’t play well with public opinion.  The event was widely covered by the news media and the government had no choice but to stand down.

The Nevada Bundy standoff in 2014 led to the Oregon occupation of the Oregon Malheur Nature Preserve in 2016 where trigger-happy Oregon State Patrol and FBI agents couldn’t wait to shoot one of the landowners at a traffic stop.  Eyewitness Victoria Sharps, who was in the white SUV, stated that “red laser lights everywhere, shined on all of the occupants of the rancher’s car, and a hail of bullets from the FBI agents fired into our car where Ryan Bundy was wounded.  It’s a wonder we weren’t all killed.”

The apparent summary execution of Lavoy Finicum on January 26, 2016 at the traffic stop on a remote Oregon highway was murder according to Ms. Sharps.  She stated that rancher Finicum 54, a Mormon and father of 11 children and 19 grandchildren, had his hands up when the FBI and Oregon state patrol agents opened fire.  We have recently learned that once again an FBI agent was caught in a lie about who fired the shots that assassinated Finicum and will likely face criminal charges.  As in the Randy Weaver case, there may still be at least monetary justice for Lavoy Finicum.

What we have described here is just the tip of the proverbial iceberg and a very dangerous pattern of a growing police state.  The alphabet soup of federal agencies are armed to the teeth and itching to demonstrate their overwhelming force when government thinks that citizens have stepped out of line.  The IRS is one of the worst federal agencies in exerting its authority over the beleaguered taxpayer.  We have chronicled our own difficulties with the IRS in multiple articles.  Our troubles mirror the troubles of millions of other Americans who have fallen afoul of the IRS in responding to IRS mistakes resulting in harassment, intimidation, threats and heavy fines for violations that didn’t happen.  The IRS doesn’t need guns.  All they need is the threat of fines and jail time.

In our on-going battles with the IRS and other government agencies, from a lifetime of being confronted by them in business and personally, we have developed defenses and offenses against them.  American rural landowners are aware of our powerful, legally intimidating No Trespassing signs HERE and our new sign HERE.  Hundreds of landowners have obtained our RURAL LANDOWNER Handbook.  Some non-rural Americans are aware of our DEFENSES and OFFENSES against the IRS.   Some have made use of our DEFENSES against local and state governments.

This pattern of a growing police state leaves those that are ill prepared the ability to defend themselves.  If you do not have the knowledge to confront government legally, you are at government’s mercy.  If you respond to government with any form of violence, even if you believe you are right, it is quite likely you will be wounded or killed in a hail of hollow-point or steel-jacketed bullets, purchased by the Department of Homeland Security in the billions, with your tax dollars.

But if you’re scared all the time and haven’t the courage to challenge government when they are wrong, you will have become a victim instead of a self-reliant, stand-up, free sovereign American and you will have emboldened government to get even more powerful.  If you are ignorant or naive about the foundation of liberty then you won’t know whether government is right or wrong and whether you should challenge them or not.

Thomas Jefferson was dead on we he stated that, “an educated citizenry is a vital requisite for our survival as a free people.”  Jefferson wasn’t talking about our current form of education; “public school and college government brainwashing and indoctrination.”

How many of you AGREE with our assessment of the pattern of a growing police state?

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

“The typical American voter is so stupid, his dog teaches him tricks.” –Jonathan Gruber architect of Romney-Obama-Care 

The hot topic again this week coming from today’s conservatives is an attempt to get you caught up into a debate about what is illegal.  The GOP is attempting to appease the American voter with a change of name again to implement the illegal and unconstitutional “Obamacare” (Mark 8:15).

Look at this word play here America.  First, it was the “RomneyCare.” Then, it became the “Affordable Care Act.”  Now it is the “American Health Care Act.” No matter what it is called, or who the president is who pushes for it and signs it, it is illegal (Psalm 94:20).

Rather than getting caught up into the debate that they want you to get caught up into, the question that should be presented to them who call themselves representatives is, “Where are you deriving your authority from to implement these unconstitutional acts?” It is a question that they simply cannot answer.

In other words, “If they can get you asking the wrong questions, they do not have to worry about giving you the right answers.”

Considering that which you have been led to believe concerning Romney-Obama-care and that it is such a good deal (Premiums are skyrocketing) for Americans, why does it not apply to the Congress that approved these unlawful measures?

“Exploiting the stupidity of the American voter is fun and easy: kinda like squeezing a lemon.” –Jonathan Gruber architect of Romney-Obama-care

“Lack of transparency is a huge political advantage. Call it the stupidity of the American voter or whatever, but basically, that was really, really critical for the thing to pass.” -Jonathan Gruber architect of Romney-Obama–care

“When we’re done with employer-based health insurance, it will have s much life in it as Jimmy Hoffa.” -Jonathan Gruber architect of Romney-Obama-care

P.T. Barnum said a sucker is born every minute, but his estimate was laughably low. -Jonathan Gruber architect of Romney-Obama-care

WorldNet Daily reported on how Obamacare threatens to shred the Constitution.

Here are the top six legal arguments cited in “Impeachable Offenses” challenging the legality of Obamacare.

1. Taxation without representation

The law appears to violate Article 1 Section 9 of the Constitution, which stipulates: “No capitation, or other direct, Tax shall be laid, unless in Proportion to the Census or Enumeration herein before directed to be taken.”

The section is clarified in the 16th Amendment: “The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from whatever source derived, without apportionment among the several States, and without regard to any census or enumeration.”

The Supreme Court ruled the law’s individual mandate requiring most Americans to obtain health insurance is a tax. However, according to experts cited in “Impeachable Offenses,” the mandate does not fit the description of any of the three types of valid constitutional taxes – income, excise or direct.

Write Klein and Elliott: “Because the penalty is not assessed on income, it is not a valid income tax. Because the penalty is not assessed uniformly or proportionately, and is triggered by economic inactivity, it is not a valid excise tax. Finally, because ObamaCare fails to apportion the tax among the states by population, it is not a valid direct tax.”

Despite Obama’s public statements that the individual mandate was not a tax, the Supreme Court ruled June 28, 2012, in a 5 to 4 vote, with conservative Chief Justice John Roberts siding with the majority, that the requirement that the majority of Americans obtain health insurance or pay a penalty was constitutional, authorized by Congress’s power to levy taxes.

“The Affordable Care Act’s requirement that certain individuals pay a financial penalty for not obtaining health insurance may reasonably be characterized as a tax,” Roberts wrote in the majority opinion. “Because the Constitution permits such a tax, it is not our role to forbid it, or to pass upon its wisdom or fairness.”

In a second 5 to 4 vote, again with Justice Roberts joining the majority, the court rejected the administration’s most vigorous argument in support of the law, that Congress held the power to regulate interstate commerce.

The Commerce Clause, the court ruled, did not apply.

However, Klein and Elliott document the White House has been changing the law without involving Congress since the Supreme Court ruling and that multiple sections of the implementation of Obamacare are unconstitutional.

2. Illegally bypassing Congress? Bribing states?

“Impeachable Offenses” cites Jonathan H. Adler of the Case Western Reserve University School of Law and Michael F. Cannon of the Cato Institute.

The duo found: “The law encourages states to create health-insurance exchanges, but it permits Washington to create them if states decline. … ObamaCare authorizes premium assistance in state-run exchanges (Section 1311) but not federal ones (Section 1321).

“In other words, states that refuse to create an exchange can block much of ObamaCare’s spending and practically force Congress to reopen the law for revisions.”

The Obama administration, however, was furiously at work in an attempt to avoid a legislative debacle. The administration proposed an IRS rule to “offer premium assistance in all exchanges ‘whether established under section 1311 or 1321,’” Adler and Cannon said.

The Treasury Department, they continued, was “confident” that the IRS had the authority to offer premium assistance where Congress had not authorized it and that this overreach was “consistent with the intent of the law and [its] ability to interpret and implement it.”

“Such confidence is misplaced,” Adler and Cannon asserted. “The text of the law is perfectly clear. And without congressional authorization, the IRS lacks the power to dispense tax credits or spend money.”

In May 2012, the IRS released its final regulations that would “provide guidance to individuals who enroll in qualified health plans through Affordable Insurance Exchanges and claim the premium tax credit, and to Exchanges that make qualified health plans available to individuals and employers.”

Free-market advocate Phil Kerpen, cited in “Impeachable Offenses,” called the regulations an “outrageous edict that attempts to up-end the ability of states to opt out of [Obama’s] health care law’s new entitlement.”

Kerpen called the Obama administration out for what he said was an obvious attempt to “bribe states to participate by manipulating language in the law that is meant to authorize start-up grants to instead fund years of operating expenses.”

Indeed, a July 2012 announcement from the Department of Health and Human Services offered states six full years of funding.

Was the maneuver constitutional? Article I, Section 1 states: “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.”

Congress does not vest the power to write and rewrite laws in HHS and IRS; nor can unelected bureaucrats impose taxes on states that legitimately opted out of a federal program, Kerpen continued.

“Impeachable Offenses” further cites Adler and Cannon on how the IRS went ahead in May 2012 and finalized “a rule that will issue tax credits – and therefore will trigger cost-sharing subsidies and employer-mandate penalties – through federal Exchanges.”

They contended that the rule is not only illegal, but it also lacks any statutory authority.

3. ‘State’s rights violated’

The 10th Amendment to the Constitution reads: “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.”

The Tenth Amendment Center, which was among the plaintiffs that took Obamacare to the Supreme Court, clarifies that the amendment was “written to emphasize the limited nature of the powers delegated to the federal government.”

“In delegating just specific powers to the federal government, the states and the people, with some small exceptions, were free to continue exercising their sovereign powers.”

As of February 2013, only 17 states and the District of Columbia planned to run their own exchanges, while another seven opted for state-federal exchanges. The 26 states that have chosen to opt out entirely challenged the law in the Supreme Court

In January 2010, Ken Klukowski explained that the 10th Amendment does not apply here in the way many people have thought – although it does apply in a more serious manner, “Impeachable Offenses” relates. Klukowski co-authored with former Ohio Secretary of State Kenneth Blackwell the 2010 book “The Blueprint: Obama’s Plan to Subvert the Constitution and Build an Imperial Presidency.”

Citing two cases from the 1990s, Klukowski wrote that the Supreme Court “shocked the legal world” by striking the cases down for violating the 10th Amendment.

The first case was in 1992, New York v. United States, in which “the Court struck down a federal law requiring states to pass state laws for the disposal of radioactive waste, and to issue regulations for implementing those laws.”

In the second case, Printz v. United States in 1997, the court “struck down a provision of the Brady Act – a federal gun-control law – that required state and local law enforcement to run background checks on handgun purchasers.”

From these two cases, Klukowski explained, “emerged the anti-commandeering principle, holding that the 10th Amendment forbids the federal government from commandeering – or ordering – any branch of state government to do anything. The states are sovereign and answer only to their voters, not to Washington, D.C.”

The commandeering principle is the real problem for Obamacare, write Klein and Elliott, since the law requires each state to set up an insurance exchange.

“It then requires the states to pass regulations for implementing those laws. And it further requires the states to dedicate staff and spend state money to administer those programs,” said Klukowski.

In his opinion, Obamacare is a “straight-out repeat of those 1992 and 1997 cases.”

“The main difference is that Obamacare violates the anti-commandeering principle in a far more severe and egregious way than those previous laws ever did,” Klukowski concluded.

4. Originated in Senate?

“Impeachable Offenses” cites Article 1, Section 7 of the Constitution, which states: “All bills for raising Revenue shall originate in the House of Representatives.”

The Sacramento, Calif.-based Pacific Legal Foundation filed a challenge to Obamacare that contends it is unconstitutional, because the bill originated in the Senate, not the House.

The foundation claims that under the Origination Clause of the Constitution “all bills raising revenue must begin in the House.”

The tip to follow this course of action came from the Supreme Court itself. In his June 28, 2012, ruling, Chief Justice Roberts took pains in the majority opinion to define Obamacare as a federal tax, not a mandate.

The Justice Department claimed that the bill did not originate as a spending bill and therefore does not violate the Origination Clause.

The bill, which began life as House Resolution 3590, then called the Service Members Home Ownership Act, was stripped of its contents after it passed in the House in a process known as “gut and amend.” The legislation was replaced entirely with the thousands of pages of what eventually became Obamacare and given a new name.

The Obama government’s position is that while using the resolution as a “‘shell bill’ may be inelegant … it’s not unconstitutional.”

The foundation’s response, as documented in “Impeachable Offenses,” was that “it is undisputed that H.R. 3590 was not originally a bill for raising revenue. … Unlike in the prior cases [cited by the Justice Department], the Senate’s gut-and-amend procedure made H.R. 3590 for the first time into a bill for raising revenue. The precedents the government cites are therefore inapplicable.”

While the Justice Department contended that raising revenue was incidental to Obamacare’s “central purpose” – to improve the nation’s health care system – the foundation’s attorney, Timothy Sandefur, disagreed.

“What kinds of taxes are not for raising revenue?” he asked.

5. Creating commerce

The Commerce Clause, as stated in Article 1, Section 8 of the Constitution, grants Congress the right to regulate interstate commerce, not intrastate commerce, Klein and Elliott note.

Since the 1930s, Supreme Court decisions have interpreted the Commerce Clause broadly,” writes Ilya Somin, an associate professor of law at George Mason University School of Law and co-editor of the Supreme Court Economic Review.

“But every previous case expanding the commerce power involved some sort of ‘economic activity,’ such as operating a business or consuming a product. Failure to purchase health insurance is neither commerce nor an interstate activity. Indeed, it is the absence of commerce,” Somin added.

Georgetown University Law Center professor Randy Barnett, a former student of Harvard Law School professors Charles Fried and Laurence Tribe, “both of whom argued for the constitutionality of the [economic] mandate,” writes Klein and Elliott, has been referred to as “the ‘mastermind’ of the legal challenge” against ObamaCare.

Barnett opined in a March 2011 debate with his former teachers: “Though Congress can compel people to be drafted into the military or sit on a jury, those activities relate to, as the Supreme Court put it, the ‘supreme and noble duty’ of citizenship . . . There is no supreme and noble duty of citizens to enter into contracts with private companies.”

Barnett added that “the mandate would result in a ‘fundamental alteration in the status of American citizens.’”

Even the Congressional Budget Office weighed in, stating in January 2010: “A mandate requiring all individuals to purchase health insurance would be an unprecedented form of federal action. The government has never required people to buy any good or service as a condition of lawful residence in the United States.”

6. Illegal penalty?

Obamacare affixes a financial penalty on Americans who fail to purchase health insurance in order to regulate behavior – regulatory powers not granted in the Constitution, documents “Impeachable Offenses.”

Scott P. Richert commented after the Supreme Court ruling: “Congress has been given the green light to do something that even the most imaginative interpretation of the Commerce Clause would not allow: to compel the supposedly free citizens of the United States to purchase anything that Congress deems in those citizens’ best interest – or to compel them to purchase one thing rather than another.”

Richert, who is executive editor of Chronicles, the monthly magazine published by the conservative think tank the Rockford Institute, continued: “All Congress has to do is to pass legislation levying a tax on those who, say, fail to purchase smoke detectors for their homes, or who insist on purchasing a car that runs on gasoline over one that runs on electricity.”

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

My recent travels across America brought me to Ashe County, North Carolina. This sleepy little county tucked in the Appalachian Mountains along the Blue Ridge Parkway was the site of an Institute on the Constitution United States Constitution course graduation.

I have developed a tradition of visiting the Patriots of Ashe County, led by Mary Desautles and Carol Phillips, every year for these graduations.  This year we had the sheriff of Ashe County take part in the ceremony and you can imagine how pleased I was to hear of a godly sheriff who realized it was his duty to protect the good citizens who had voted to give him his job as a public servant.

As I discussed the concepts of interposition and our sheriff’s course with Sheriff Terry Buchanan, I grew more and more encouraged that the work of Institute on the Constitution members was paying off and taking root in this county.  Numerous graduates of past courses included pastors, state reps, local government members, and now a sheriff.

Unfortunately, many of the godly in seats of power across the nation face daily criticism and resistance to their work as God’s ministers to the people for their good.  This sheriff was not exempt from that.

You see, a petition has been created to “Stop the Tyrant Sheriff” of Ashe County.  The petition claims…

“Ashe County, NC, is in great danger of a tyrant sheriff which has no regard for separation between church and state. Ashe County Sheriff’s Office, with directions from Sheriff Terry Buchanan, based in Jefferson, NC, coordinated a “Time of Prayer” event on Saturday, June 24, 2017. Highlighting the event was a prayer led by Anne Graham Lotz, the daughter of the celebrity evangelist Billy Graham and sister of Franklin Graham…The event took place in front of the Ashe County Sheriff’s Office. Applying his government title to promote his personal religious beliefs and the beliefs of Mrs. Lotz, gave the damaging impression that the county supports and endorses those precise religious beliefs. The Establishment Clause prohibits the government from promoting or affiliating itself with any religious doctrine or organization….”

Let’s pause this petition to correct an unconstitutional notion. The first amendment actually prevents congress from making laws enforcing religion. The Sheriff is not congress and a prayer is not a law.

The petition concludes…

“We ask for your help in removing Sheriff Terry Buchanan from office to STOP Christian Sharia in Ashe County, cleansing all that do not follow.”

Attempting to remove a sheriff for petitioning Almighty God to help him fulfill his oath is not constitutional, smart, or safe.  After all, this sheriff, along with every other sheriff in America, is required to protect the God-given rights of his constituents.  What better way to do so than by following the tradition of our founders and thousands of public servants, such as Congress and state legislatures, who regularly asked God to help them fulfill their oath made to God to protect those sacred rights that He gives to mankind?

After all, in the words of Thomas Jefferson, “Can the liberties of a nation be thought secure when we have removed their only firm basis, a conviction in the minds of the people that these liberties are the gift of God? That they are not to be violated but with his wrath?”

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

“If the central government has the authority to tell a state it must accept permits from all the other states, then it also has the authority to tell a state it may not accept a concealed permit from any other states. If the central government can do these things it can set up a national concealed carry permit scheme and in essence bring into existence a national arms registry. That is exactly where this is headed.”  Attorney Richard D. Fry[1]

Some are touting the federal Concealed Carry Reciprocity Act of 2017 (HR 38) as a bill which would expand our right to carry.  But if you will walk with me for a few minutes, I’ll show you a better path to take.

Let us look at the applicable First Principles, to which I propose we return.

1- Gun control is not an enumerated power delegated to the federal government

Our federal Constitution doesn’t delegate to the federal government any power over the Country at Large[2] to restrict our arms.  Accordingly, all pretended federal laws, regulations, orders, opinions, or treaties which purport to do so are unconstitutional as outside the scope of powers delegated.  They are also unconstitutional as in violation of the Second Amendment.

The only power the federal government has over the Country at Large respecting arms is set forth at Article I, §8, clause 16 with respect to providing for the “organizing, arming, and disciplining, the Militia”.   Pursuant to this clause, Congress passed the Militia Act of 1792 which required every able-bodied male citizen (with a few exceptions) between the ages of 18 and 45 to acquire a rifle, bayonet, ammo, ammo pouch, and report to his local Militia Unit for training.[3]

2- What does your State Constitution say about the right to keep and bear arms?

Each State has its own Constitution which addresses its State Militia and the right to be armed.

Now listen:  No State may lawfully make any law which contradicts its State Constitution or which interferes with Congress’ power to “organize, arm, and discipline, the Militia”.

Accordingly, any State Statute which purports to require a permit before one may carry a gun is probably unconstitutional under that State’s Constitution; and is certainly unconstitutional under the federal Constitution because Congress may lawfully require able-bodied male Citizens  to acquire firearms and ammo and report to their local Militia Unit for training!

Do you see?

Now let’s look at Title 18, US Code, Part I, Chapter 44, which HR 38 proposes to amend.

3- Title 18, US Code, Part I, Chapter 44 is unconstitutional

It sets up a complex federal regulatory scheme over firearms, every word of which is unconstitutional as outside the scope of powers delegated, and as in violation of the Second Amendment.

HERE it is, look through it (§§ 921-931).

4- What HR 38 actually does

HR 38 proposes to amend this existing federal regulatory scheme to insert a new provision [to be § 926 D] to require States which have a statute which permits residents of their State to apply for a permit [!] to carry a concealed firearm

to allow persons from other States:

• who aren’t prohibited by federal law from possessing firearms [!]; and
• who are carrying a photographic ID issued by a government body [!]; and
• who are carrying a concealed carry license or permit from the other State [!],

to possess or carry a concealed handgun (other than a machinegun or “destructive device”) which has been shipped or transported in interstate or foreign commerce.

So!  Even though a State Constitution, such as that for Connecticut,[4] prohibits the State Legislature from making ANY laws restricting firearms (such as imposing requirements for registration, a permit, government issued photo ID), a Citizen of Connecticut who exercises his constitutionally recognized right to carry without registration or a permit or a government issued photo ID, wouldn’t qualify under HR 38 for concealed carry in another State.

To qualify for concealed carry in other States, the Citizen of Connecticut would need his State Legislature to pass a law [which is unconstitutional under the Connecticut and federal Constitutions], so that he could comply with an unconstitutional federal statute [HR 38], so that he could carry in other States which also would have to pass unconstitutional laws imposing permit requirements on those who carry concealed.

Do you see how a God-given right [self-defense] is thus converted into a privilege which is regulated, granted, or denied, by civil government?

HR 38 also provides that any person carrying a concealed handgun in a State under the reciprocity provisions may also carry concealed in the public parts of National Parks and certain other lands under federal control.  Lest you think this a gain, consider that:  (1) The Constitution doesn’t authorize the federal government to operate national parks and such like, and (2) the federal government has no lawful authority to impose registration requirements for carrying arms anywhere!

5- What’s the solution?

Read our Declaration of Independence and federal Constitution. Then you won’t fall for unconstitutional gimmicks like HR 38.

The gun rights organizations could perform valuable services to our Country by working for:

• the repeal of the entire unconstitutional federal regulatory scheme respecting arms;
• the repeal of all unconstitutional State regulatory schemes;
• the revitalization of the State Militia to replace the federally controlled National Guard;[5] and
• by providing more classes for Citizens in arms training.

And please stop lobbying for unconstitutional federal legislation!

© 2017 Publius Huldah – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Publius Huldah: publiushuldah@gmail.com

Endnotes:

^[1] From the late Attorney Richard D. Fry’s email of Dec. 10, 2015 to US Senator Moran, a co-sponsor of SB 498, the Constitutional Concealed Carry Reciprocity Act of 2015.  Richard, who was my Friend, sent me a copy of his letter.

^[2]  Pursuant to Article I, § 8, next to last clause, Congress has general legislative powers over the District of Columbia, military bases, dock yards, mints, federal courthouses and post offices, and such other places needed for Congress to exercise its enumerated powers.  The exercise of such powers by Congress over these small federal enclaves is restricted by the Bill of Rights – including the 2^nd Amendment. So Congress is prohibited from making, for these federal enclaves, any laws which infringe the Right of The People to keep and bear Arms.  Congress may properly require individuals visiting federal prisons, the psych ward of military hospitals, the mint, federal courthouses, and such like, to leave their arms in their vehicles.  But Congress may not require Citizens to obtain and carry a permit or photo ID as a condition precedent to carrying a firearm.

^[3] The “Militia of the several States” were creatures of State Statutes – not of the federal government.  Dr. Edwin Vieira’s short video shows how the State Militia were replaced by the federally controlled National Guard.

^[4] The Constitution of the State of Connecticut says at Article I:  “SEC. 15. Every citizen has a right to bear arms in defense of himself and the state.”

^[5] See A SERIOUS QUESTION FOR THE NRA, by Dr. Edwin Vieira, re revitalization of the Militia of the several States.  Dr. Vieira’s mind is a delight.

The barbarians have finally broken down the school doors and are now plundering knowledge. Books are their target. Banning them is the goal.

In New York City, administrators at the Life Sciences Secondary School have ordered all textbooks rounded up and removed. Books, they say, are antiquated. Instead, technology is to be the new god of learning.

Of course the excuse is that books are expensive. The schools complain that the kids lose the books or that they wear out and there is no budget to replace them. And more importantly, using iPads means they can be automatically updated with the latest information, scientific discovery and technology. So the schools need to keep up with all the latest developments to keep the kids on top, they say. It’s a wide, wonderful brave new world! Aren’t our children lucky to live in these times? Everything in today’s school house is apparently designed for the comfort and ease of the children. No stress. No demands. No expectations.

And so the books were piled up in the hallway of the school. Next stop – the trash bin. Most were in good condition, including hundreds of math, algebra, geometry and various English literature text books. Also strewn around the floor were copies of Romeo and Juliet and A Street Car named Desire.

The technocrats will argue that the World Wide Web contains vast knowledge for the taking with the right tools. They argue that printed books are limited. That printed text books soon become antiquated. And so the future of learning is achieved by opening up this super highway of knowledge in the class rooms so every child has access. Thus, throw away the books and unchain their minds.

The incident at the middle school in New York is not isolated. It’s a growing trend. Cushing Academy, a private prep school in Massachusetts, just dumped its 20,000 library books. Instead, the library has been revamped into pseudo Internet café. Here the students can watch the three television flat screens or just sit and talk.

Say schools officials, “The library is trading its 20,000-volume collection for a database of millions of digital books. All of the students can read any of the books, either through the 68 Amazon Kindles cycling around the campus or in the laptop that each of the school’s 450 students is provided.”

Said Headmaster James Tracy, “If I look outside my window and I see my student reading Chaucer under a tree, it is utterly immaterial to me whether they’re doing so by way of a Kindler or by way of a paperback.”

Actually it does matter. First, traditional libraries were always ordered to be quiet areas because students were absorbing information, researching or writing papers. The atmosphere now is loud with lots of talking taking place. That doesn’t provide a learning atmosphere. Second, printed books cannot be changed. The content in iPads can be changed and controlled by outside forces. In short, one can’t trust the content to be accurate. Third, those same outside forces can actually control what information is available. They can control knowledge.

Today we are a divided society. Freedom verses control. Can anyone deny that there are powerful forces that seek to change how we think in order to fulfill a revolution to literally change our entire society? We have observed massive changes in our culture over the past ten years. Free enterprise is racist and evil. Private property ownership is a social injustice. Individual thought is dangerous. Marriage and sexual orientation are in great turmoil. Free speech is a threat. The mere mention of a certain presidential candidate can send college students into turmoil requiring therapy and major thumb sucking.

Do you think these changes are just happenstance? No, they are the result of a carefully orchestrated takeover of the public education system with the specific purpose of creating a new kind of citizen for the future. One that doesn’t challenge authority and official dictates. How do you create such a product? Keep them ignorant of history, philosophy and contrary ideas. If you don’t know there is even a question then you will never ask it.

Printed books can be dangerous as they can’t be changed. If allowed to remain they can be discovered by future generations. In printed version, their message remains intact, ready to spark questions to a hungry mind.

The Founding Fathers studied all kinds of government styles and philosophies before deciding on our Republican form. They wanted one that would protect the freedom of thought, movement and our ability to benefit from the fruits of our own labor. Individuality, private property and free enterprise were the roots of the government they chose. To keep the freedom which these policies created, the Founders fully understood that knowledge was key. Thomas Jefferson said, “If we are to guard against ignorance and remain free, it is the responsibility of every American to be informed.”

Today, the revolution in our classrooms has robbed the children of the philosophy behind our founder’s actions. They have never been taught that private property ownership is the only true way to eradicate poverty. They have no idea that free enterprise is the true system that gives then freedom of choice and control over the quality and quantity of products and services we purchase. And as they color their hair purple, dress in outrageous fashions, and take on the usual youthful defiance to claim their individuality, they slavishly cling to their public school teachings that individuality is selfish and must be controlled. They do so automatically because their ability to think and reason has been removed through lack of knowledge.

Behavior modification, social justice and an all out assault on attitudes, values and beliefs have replaced academics in the public education system as it churns out the perfect global village idiots. Leaving old books and their anti-revolutionary ideas lying around is a danger to their revolution. Soon, books with contrary ideas will not be available in your favorite E-book. Google will not provide the answers in a search. Facebook will censure contrary postings. Oh, wait, all of that is already happening.

I read the report on this trashing of books with great interest because such action was a major part of the plot of my recent political thriller ERASE. In my fictionalized world an evil force called LEAP was systematically taking over the publishing industry, slowly eliminating outlets for printed books and replacing them with their own E-book version. LEAP even made a massive gift to the schools across the nation by giving every school kid a LEAP iPad to replace their school books. The only problem was that now LEAP controlled the content and could change it at will.

I wrote ERASE to be fiction. I didn’t intend to provide the forces of evil with a “How To” manual! Yet, now my fiction has certainly become reality and it’s growing in schools across the country.

In one scene of ERASE a teacher asks the question, “How do they think they can stop knowledge, it’s there, no matter what? The answer came back to him, “They stop knowledge by banning it.” In our modern age, controlled by technology, book burning is no longer a necessary tool for tyrants. All they need to do is press a button and knowledge, history, indeed entire societies disappear in an instant.

© 2017 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese:  Contact Tom DeWeese

Part 8: Islam expanding fast in the USA

Marco Polo, a Venetian merchant whose travels appeared in the Book of the Marvels of the World, left a detailed chronicle of his travel experience through Central Asia and China. His insight into Islam from eight centuries ago remains relevant today.

Polo said (paraphrased for modern English), “The militant Muslim is the one who beheads the infidel, while the average Muslim holds the feet of the victim.”

We Americans sit in front of our TV sets thinking the carnage in Paris, France or Berlin, Germany cannot occur within America.  We think we’re immune to Islam’s onslaught.  We prove ourselves fools on a fool’s watch.  Just look at this video from a week in Sweden, formerly the most successful and peaceful country in the world. Muslim immigrants turn Sweden into a firebomb weekly:

In his sobering book Slavery, Terrorism, and Islam, Peter Hammond wrote a detailed analysis on the proportion of Muslims to the overall population and increased violence and adherence to Sharia law. Read this and weep for America:

“When the Muslim population remains at or under 2%, their presence tends to fly low under the radar. In the 2% – 5% range, Muslims begin to seek converts, targeting those they see as disaffected, such as criminals. When the population reaches 5% they exert influence disproportionate to their numbers, becoming more aggressive and pushing for Sharia law. When the population hits the 10% mark, Muslims become increasingly lawless and violent. Once the population reaches 20%, there is an increase in rioting, murder, jihad militias, and destruction of non-Muslim places of worship. At 40%, there are “widespread massacres, chronic terror attacks, and ongoing militia warfare.” Once beyond 50%, infidels and apostates are persecuted, genocide occurs, and Sharia law is implemented. After 80%, intimidation is a daily part of life along with violent jihad and some state-run genocide as the nation purges all infidels. Once the nation has rid itself of all non-Muslims, the presumption is that ‘Dar-es-Salaam’ has been attained – the Islamic House of Peace.”

First John Donne and then Ernest Hemmingway borrowed this famous line: “Therefore, send not to know. For whom the bell tolls, it tolls for thee.”

Quran (47:3-4) – “Those who disbelieve follow falsehood, while those who believe follow the truth from their Lord… So, when you meet (to fight Jihad in Allah’s Cause), those who disbelieve smite at their necks till when you have killed and wounded many of them, then bind a bond firmly (on them, i.e. take them as captives)… If it had been Allah’s Will, He Himself could certainly have punished them. But He lets you fight in order to test you, some with others. But those who are killed in the Way of Allah, He will never let their deeds be lost.”

What does that chapter and verse mean:  Answer: those who reject Allah are to be killed in Jihad. Throughout the Koran, Islam provokes violence in order to subdue all non-believers.  If you look at Europe today, every country cowers to Allah’s will by backing away from Muslims.  Belgium stands to become completely Muslim within 30 years or less.  The more their numbers expand, the faster European-Belgians flee.

In America, at some point, a lot of Americans will stand when Muslims demand that women wear burkas, when Muslims demand schools teach from the Koran, when Muslims demand our freedoms of choice and expression be taken away.  Guarantee: Muslims don’t give up and don’t give in to anyone.

Americans may be basically naive or simply mindless with apathy. With three to seven million of these barbaric tribes people now standing in America, we face 20 million within two decades because we’re importing them by the millions.

Muslims don’t fool around. They kill at will. They complain until they back entire countries into a corner.  They provoke barbaric acts of terrorism while they espouse “peace” with Allah. They talk out of their mouths and butts with equal ease.  Muslim Moderate or Terrorist: one and the same.

Since 9/11 when they killed 3,000 of our citizens, we’ve invited no less than 1.5 million more of them into our country.  How stupid, dumb, naïve or ignorant does that make us? Why would our own elected representatives commit us to our own destruction?

Without a doubt, we commit national suicide by our own apathetic hands.  If you have read any of the eight parts of this series, you must be terrified for your children.  Without stopping Muslim immigration into America, your kids will be in the same boat as the fear and loathing in Paris, France today.

The warlord Mohammed continues his carnage into the 21^st century with the hands of 1.5 billion of his followers.   If we fail to stop mass immigration, France’s nightmare becomes our future.  I hope this series drives you to action for your kids.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The recent launch of an ICBM by North Korea signals a turning point that demands a multi-faceted economic and military response from the United States.  We cannot count on NATO, China, or any other state to do what must be done to prevent the maniacal regime of Kim Jung Un from launching a nuclear armed missile in the not so distant future.  Although he may not have that capability at present, he surely is endeavoring to obtain it, hoping no doubt to use it as a means for nuclear blackmail.  Once he grasps that capability, he no doubts perceives himself to be in the best position to make demands under threat of nuclear attack to kow South Korea, Japan, and perhaps even the United States.  China and Russia want to see this play out, because if North Korea can achieve those ends, so too can they, and the balance of world power will have shifted.  To prevent this eventuality requires an immediate investment of resources to enable the United States to neutralize the threat.

Additional economic sanctions can be imposed by NATO and SEATO states but those are unlikely to effect any change in Kim Jung Un’s direction.  Instead, we should presume him presently capable of launching a nuclear attack on our allies and the United States, and we should take immediate steps to use unconventional means to neutralize that threat.  The United States should pursue cyber warfare options, developing viruses that can dismantle or countermand computer operations necessary to achieve launch from fixed sites.  In addition, the United States should develop satellite based laser weapons and satellite, land, and sea based electromagnetic pulse based weapons targeted directly at key military operations in North Korea.  We must possess the capability to fry all electronic based systems in North Korea upon confirmation of a nuclear armed warhead approaching a launch vehicle.  We must possess the capability to fire laser weapons at a missile on the launch pad or shortly after dispatch, even if that requires a substantial investment to achieve the capability.  We should expand deployment of anti-ballistic missile systems, even if doing so requires violation of international treaties.

In short, we need to be on a war posture now, using our vast technological capabilities in coordination with teams assigned for secret development and deployment from the private sector to come up with the most intrusive and effective electronic cyber warfare, electromagnetic pulse, and anti-ballistic missile systems for use in the region sufficient to neutralize any threat posed.

Secondarily, we need to enhance our offensive nuclear capabilities and deploy more short range intercontinental ballistic missiles to the region aimed at North Korea.  We must not only be able to eliminate any potential for nuclear launch from the North, if at all possible, but we must also be prepared upon evidence of an imminent launch to obliterate the regime and the North Korean military.  That will require, as Douglas MacArthur well understood in the Korean War, a nuclear strike upon the North relying on tactical nuclear weapons.  We must not only take out Kim Jung Un in that eventuality but also his large army and conventional weapons systems.  There is no way to do that and spare mass casualties in South Korea (and perhaps even in Japan) than by rapidly deploying tactical nuclear weapons in a massive offensive that will eliminate the regime and its military.

It should now be clear that China has no intention to reign in North Korea beyond rhetoric and modest trade restrictions.  Indeed, while China loathes prospects of a nuclear war in North Korea, it relishes the intelligence it can gather from North Korean brinkmanship.  It is learning whether the United States will back its allies with the full commitment that an attack upon one is an attack upon all.  It is also gauging the extent to which the United States and its allies will allow itself to be a victim of nuclear blackmail.

The rapid development of an international nuclear capability by North Korea is forcing our hand.  We cannot afford to limit ourselves to a reactive posture.  We have to move now on the premise that nuclear war is imminent, putting in place all unconventional means to minimize the risk of launch and, if launch is unavoidable, of destroying the warhead before it reaches the United States or its allies.  That requires use of the latest technological means in cyber warfare, electromagnetic pulse weapon systems, laser systems, and anti-ballistic missile systems.  If Kim Jung Un attempts a launch, we cannot rest upon terminating the particular weapons; we must regard that attempt as an act of war and must respond with tactical nuclear weapons to obliterate his regime and his military and weapon systems.

© 2017 Jonathan Emord – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jonathan: jemord@emord.com

Bewildered by what fanatic Muslims do, some conclude that Muslims are brainwashed. Otherwise, how can their totally illogical belief system and barbaric behavior be explained? But the notion of “brainwashing” that is bandied about is the stuff of science fiction and Hollywood movies such as The Manchurian Candidate.

The human person arrives in this world with his brains already washed in the sense of being what John Locke called tabula rasa, or “clean slate” — ready to be imprinted by experience. John Locke was only partly correct; the brain also arrives with numerous predispositions already in place. It is a combination of life’s influences and a person’s own decisions that determine which of these dispositions develop and which ones fail. It is through this process that a unique human being is formed.

Many animals come with already-in-place programs that automatically run much of their lives. Birds’ migration, mating courtship, and thousands of other complex behaviors are instances of this type of specific programming. A catchword for this type of behavior is “instinct.” As a general rule, the higher the organism, the more diminished its rigid pre-programming and the greater its latitude to exercise choices.

Making choices depends on what there is to choose from and to what extent a given choice appeals to the chooser. And the human newborn enters the arena of life without the means of being anything other than a passive recipient of “things” already chosen for him.

It is like the old joke by Henry Ford, who reportedly told his customers that they could have the choice of color for their car as long as it was black. Things are almost as bleak for the new arrival. He had no say in choosing his parents, his socioeconomic condition, his environment of birth, and much more. All are already in place, and he starts life from the context of his birth.

The development of a newborn in any family is importantly influenced by many factors, among them how hands-on the parents are, how religious they are, and how severely they micromanage him in an attempt to make him not only a good person, but also a better one than they themselves are.

Parents tend to live vicariously through their children by programming them the best they can so the children become or achieve much of what the parents themselves failed to become or to accomplish. This attitude covers all areas of life, such as giving the child the education they didn’t have, helping him with fame and fortune, nurturing him to become a topnotch athlete, and so forth.

It is a fact that early influences play a cardinal role in shaping a person. For this reason, for instance, the overwhelming majority of Muslims have been born into Muslim families, Catholics into Catholic families, Hindus into Hindu families, and so on. It is also a fact that the degree of religiosity ranges from mild to strong, with most people falling somewhere between the two extremes.

Interestingly, two siblings raised by the same set of parents under the same influences may end up at the opposite extremes in their religious views and practices. It is here that the human dynamic of freedom of choice comes into play and steers two people to opposite extremes. Occasional extreme deviations notwithstanding, the great majority of siblings of a given family end up with various degrees of that family’s overall religious and other values. The same general principle of subscribing to a set of common values exists in all human groupings, in some cases with a broad flexibility and inclusiveness, while in others with rigidity and exclusivity.

In order to enjoy the privileges of belonging to a group, the person must also pay his membership dues.

Beginning with the minute he can make some sense of the world, the very young human faces a bewildering array of mysteries, challenges, and enticements. There are questions, fears, and hopes at every step, entangled with the need to survive and possibly thrive.

Who am I? What is this world all about? What’s the purpose? What am I supposed to do and how? Where am I headed? People die; where do they go? And on and on and on. The information booths available to him in the fairground of life provide him with answers that may help relieve his innate existential anxiety. And it is here that religion plays its critical role and holds a great appeal. Religion provides a surefire answer to those who are willing to take it on faith.

And Islam is a powerful magnet for the masses who are unable to deal with the uncertainties of life and death on their own. It is from this population, many already thoroughly indoctrinated from birth, that the majority of diehard jihadists emerge.

The jihadist makes a bargain: He surrenders totally to the religion of surrender in exchange for blanket security. Islam gives him all the answers he seeks for dealing with this world and promises him a most lush and eternal paradise of Allah once he leaves it. And leaving this world in perfect submission as the foot-soldier of the paradise’s creator gives the faithful jihadist an unimaginably glorious and sensual eternal reward in his next life. It’s a bargain that some buy in whole, some in part. Others refuse it and seek other means of dealing with their questions and their unrelenting existential anxiety.

The great majority of jihadists emerge from the ranks of those born into the religion of Islam simply because they are the ones most thoroughly indoctrinated and influenced by Islamic dogma in their most receptive early years. Yet there are others who embrace Islam in adulthood, on their own, and enlist themselves as devoted jihadists for the same rewards that Islam offers.

Islam has a great advantage of the first call on the new arrival. It is an omnipresent system with masses of believers, mosques, and madrasahs, and a host of other social and economic organizations that overpower the person and steer him into the same fold. It is a sea of people who seem to know what they are all about, what life and death are all about, and what one must do in general.

Within this sea of surging humanity composed of some 1.5 billion Muslims, each individual believer (a drop), through a combination of choice and forces beyond his control, ends up in one of its many waves. It is the jihadist wave that is highly attractive to the deeply-indoctrinated and poorly-adjusted in dealing rationally and independently with life. Here, such people find the ironclad, perfect solution to their anxieties and perplexities.

To a jihadist, death is nothing more than casting off a shell of worthless earthly existence and donning the suit for winging joyously to the life of bliss promised by none other than Allah’s beloved final emissary, Muhammad.

America must come to terms with the reality that orthodox Islam requires unceasing jihad. Eradication of jihadism is a daunting task. Massive education efforts combined with resolute confrontation of all sources and people that support and promote this deadly philosophy holds the best promise of dealing effectively with this affliction.

In the monumental task of dealing with jihadism, every individual, group, and government particularly in the West must combine resources and energies to prevail. The destiny of the civilized world hangs in the balance.

© 2017 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

Just about everyone knows someone who is active duty or has served in the military; friends or a family member.

The U.S. military is supposed to be the force which protects America. But, those of us who follow the agenda of the shadow government that really rules over us know our military have been used as world cops in furtherance of a one world order/government for decades:

“In Defense of the World Order…US Soldiers would have to kill and die”. Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., July / August ’95 Foreign Affairs – CFR’s Flagship Publication

“The U.S. military welcomes additional funds for special units. The Pentagon continues its downsizing in preparation for the New World Order.” Former Asst. Secretary of Defense and former Director of the CIA, John Deutch, Dec. 1, 1994, McNeil/Lehrer Hour

“We are on the cutting edge of the New World Order here in Bosnia”. U.S. Army Major Busyread, May 8, 1996, CBS Evening News with Dan Rather

“We shall have world government whether or not we like it. The question is only whether world government will be achieved by consent or conquest”. James Paul Warburg, during hearings for Senate Resolution 56, revision of the UN Charter.

The U.S. military is or used to be a unique community of men trained to fight and stay alive. Our military was never meant to be a social experiment but all that changed with the rancid ‘Don’t ask, don’t tell’ policy put in place by lying, globalist, serial adulterer, Bill Clinton.

Of course, this then led to the ultimate goal of repealing DADT which would allow sexual deviants to openly serve in the military. Homosexuals could then continue spreading HIV/AIDS and all the lavender diseases they contract from having sex in another man’s rectum and feces. I refer to it as bowel-movement sex. Since they are in the military all their medical expenses are free and paid for by you and me.

The Queering of Our Military and God’s Wrath

Male Homosexuals

“Research indicates that the average male homosexual has hundreds of sex partners in his lifetime:

“The Dutch study of partnered homosexuals, which was published in the journal AIDS, found that men with a steady partner had an average of eight sexual partners per year.

“Bell and Weinberg, in their classic study of male and female homosexuality, found that 43 percent of white male homosexuals had sex with 500 or more partners, with 28 percent having one thousand or more sex partners.

“In their study of the sexual profiles of 2,583 older homosexuals published in the Journal of Sex Research, Paul Van de Ven et al. found that “the modal range for number of sexual partners ever [of homosexuals] was 101-500.” In addition, 10.2 percent to 15.7 percent had between 501 and 1,000 partners. A further 10.2 percent to 15.7 percent reported having had more than one thousand lifetime sexual partners.

“A survey conducted by the homosexual magazine Genre found that 24 percent of the respondents said they had had more than one hundred sexual partners in their lifetime. The magazine noted that several respondents suggested including a category of those who had more than one thousand sexual partners.”

Get Out Of The Military, Don’t Enlist

“The U.S. military has become the biggest, most aggressive promoter of sodomy, dozens and dozens of ‘lavender’ diseases contracted by sodomites and HIV/AIDS in the world:

Fort Bliss leads Army installations with most HIV infections in past two years: “All of our recent cases have been a result of men having unprotected sex with men. African-American and Latino Soldiers were affected disproportionately in far greater numbers.”
Navy HIV infections, already high, continue to rise

“Every one of those heterosexual men raped by a sodomite now faces years of stress and anxiety waiting to see if he has contracted HIV/AIDS. So do their girl friends and wives. This is what was unleashed by even allowing sexual deviants to serve in the military under DADT. Let’s not forget about blood transfusions in combat zones. Why should a member of our military raped by a sodomite, married or not, be forced to live with stress and anxiety for years if they received blood on the battlefield? Remember: the incubation period for AIDS is about ten years.

Combat ready is always the main goal of the military for their assigned mission.

Wait, Gunny – I Have To Change My Diaper

“RECTAL SEX – Surveys indicate that about 90% of gays have engaged in rectal intercourse, and about two-thirds do it regularly. In a 6-month long study of daily sexual diaries, gays averaged 110 sex partners and 68 rectal encounters a year.

“Rectal sex is dangerous. During rectal intercourse the rectum becomes a mixing bowl for 1) saliva and its germs and/or an artificial lubricant, 2) the recipient’s own feces, 3) whatever germs, infections or substances the penis has on it, and 4) the seminal fluid of the inserter. Since sperm readily penetrate the rectal wall (which is only one cell thick) causing immunologic damage, and tearing or bruising of the anal wall is very common during anal/penile sex, these substances gain almost direct access to the blood stream. Unlike heterosexual intercourse (in which sperm cannot penetrate the multilayered vagina and no feces are present),7 rectal intercourse is probably the most sexually efficient way to spread hepatitis B, HIV syphilis and a host of other blood-borne diseases.

“Tearing or ripping of the anal wall is especially likely with “fisting,” where the hand and arm is inserted into the rectum. It is also common when “toys” are employed (homosexual lingo for objects which are inserted into the rectum–bottles, carrots, even gerbils). The risk of contamination and/or having to wear a colostomy bag from such “sport” is very real. Fisting was apparently so rare in Kinsey’s time that he didn’t think to talk about it. By 1977, well over a third of gays admitted to doing it. The rectum was not designed to accommodate the fist, and those who do so can find themselves consigned to diapers for life.

Transgenders Mentally Ill & Should Be Treated With Compassion

The various groups that make up the sexual deviant movement have worked hard to get ‘transgenders’ in the military. It’s not bad enough we the people have had to battle that particular group to keep sexual predators out of girls dressing and bathrooms around this country.

Oh, no. The next big target was that happy, all inclusive group known as the U.S. military. Act surprised: Under the criminal impostor Manchurian Candidate who played president for eight years, Barry Soetoro aka Barack Hussein Obama, those mentally ill individuals would now be allowed to serve in our military. And so many enlisted. Hey – all that free medical care and ripe hunting grounds like women’s shower rooms.

It wasn’t bad enough seeing homosexuals and lesbians in military uniforms kissing on base in front of children, now what will they see? Defense Secretary Mad Dog Mattis has put the skids on things for the moment but the Soviet-style brainwashing is still being fed to the troops:

New Army Training Tells Female Soldiers To ‘Accept’ Naked Men In Their Showers

“On June 30, hours before the policy took effect, Defense Secretary Jim Mattis postponed the opening of military enlistments to transgender people for an additional six months. The delay does not prevent currently serving soldiers from transitioning, however.” “Transitioning” is nothing but brainwashing to justify men deciding to be a woman from one day to the next.

“Late into President Obama’s last term, his military officials allowed transgender soldiers to serve openly, even funding gender-change surgeries with taxpayer dollars.” Doesn’t it just make you feel so good to know that borrowed money (not your federal income taxes) funds the mutilation of men and women who need mental illness treatment?

Further down in the article above, the writer hits things right on point:

Military As Social Engineering, Not National Defense

“The force-wide presentation sheds quite a bit of light on the implications of the rule change on transgender service members. The policy prioritizes subjective feelings over combat-readiness and inverts military order by placing the needs of individuals over the well-being of their units.

“The policy allows transgender soldiers to switch their “gender marker” in the Army’s personnel database without undergoing sex reassignment surgery or any other physical changes.

“For a soldier to officially change gender requires only some paperwork. A military doctor or civilian medical professional must certify that the transgender person has achieved “stability in the preferred gender” and the soldier must change the gender designation on the soldier’s passport or birth certificate. From that point on, the transgender soldier is “expected to adhere to all military standards associated with their gender,” and “use the billeting, bathroom and shower facilities” of their new gender.” And:

“The slide tells soldiers to “understand that you may encounter individuals in barracks, bathrooms, or shower facilities with physical characteristics of the opposite sex despite having the same gender marker in DEERS.” The next bullet point adds, “all Soldiers should be respectful of the privacy and modesty concerns of others. However, transgender Soldiers are not required or expected to modify or adjust their behavior based on the fact that they do not ‘match’ other Soldiers.” This is a first. The military is normally in the business of telling soldiers to “modify or adjust their behavior” all the time….

“As important as privacy and respect are, the biggest problem with the policy is its effect on the military’s core purpose of battle readiness. For example, under the policy, a male infantryman who cannot meet the bare minimum requirement of 42 pushups and is therefore considered a liability in combat can switch his “gender marker” to female and suddenly be qualified. Even though he retains the exact same physical characteristics, and can do only 19 push-ups, he will now be a combat-ready female infantry soldier, eligible to hold the exact same role in his former unit.”

Do take the time to read the entire article.

If you are opposed to allowing the further destruction of our military from within, let your voice be heard to your congress critter. Christians have been in-your-face persecuted in the military for the past couple of decades.  Pink Swastika: Homosexuality in the Nazi Party, I highly recommend you do so; it’s a real eye opener.

[Devvy does a pod cast every Thursday: What Congress and the Media Won’t Tell You, which covers bills like the one to stop taxing social security. Her last show covered the HMO Act of 1973 and the beginning of the destruction of how health care insurance coverage went off the rails. Knowledge is power but only if truth is made available to millions of Americans. The beauty of a pod cast is you can listen live or download and listen anytime on just about any gadget out there like iTunes, on your computer, iPhone, Smart Phone or Android device. Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]

© 2017 Devvy Kidd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

A traitor is a betrayer – one who practices injury, while professing friendship. Benedict Arnold was a traitor, solely because, while professing friendship for the American cause, he attempted to injure it. An open enemy, however criminal in other respects, is no traitor. Lysander Spooner

Republics are created by the virtue, public spirit, and intelligence of the citizens. They fall when the wise are banished from the public councils because they dare to be honest, and the profligate are rewarded because they flatter the people in order to betray them. Joseph Story, former Justice of the Supreme Court

Comey’s understudy, Democrat Andrew McCabe, now the acting FBI Director, is facing three federal inquiries for (1) sexual discrimination and subsequent retaliation against the complainant, (General Michael T. Flynn) (2) campaigning as an FBI official for his wife, which is a violation of the Hatch Act, and (3) ethics violations relating to campaign payments to his wife.

Let’s take a look at these charges one by one.  John Solomon and Sarah Carter of Circa, exposed McCabe’s retaliation against General Michael T. Flynn.

McCabe’s Vendetta Against Flynn

Robin Gritz who is a decorated counterterrorism agent, had filed a sexual discrimination and retaliation lawsuit against Andrew McCabe and other top FBI officials.  Once she filed the lawsuit, McCabe began investigating Gritz personally looking for any dirt on her he could find.

Unfortunately, it takes a good deal of time for the lawsuit to work its way through the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and is still waiting for review by an administrative law judge in the Office of Federal Operations.

In 2014 Michael Flynn backed up the sex discrimination charge brought by Gritz against McCabe and other top people at the FBI.  Surprise…two years later Flynn is the subject of a McCabe-led FBI investigation about how he supposedly colluded with the Russian ambassador.

The General was on Trump’s transition team. It would make perfect sense he would be talking to the Russian ambassador.  And, as Rush Limbaugh says, “Flynn is a super patriot, number one. He is a full-fledged super patriot. He would not sell out the United States to the Russian ambassador for anything. That’s his public image.”

There was never anything to the Flynn/Russia story, and I even have strong doubts about Flynn lying to the Vice President, because Pence is an establishment globalist insider who wouldn’t want a man like General Flynn in the administration. If there was any lie by Flynn, it had to be inadvertent simply because of the stature of this General.  Of course, there’s also the possibility the General didn’t fully trust Pence, but that is simply conjecture from this writer.

Flynn’s intervention on behalf of Supervisory Special Agent Robyn Gritz was highly unusual, and included a letter in 2014 on his official Pentagon stationary, a public interview in 2015 supporting Gritz’s case and an offer to testify on her behalf. His offer put him as a hostile witness in a case against McCabe, who was rising through the bureau’s leadership ranks.

By the way, McCabe spent 30 minutes being interviewed by Trump for FBI Director and was rejected.  Christopher Wray was chosen instead.

General Flynn, who led the Defense Intelligence Agency, worked closely with Gritz to find terrorists overseas. He said it’s a shame the FBI let go of someone with years of national security experience.  “She was one of the really bright lights and shining stars early on who got it when it came to the kind of enemy that we’re facing, and I just thought she was a real pro.”

It seems she was not believed, as there was no support for her from anywhere except from Flynn. Gritz ended up being fired, her security clearance pulled, and she ends up without a job living back at home with mom and dad. She also believes the FBI is blackballing her in her field so that she cannot get another job.

Flynn defended her and then two years later, Flynn is under investigation by the FBI for supposedly colluding with the Russians.

Who within the FBI had a personal reason for wanting to take Flynn out? The answer, obviously is Andrew McCabe.  The FBI’s leaking of adverse information about Flynn was unconscionable. If McCabe is responsible for it, he should be held accountable.

McCabe’s Ethic Violations During His Wife’s Campaign

The WSJ reported that the political organization of Virginia Governor Terry McAuliffe gave nearly $500,000 to the election campaign of the wife of an official at the FBI who later helped oversee the investigation into Hillary Clinton’s email use.  Jill McCabe ran for a Virginia State Senate seat as a Democrat in 2015, and she is the wife of then deputy FBI Director McCabe.

The Journal also stated that it was McCabe who told lower-level FBI investigators to “stand down” in their inquiry into whether illegal influence-peddling or financial crimes were being committed at the Clinton Foundation. Meanwhile, McCabe did not recuse himself from the investigation into presidential candidate Hillary Clinton’s emails, despite an apparent conflict of interest involving his wife.

Remember McAuliffe was prominently featured last August, 2016 for his decision to restore the voting rights of some 13,000 West Virginia ex-felons, an effort he was expected to continue until the voting rights for all 200,000 ex-criminals have been restored.  Why?  So they could vote for Democrats.

The WSJ added that the Virginia Democratic Party, over which Mr. McAuliffe exerts considerable control, donated an additional $207,788 worth of support to Dr. Jill McCabe’s campaign in the form of mailers, according to the records. That totals to slightly more than $675,000 to her candidacy from entities either directly under Mr. McAuliffe’s control or strongly influenced by him.

Investigation of Andrew McCabe

The Hatch Act prohibits FBI employees from engaging “in political activity in concert with a political party, a candidate for partisan political office, or a partisan political group.”

It defines prohibited political activity as “any activity directed at the success or failure of a partisan group or candidate in a partisan election.”

There are too many questions about McCabe’s actions during his wife’s campaign.  McCabe attended a meeting with his wife and McAuliffe on a Saturday in March 2015 specifically to discuss having Jill McCabe run for state Senate in Virginia as a Democrat.

The Office of U.S. Special Counsel, (OSC) the government’s main whistleblower agency, is investigating McCabe’s involvement.  The agency’s probe was prompted by a complaint in April from Robyn Gritz, who is suing the FBI and McCabe alleging sexual discrimination during her 16-year career.  She forwarded social media photos showing McCabe wearing a T-shirt supporting his wife’s campaign during a public event and then posting a photo on social media urging voters to join him in voting for his wife.  She filed the complaint alleging the social media photos are evidence of possible Hatch Act violations.

“I am voting for Jill because she is the best wife ever,” McCabe put on a sign that he photographed himself holding. The photo was posted on her social media page a few days before the election, in response to Dr. Jill McCabe’s plea to “help me win” by posting photos expressing reasons why voters should vote for her, according to the complaint.

Other social media photos in the complaint showed McCabe’s minor daughter campaigning with her mother, wearing an FBI shirt, and McCabe voting with his wife at a polling station.

Hatch Act Tougher for FBI Employees

The Hatch Act prohibits all federal employees from engaging in election activities during work hours, but most are free to involve themselves during off hours.

However, the law imposes a tougher standard for FBI employees, and prohibits partisan campaigning at any time. The Law states that FBI employees, “may not campaign for or against candidates or otherwise engage in political activity in concert with a political party, a candidate for partisan political office, or a partisan political group.”

Gritz argued in her complaint to the OSC that the photos suggest McCabe violated that standard.

“As a former FBI agent, it is my understanding that we were held to a higher level with regard to the Hatch Act,” Gritz wrote in her OSC complaint. “While I’m filing this complaint, I am doing it due to the large number of current, former and retired FBI agents who know if they were acting such as McCabe we’d be already on leave without pay, under investigation and assured of being in violation. We are all under the impression that these are, in fact, violations.”

Conclusion

Richard Painter, the former chief ethics lawyer for the White House, said that the social media photos and the McAuliffe meeting documents raise serious questions because FBI and intelligence community officials must adhere to more stringent rules under the Hatch Act.

“What is not acceptable would be using the official position, in the government, particularly the official position in the FBI in order to further a political campaign, the political campaign of a spouse or anybody else,” Painter told Circa.

Former FBI Assistant Director James Kallstrom said McCabe may not have the bureau’s rank and file behind him.

“I’ve talked to numerous agents that have some knowledge of what’s going on inside the FBI,” said Kallstrom. “The appearance of conflict of interest is substantial, and you can’t have a high position in the bureau and have even the apparent conflict of interest.”  Kallstrom is not betting on McCabe lasting much longer at the bureau.

Sen. Charles Grassley, R-Iowa, believes McCabe also has a conflict of interest in the ongoing probe into alleged Trump collusion with Russia in the 2016 election.

This fallacious and distorted probe already cost retired U.S. Army Lt. Gen. Michael Flynn his job as Trump’s national security adviser.  And that is the greatest loss to this administration.

P.S.  We are grateful to all our readers for helping us bring NewsWithViews articles into your homes every day.  It is only with donations from our many readers that we continue.  Please help NWVs stay alive and well by sending your donations here.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

The first promise President Donald Trump made when elected as POTUS was to ‘drain the swamp that encompasses Washington, D.C. That is the swamp where all the quirk heads pretend they are here to protect America but in reality do everything to sabotage our way of government. It is the ultimate deception.

Yet, many of these swamp creatures put all their efforts into destroying America from within, blocking sensible laws and crafting some of the nuttiest legislation ever read by this columnist.

It is not easy to drain a swamp. First of all, the slush in the swamp must go somewhere when it is pumped out of the murky mess it settled in. It is like digging a hole to bury some dirt.

The challenge is even greater when much of that which must be drained out is seemingly connected to guy-wires along the insides of the swamp holding the objects in place where they can neither come or go. They are held in a rigid position of total control, which is the purpose of those guy-wires. Those who obey willingly and efficiently will be gifted with positions of power and name recognition along with generous pocket change.

And who exactly are those Swamp Creatures? They are RINOS, meaning, Republicans in Name Only. They are like a flock of buzzards that think they are eagles but these impostors are more vicious and ruthless than Democrats or even Bernie Sanders supporters.  On second thought, Hillary may be even more scary.

IT’S TIME TO DO A ROLL CALL IN THE SWAMP: Senator John McCain:  “Here.”  The “war hero” and the Swamp Master have enjoyed a very close relationship for many years. Wait–war hero? The press, all controlled by George Soros, certainly made him out to be just that. However, he was known by fellow prisoners of war as ‘being a snitch.’  In other words, he reported on all he heard from the men’s private conversations behind those prison walls, which brought him extra favors by doing so while bringing extra punishment for them.

John McCain has been funded by Soros for many years by his shadowy organizations. Soros enlisted the senator’s inside help to fight the NRA with his main objective being to disarm all Americans. Once all Americans were disarmed, the rest would be easy for the Communists to hand you a paper at your doorstep and say, “Here are your orders.”

John Young published a story in various conservative news sites regarding the Senator from Arizona.

Senator McCain first rose to national prominence on the issue of campaign finance reform. Everybody knows that our political system is so corrupted by money from special interests that it no longer represents the interests of the people; so this is pretty much a “mom and apple-pie” issue. So Senator McCain undertook the task of “taking the money out of politics,” and even founded a non-profit institute, called The Reform Institute to move the project forward. 

But where does the optimistically-named Reform Institute get its money? Well, the donors list includes George Soros’ Open Society Institute and The Tides Foundation among others. Try not to be shocked that Arianna Huffington, a long-time Soros organizer serves on its advisory board. This will explain their liberal slanted news on the Huffington Post.

Just to show how loyal the esteemed Mr. Soros is to his loyal minions like John McCain, Ms. Huffington actually organized a series of Shadow Conventions for fundraising for McCain prior to his previous campaign for president, for which Soros contributed about a third of the funding. 

In the wake of the passage of the McCain-Feingold Campaign Finance Reform Bill, was corruption reduced? Of course not. All that happened was a bunch of so-called 527 groups funded by George Soros had free reign to do whatever they wanted while pro-constitution advocacy groups like the NRA were muzzled.(1) This “side-effect” of the bill was utterly predictable.

According to the original story, here are some more interesting names who are still in the swamp with George Soros: Paul Ryan, Marco Rubio, John Kasich, Lindsay Graham. Again, this is only a partial list of those who have sold out to George Soros.

Of course, Hillary Clinton was totally in his pocket and there was no question in his mind that Hillary would be sitting in The Oval Office. Soros was shocked at this unexpected loss almost causing him a nervous breakdown. He even had Hillary’s photo on the cover of Newsweek with the caption, “Madame President.” which was released two days before the election.

Soros could not believe that the people came out in the millions to back Trump and put him into the Oval Office.

Most of the D.C. ruffians running the U.S. are working with Homeland Security, yes, you read that right. Soros has put the most sensitive government offices into the hands of Communists and Muslims. You can google this info. And you should read the results in horror. It is ridiculous that any country could do anything this stupid.

America put in President Donald Trump. He does not have to kow tow to anyone. We have a majority of Republican representatives on Capitol Hill. The President has great power including the Executive Order. He can put a stop to all of this opposition and simply do what a president does. He can at any time have the Sgt at Arms seize and arrest someone in high office who needs to be removed from that position.

The president can also reign in these rogue judges that have the audacity to make a presidential order null and void. This is war time. There are different rules under these conditions. Forget about ‘constitutional rights.’ Those rights are ONLY for citizens of The United States of America.

Those citizens who try to interfere with the function of our government and sabotage any action, such as by George Soros, he can and MUST be arrested and charged with Treason and Sedition. To not take this action is idiotic.

The greatest effort is to turn this planet into a One (New) World Order that would be under tyrannical Communist Islamic rule. There is only one country standing in the way of that goal. The United States. Why? Because the majority of the American people worship God and go to church. Churches still dot the landscape of every state. This is why and how the following statement was made. Now read it carefully:

“The main obstacle to a stable and just world order is the United States.” –George Soros.   Spoken like a true Communist.

Our Sincere thanks to Journalist John Young for breaking the original story.

Photo Caption: Best Friends George Soros and John McCain

© 2017 Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Austin Miles: chaplainmiles@aol.com

This Tuesday we celebrate the 241st anniversary of our Declaration of Independence. The most important phrase in the entire document speaks to the foundation for our lawful form of government, the very reason why we could legitimately secede from Great Britain; that phrase, often misunderstood today is “The Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God.” Our Founders were paraphrasing William Blackstone’s writing in his Commentaries on the Laws of England in which he stated that there are three kinds of law, The Law of Nature, the Law of Revelation and Municipal Law. By the way all our Founders read Blackstone, and he was the authority in all courts of our land for the first 150 years. First, the Law of Nature Blackstone describes “as man depends absolutely upon his maker for everything, it is necessary that he should in all points conform to his maker’s will.

Video of the sermon

This will of his maker is called the law of nature. .. when he created man, and endued him with freewill to conduct himself in all parts of life, he laid down cer­tain immutable laws of human nature, whereby that freewill is in some degree regulated and restrained, and gave him also the faculty of reason to discover the purport of those laws.”

The Second is Revealed Law which Blackstone describes as “The doc­trines thus delivered we call the revealed or divine law, and they are to be found only in the holy scriptures.”

Then Municipal Law, that which man puts on paper, is only valid if it complies with the Laws of Nature and the Revealed Law. “This law of nature, being coeval with mankind and dicta­ted by God himself, is of course superior in obligation to any other. It is binding over all the globe, in all countries, and at all times: no human laws are of any validity, if contrary to this;”^[1]

The Founder’s argument in the Declaration of Independence is that King George’s municipal laws violate the Law of Nature and the Law of Revelation (which they style as the Laws of Nature’s God) and because of a long train of abuses and usurpations in which the King has refused to repent of his sins against God’s Law, he is unfit to be the ruler of the 13 Colonies. Furthermore, that an additional God given right is that civil government is by consent of the governed and when a people’s God given rights are abused by civil government rather than secured and protected, the people have a God given right to secede from that abuse of power.

So the entire foundation of the American form of government rested solidly upon the Word of God alone. At one time all American’s understood this truth, today very few hold this understanding. And the moral free fall we see engulfing our land is a result of rejecting our Founder’s clear understanding that God’s Law is the Supreme Law of the Universe.

Contrast our land with a country that was first evangelized in the year 1830. A number of natives came to faith in Christ and the work was expanded from the larger settlements to outlying islands.

Quoting their own history, In “1839 In this year the Rev. Williams [the founding missionary] and the Rev. Harris were killed by the natives on the Island of Eromaga and their bodies were eaten by the benighted heathens. The bones of these valued men were brought by the Missionary ship to Apia and interred under the porch of the church.”^[2] But the Gospel of Jesus Christ was not hindered and today nearly the entire population of Samoa profess faith in Jesus Christ. Just one month ago they did something very astonishing. They proclaimed that they are a Christian nation. “In early June, the Samoan Parliament passed a bill amending the constitution to transform the country from a secular to a Christian state. The objective of the amendment was “to insert in the Constitution that Samoa is a Christian nation to declare the dominance of Christianity in Samoa.”

“Samoa already had a reference to Christianity in the preamble to its Constitution, which declared that the Samoan government should conduct itself “within the limits prescribed by God’s commandments,” and that Samoan society is “based on Christian principles.” This kind of wording is common in the preambles of constitutions among Pacific Island states (the exception being Fiji). However, a preamble to a constitution is generally seen as a broad symbolic national statement, one of historical or cultural significance, rather than a legislative tool. What Samoa has done is shift references to Christianity into the body of the constitution, giving the text far more potential to be used in legal processes.

Previously Article 1 of the Samoan Constitution had declared that “Samoa is founded on God,” … However, upon these changes Article 1 will now read “Samoa is a Christian nation founded of God the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit,” a specifically Christian conception of God, with no room for interpretation by other religious groups, or by the government and judiciary.”^[3] Not a single member of Parliament opposed this change to their constitution. It is fascinating to see what the Prime Minister said of this change. “Every time we say that Samoa is founded on God because it is in within our Constitution, God must’ve had a good laugh and thought that we have been fooling him,” said  Prime Minister Tuilaepa Sa’ilele Malielegaoi. “And it has been more than 50 years since we have been fooling God, because this is not in the body of our Constitution.”^[4]

Early this year “In parliamentary debates, one member of parliament expressed [their] perspective by stating, ‘If we make laws and bills, we need to make decisions that will reflect that we are a Christian country, so if other countries push us to make laws such as to allow same sex marriage, then we have to say no because that will not show that we are a Christian country. That will never happen in Samoa.’”^[5] Wow I am impressed! A Country today that recognizes God’s Law is the Supreme Law of the Universe and seeks to implement that clearly incorporating it into their constitution. We pray on this the 241 anniversary celebration that America would repent of its sins and a revival would restore our Founder’s understanding that God’s Law is the Supreme Law of the universe and that a just society must comply with God’s Law. We see the power of the Word of God to transform lives, murders and cannibals became Christians who honor God the Father, God the Son and God the Holy Spirit in their national constitution. How does that transformation take place not only for individuals but whole societies? Turn to Titus 3:5-6 “Not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to his mercy he saved us, by the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost; Which he shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Saviour;” It is the power of the Holy Spirit poured out in abundance that does this miraculous transforming work, turning murderous cannibals to God honoring Christians.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

Footnotes:

^[1] http://www.nlnrac.org/node/244

^[2] http://nzetc.victoria.ac.nz/tm/scholarly/tei-TuvAcco-t1-body1-d5.html

^[3] http://thediplomat.com/2017/06/samoa-officially-becomes-a-christian-state/

^[4] http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2017/february/why-samoa-wants-to-make-it-clear-its-a-christian-state

^[5] http://thediplomat.com/2017/06/samoa-officially-becomes-a-christian-state/

As we continue this study we cannot ignore the studies that have exposed the dangerous ‘components’ that have been found in many different vaccines.  When we look at these ‘ingredients’ we have to ask why they are in a vaccine.  They are toxic to the human body, known contaminants that are very dangerous when introduced to the human body. Using extremely sensitive new technologies not used in vaccine manufacturing, Italian scientists reported they were “baffled” by their discoveries which included single particles and aggregates of organic debris including red cells of human or possibly animal origin and metals including lead, tungsten, gold, and chromium, that have been linked to autoimmune disease and leukemia.

In the study, published this week in the International Journal of Vaccines and Vaccination, the researchers led by Antoinetta Gatti, of the National Council of Research of Italy and the Scientific Director of Nanodiagnostics, say their results “show the presence of micro- and nano-sized particulate matter composed of inorganic elements in vaccine samples” not declared in the products’ ingredients lists.

Lead particles were found in the cervical cancer vaccines, Gardasil and Cevarix, for example, and in the seasonal flu vaccine Aggripal manufactured by Novartis as well as in the Meningetec vaccine meant to protect against meningitis C.

Samples of an infant vaccine called Infarix Hexa (against diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, hepatitis B, poliomyelitis and haemophilus influenzae type B) manufactured by GlaxoSmithKline was found to contain stainless steel, tungsten and a gold-zinc aggregate.

Other metal contaminants included platinum, silver, bismuth, iron, and chromium. Chromium (alone or in alloy with iron and nickel) was identified in 25 of the human vaccines from Italy and France that were tested.

GSK’s Fluarix vaccine for children three years and older contained 11 metals and aggregates of metals. Similar aggregates to those identified in the vaccines have been shown to be prevalent in cases of leukemia, the researchers noted.

Many of the vaccines contained iron and iron alloys which, according to the researchers, “can corrode and the corrosion products exert a toxicity affecting the tissues”.

Feligen, the only veterinary vaccine tested in the 44 total vaccines sampled, proved to be the only sample free from inorganic contamination.[1]

I find it interesting that the only vaccine without contaminants is for animals.  Where is the FDA concerning this?  Why are they not controlling this industry so that the vaccines don’t contain toxic materials?  There are known toxins that have been attributed to autism, headaches, paralysis and many other unwanted side effects. The study explains that these foreign injected impurities may explain a vast array of apparently unrelated adverse events associated with vaccination from headaches and seizures to fatigue, muscle pain, paralysis and sudden infant death syndrome. More likely than not, they speculate, vaccine contaminants will “have a more serious impact on very small organisms like those of children.”

Once inside a body, foreign material in a vaccine shot, whether it is meant to be there as in the case of an aluminum, or not, in the case of contaminants, launches the formidable immune system into action.

As with anything small and foreign, its reaction to vaccine ingredients is potent, poorly understood, unpredictable, and as the Italian researchers say, may be “undesirable.” The immune system may dispatch an army of large white blood cells called macrophages to engulf the foreign bodies and contain them in swellings and granulomas at the injection site. But if the contaminants are swept away in the blood’s circulation to any distant site or organ including the microbiota, which regulate numerous functions including the immune system, their effect could be felt long after they covertly entered the body.[2]  These are the things that government literally demands that we inject into our children. I have seen the auto industry produce cars that they knew had problems but they needed to meet the expected delivery dates and figured they could just recall the car and fix it later hoping that nothing too bad happened in the mean time.  There seems to be the same mentality in the pharmaceutical industry, all for the almighty dollar. Vaccines have a long and sordid history of contamination. In 1955 batches of polio vaccine containing live polio virus infected and paralysed hundreds of children. The tragedy became known as the Cutter Incident for the laboratory where the vaccines had passed safety tests with flying colors.

But there are dozens of other “incidents” which would better be called acts of criminal negligence, including:

• The polio vaccine doled out between 1955 and 1963 was contaminated with simian virus 40 (SV40) from monkey kidney cells used to produce the vaccine. It’s been linked to the growing epidemic of cancer.
• In 2007, Merck & Company, Inc. recalled 1.2 million doses of Hib vaccines due to contamination with bacteria called B. cereus, a potentially lethal food-poisoning bug.

• In 2009, more than 40,000 doses of a meningitis C vaccine for babies were withdrawn from the British market when they were found to be contaminated with blood-poisoning bacteria, S aureus.

• In 2010, deep sequence analysis of eight different live attenuated virus vaccines revealed unexpected viral sequences in three of them: retrovirus avian leukosis was found in a measles vaccine, a virus similar to simian retrovirus was identified in Rotateq anti-diarrhea vaccine developed by CDC consultant Paul Offit, and the entire genome sequence of porcine cirovirus1 was found in Rotarix leading the FDA to suspend the rotavirus vaccine.[3]

It seems that money is the only real factor involved in producing these vaccines.  There seems to be no regard to the studies that show the toxic contents of these vaccines.  Current research has demonstrated that even very low concentrations of toxins and toxicants are dangerous to children’s neurological development.

In a video presentation on the toxicity of particles to children, Bruce Lanphear, professor of children’s environmental health at Simon Fraser University in Canada, points out that “the World Health Organization and other agencies agree: there is no safe level of lead exposure.”

Neurotoxic lead is unexpectedly more brain damaging at lower concentrations than at higher concentrations. “As the level of lead in children’s blood increases from 0 to 100 parts per billion, IQ scores drop by about six points,” says Lanphear. “In contrast, an increase from 100 to 200 parts per billion results in an IQ drop of two more points. An increase from 200 to 300 parts per billion results in an IQ drop of another point.”

“The impact of toxins on the developing brain is permanent,” adds Lanphear. “Children who are more heavily exposed to toxins won’t reach the same peak cognitive ability as those who have lower exposures.”

Other studies have shown that the smaller the particle is, the more potent is its ability to stimulate the immune system. Researchers reported in a 2015 study, for example, that the aluminum adjuvant used in vaccines forms 1–20 µm “particulates” dispersed in solution, but much smaller nanoparticles – on the scale of one-billionth of a meter – are more effective at provoking a biological response.  “There is increasing evidence that nanoparticles around or less than 200 nm as vaccine or antigen carriers have a more potent adjuvant activity than large microparticles,” they said.[4]

We are dealing with our children here primarily and even ourselves in some cases and the utmost precaution should be taken to preserve their health.  These vaccines are not doing that in fact what we see is they are doing the opposite.  What we are seeing is a complete disregard for the long term health of our kids.  The industry ignores their own studies and findings. When it comes to toxins then, less is more. Yet the industry does not appear to be even aware of the toxicological implications of its own findings. While contaminants may be at trace levels in a single adjuvant, and vary widely from lot to lot, there is no study of what pollutants piggyback in on other ingredients or downstream in the manufacturing process. No one in the public health oversight agencies promoting vaccines has even measured how these toxins add up over the 64-vaccine schedule recommended by the Centers for Disease Control. As far as anyone knows, Gatti’s is the only study to have examined the products for metal contaminants at the end of the line, before they are injected.

The known components of vaccines are bad enough. Besides, neurotoxic aluminum and thimerosal, the ingredients list is a witches brew of quack medicines: remnants of WI-38 human diploid lung fibroblasts cells from aborted babies, processed bovine 14 gelatin, neomycin, glutaraldehyde, monkey kidney cells, polysorbate 80, hexadecyltrimethylammonium bromide, insect cell, viral protein, Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle Medium… and so on.[5]

As Americans we have let the government take control over things that they never should have been given the power to control.  I can understand the need for controlling any communicable disease but there is no excuse for an outright attack on the health of our kids for the sake of a dollar.  We have allowed it and we must correct it.  It will be harder to correct that it would have been to stop it in the first place. The Founders gave the people the power to control the government but we have allowed the government to control us.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. Dirty vaccines: Every human vaccine tested was contaminated metals and debris
2. Dirty vaccines: Every human vaccine tested was contaminated metals and debris
3. Dirty vaccines: Every human vaccine tested was contaminated metals and debris
4. Dirty vaccines: Every human vaccine tested was contaminated metals and debris
5. Dirty vaccines: Every human vaccine tested was contaminated metals and debris

Like most of you, I have become more and more concerned about the massive criminality of the swamp animals and other spooky creatures in our nation’s capitol.  In addition to the Swamp, we also have a serious problem called the “Deep State.”  The Swamp and the Deep State overlap but they are different entities.

We don’t really know what the Deep State is… just that it’s a group of people (most people say they are from America’s Intel community… FBI, CIA, NSA, etc.) who are so arrogant they believe they know better than the millions of voters who put Donald J. Trump in the Oval Office who should be there – and they don’t think it should be Trump.

The people who make up the Deep State have yet to realize their arrogance is the worst form of tyranny.  At the moment they think they are saving us from ourselves… at least that’s what they tell themselves.  That’s what all tyrants tell themselves and it’s what they tell those they want in servitude to them.  Remember the number one job qualification for spies:  Good liar.

Most people thought that when Candidate Trump said “I’ll clean the swamp” it meant that President Trump would have to terminate a few bureaucrats and get voters in a couple of states to retire this Senator or that Representative.

Add to that, placing good conservatives on the Supreme Court and Senator Sessions as Attorney General and El Zappo!  Done deal!  After a few arrests, the swamp is clean… except wait a minute.  What’s this?  Jeff Sessions is allowing Rosenstein to hire Mueller — a man with such obvious and numerous conflicts of interest when it comes to anything close to the Clintons — to investigate the Trump Administration’s involvement with Russia!  Most of us are shaking our heads over these appointments.  What could “they” have on Sessions, we wonder?

Cleaning the swamp requires investigative reporter Clark Kent during the regular business day and Superman.com after hours.  In his active and meaningful attempt to make America great again, President Donald J. Trump has opened Pandora’s Box and its unlimited evils… including treason/sedition and other crimes evidently committed by some very important people.

Rumor has it that if everyone in elected office were “outed” for a variety of crimes (from drunk driving to pedophilia to treason), we would lose 80 percent of our Congress.  Is that true?  I have no idea – but it would not surprise me.

Those who know me well will attest that I think it a waste of time to talk about issues because issues cannot be solved.  Why?  Issues are symptoms of problems and those symptoms change from day-to-day as the disease (problem) gets better, then worse.

You can ease the symptoms (issues) for a short time but until the disease (problem) is accurately diagnosed, treated and cured, it will stay hidden in dark recesses, just waiting for the right moment to attack again.  The problems America has politically do not require medication.  They require extensive surgery.

Trying to solve issues is exemplified by how physicians have misused antibiotics… over-prescribing them, e.g.  The bacteria morph — changing to avoid being totally destroyed.  Thus symptoms (issues) you thought you’d dealt with keep reappearing and they get stronger each time they reappear. They no longer respond to the medication.  More and different antibiotics or political solutions will be prescribed and the patient ends up at death’s door – all because establishment politicians want to deal with issues rather than go directly to the core problem and rip it out.

What is our core problem… the core of the core? A lot of people will likely disagree with me on this and that’s by ‘God’s Grace… if liberal progressives have their way, no one will be able to disagree (with them) about anything.  They’ll have a violent riot, call it a protest, get you thrown off campus and bury a point of view different from their own, so let’s enjoy our disagreements while we can.  It’s called “freedom.”

It came to me as I watched an interview of Congressman Jason Chaffetz  (R-UT) by one of the best investigative reporters in the universe, Sharyl Attkisson.  Here’s a link to the Chaffetz video.

There have been television news stories done telling us that Representative Chaffetz sleeps on a cot in his House of Representatives office at night and in this interview he discusses how costly it is to buy or rent property in the Washington, D.C. area.  It’s impossible, he says, to maintain two residences for his young family in two costly cities.  He’s not complaining about the pay… just the expenses involved in running two households.

In this interview, Representative Chaffetz tells Attkisson why he decided to resign from Congress.  Losing a truly good, honest and intelligent Congressman like Chaffetz hurts.  Badly.  He is one of the few totally trustworthy Constitutional conservatives in the House.  He’s exactly the kind of young man we want to represent us.  Chaffetz said he expected that when Donald Trump became President and Jeff Sessions became Attorney General things would change.  That, according to Chaffetz, did not happen.  In fact, as Chairman of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, Chaffetz says things have gotten worse.

“The reality is, sadly, I don’t see much difference between the Trump administration and the Obama administration. I thought there would be this… these floodgates would open up with all the documents we wanted from the Department of State, the Department of Justice, the Pentagon. In many ways, it’s almost worse because we’re getting nothing, and that’s terribly frustrating and with all due respect, the Attorney General has not changed at all. I find him to be worse than what I saw with Loretta Lynch in terms of releasing documents and making things available. I just, that’s my experience, and that’s not what I expected.”

If you watched the video linked above, what you heard is a popular Congressman who would be easily re-elected if he ran… Chaffetz was only six months into his tenth term of office when he resigned.  He’s telling you that he cannot – will not – tolerate the environment that has been created over the years in Washington, D.C. by members of the elitist establishment of both political parties.

He’s saying he has more respect for his time than to spend it in constant effort to raise money… not for himself, but for the RNC.  He’s also saying that he worked very hard to get Donald Trump elected and expected change that has not yet come.  In fairness to Trump, he has had his hands full with the media war, Russia, Comey, etc.  There is, however, no such excuse for Jeff Sessions withholding from this important House Committee the files they need to conclude very old investigations (going back to Fast and Furious).

When you look closely at what the Chaffetz decision to resign really means, the core problem of our entire political system emerges.

Representative Chaffetz spoke truthfully and from the heart in that video.  He gave us his honest reaction to Washington, D.C.   He came to the nation’s capitol and invested ten years of his young life to make things better.  What Chaffetz in essence said is:  “If you are a moral, intelligent, informed and capable human being who wants to help make America the best it can be, you won’t be able to stay for long because of the swamp in which you must live.”  Those are not the words he used, but if you listen closely that’s what he said.

There is your core problem.  This is what is wrong with America’s system of governing.  As it is in Western Europe, the established system holds no appeal to the young, the honest, the intelligent, the moral people who want to serve America as our founders envisioned.  We can thank establishment leaders from Pelosi and Ryan in the House to Reid and McConnell in the Senate for the lack of intelligent, moral people who will run for political office these days.  Can you blame them?  Listen to Congressman Chaffetz describe what is expected of him.  Is that a life you’d like to live?  Nope… but anyone looking to get their hands on government funds would.

When something lacks appeal to honest people, it usually attracts the dishonest.  When it lacks appeal to intelligent people, it attracts the not-so-bright.  When something doesn’t hold appeal to moral people, it will attract the immoral and the amoral.

I can’t give anyone advice about finance or politics but in my opinion anyone who sends money to the RNC or the DNC so they can use your money to “buy” a candidate they control and who often votes against the better interests of the people is, in a way, committing suicide.  That, I think, makes such a person a MAJOR part of the problem.

I have stopped sending funds to State and County political parties, too.  Everyone is angry about the swamp that’s been created – and it exists largely because of financial support given to the political parties.  Better that I send nothing than provide more money to establishment politicians and the organizations that do their dirty work for them.  That is true whether the organization is federal, state, county or local, Republican or Democrat.

It’s the American way to find your own candidates and support them.  Understand that we live in a new world of how to get candidates elected.  How many Tweet numbers do you have?  How many email addresses?  It doesn’t take money to get elected today.  It takes electronic contacts.  The election results in Atlanta two weeks ago prove that.  If money could get a candidate elected, we would be calling our President “Clinton” today.

If enough of us would withhold our support and send no money, we would quickly find two political parties who decided to support us rather than arrogantly expecting us to support them.  Support no candidate just because he or she has an “R” or a “D” after their name and give what support you give directly to the candidate, not to a political party.

Do you realize that we are talking about our survival as a nation?

© 2017 Marilyn M. Barnewall – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Marilyn Barnewall: emembee@charter.net

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.   Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

Last week, I visited a very pretty little church in Northern Italy.   It wasn’t your usual ornate church which you inevitably see in almost every town.   A simple wooden cross stood in the grounds, there were stunning views across a crystal blue lake, and there was an open air gallery of faded murals which depicted the 12 Stations of the Cross.

To reach the church you climb some very steep steps which lead off a small side street away from the main promenade of the town.  The air and the view become lighter and brighter as you ascend; but as you walk and pause at each station of the cross, depending on your understanding, you become acutely aware of suffering, of indignity, injustice, and of the cruelty of man.

Christ’s murder had to be the most cruel and undignified way of dying.

The sweetness of just standing there in those beautiful surroundings, in the open air, free from the constraints of brick and mortar, ritual and words, with the realization of what he overcame and what he did, had an instant healing affect.   There is a deep and meaningful message in silence which only he can convey to the human heart at times.   It stands in deep contrast to what the world’s view of love really is, and what it prides itself upon.

Visions, Values and Beliefs

The current global furore surrounding baby Charlie Gard, who is currently in Great Ormond Street Hospital, London, silently waiting to die, after doctors have said there is northing more they can do for him, has once more raised some serious questions in our attitudes towards suffering.   It has also raised some questions about our National Health Service for many people.

There is a lot of discussion about compassion and dignity towards others.   There is also a lot of frustration being experienced by the public that the parents of Charlie have been denied the opportunity by the legal systems to take their son to America to try a new experimental treatment for him.

There also appears to be a global debate taking place, not least in British newspapers.   There is a divide on whether we should trust medical experts at Great Ormond Street Hospital and let Charlie ‘die with dignity’, or if the parents should have been allowed to take their son to America.

Thumbs up for yes, and thumbs down for no.

It all seems really sick and cynical when you think of his parents, and the anguish they are experiencing.  A decision has already been enforced.   Did they really have an option?    Surely, under these circumstances, the decision for Charlie’s health should have rested with his parents.   He is their son.  It has also been reported that they are not allowed to take Charlie home to die.

However, social media and the mainstream media are also playing a pivotal role in alerting us to something else.   It is the power and the authority that the government uses in what is called socialized medicine in relation to our children which is coming to the forefront.  Whereas, we once believed and trusted in the advice of doctors, a dictatorship appears to have been visibly rising which determines the outcome of health, outside of parental control.

It is not unusual to daily read of people who have been denied treatment because of the expense to the NHS, or to hear of desperate parents raising money to try alternative treatment available in America.  Although the British public pay all their lives from their taxes for national health care, the system is run and governed by the government.

Was the decision about Charlie about compassion, money or power?

Socialized Medicine:  “A system for providing medical and hospital care for all at a nominal cost by means of government regulation of health services and subsidies derived from taxation”.

The American Heritage® Science Dictionary. Retrieved July 6, 2017 from Dictionary.com website.

When I read about the plight of the parents of Charlie Gard who had been denied the right to do what they could for their son, it also reminded me of the case of Ashya King who I wrote about some years ago, whose parents were the victims of an international hunt after they removed their son from a hospital in Southampton, without the doctors permission, and took him to Prague for Proton Beam Therapy which had also been denied him in the UK.

Social media had been adept at highlighting the cruel way in which the family had been treated during that time when they had been arrested and locked up in a Spanish prison. It was an embarrassing unfortunate case for the UK, which was very quickly covered up by the government’s intervention to then help them.

Labelled as irresponsible for putting their son’s life in danger, there was evidence of a certain ‘power’ and an ‘authority’ which had been exercised in over-riding the parent’s wishes, and actually arresting them.   So what is going on and do we really show compassion and dignity to those who are vulnerable and suffering or do these concepts of dignity and compassion really cover up a cruel system of power over its people?

Our Culture Of Death

As I turned the pages of a well known British Newspaper to read of the plight of baby Charlie, it was sad to see the love and the sorrow in the face of Mr Gard as he cradled his very poorly son.

On the next page of the paper was a picture of tennis player Serena Williams in the famous iconic nude pose now portrayed fashionably by celebrities who publicly wish to show off their baby bump.

And on the next page of the paper was the story and photograph of a transgender couple who have been allowed to not state the gender of their baby on the birth certificate until their baby is old enough to decide what they want to be themselves.

There were some very mixed and confusing messages in those particular images as I travelled along its pages.

And in a country where we are seriously considering and debating the abortion of babies up to full term for whatever reason, are we really a nation of compassionate and thoughtful people towards children.

A Matter of Inconvenience

Attacking human life, rather than preserving and protecting all human life, the term of ‘Antiquated’ and ‘Victorian’, was used quite recently in the House of Lords to pass its first reading to completely decriminalize abortion.

The ten minute rule bill led by Labour MP Diana Johnson and backed by the abortion industry BPAS cited section 58 and 59 of the 1861 Offences against the Person Act as being outdated and unfair.    It was reported that it was passed when women didn’t even have the vote and was not in line with modern day Britain!

Currently under this section women can be punishable by imprisonment if they bring about their own abortion; something which is often done by women purchasing on-line abortion pills.

From The Guardian, reporting on the bill, it states;

Johnson argued that the law was unfair and inappropriate in an age when women can and will access abortion pills by post because they want to be able to terminate their pregnancy in the privacy of their own home. [Link One] and [Link two]

Whilst Diana Johnson believes she is speaking on behalf of women in modern day Britain, progressing from an antiquated Victorian era, some men and women may also be shocked to know that the NHS has paid out £70 million pounds over the last five years to parents who would have aborted their baby if they had known their child would be born with a disability, and also to parents whose child has survived an abortion.  And this they call progress.

Known under the controversial term of ‘wrongful birth’ there is a great deal of controversy and division about taxpayers funding a culture which appears to promote disability as inconvenient.

In the Still of the Night

Sometimes, you have to inwardly leave the world of madness and cruel injustice to be still and find peace.   The air is fresher and much higher up there.   It is the place where true love resides.

Christ knew it.   His death was cruel but his life exemplified the real meaning of dignity.

In conclusion, whatever the outcome for baby Charlie, many people around the world are praying for him and his parents.

We hope their lives have been touched by the simple gestures; the hand up and the offer of hope and understanding amidst a cruel and twisted world of sickening contradictions.

© 2017 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

Important Links:

1- Ashya- King found Spain parents arrested
2- Terminally ill boy denied potentially life saving treatment
3- Claims that disabled babies cost too much
4- Women sues NHS after their babies survive an abortion

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lloyd Marcus: mr_lloydmarcus@hotmail.com

Part 1: The Dark Agenda of Hillary’s Russian Involvement As Secretary of State and Why No Investigation

Why are American technology companies in cahoots with the Russians? What are their future plans? What was Hillary Clinton’s part of the agenda?

Hillary’s Russian Reset in 2009 happened to be more intense than most people are aware. The entire bizarre conspiracy of the Russian/Trump fiasco in American politics may be a smokescreen for Russian ties hidden under the Obama administration. Russian turbulence continues to hang over the Trump administration even after ex-FBI Director Comey testified to Congress that President Trump was not being investigated.

But, here’s the reality: Former President Obama and former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton have the REAL extensive ties to Russia. Together they created an open beltway under the radar for Russia to exchange technology transfer, nuclear energy, neural brain research, and an assortment of extensive research. This was done via a bilateral agreement that would strengthen the Russian economy. The bilateral agreement lasts until the year 2020. This exchange has both countries cooperating in business mergers and acquisitions, multiplying investments in venture nano-technology, education, urban development, and nuclear waste energy. [Link one] and [Link two] Key businesses in the United States have already invested millions of dollars flowing into a new technology corridor, dubbed the “Russian Silicon Valley,” called SkolKovo. The following is a Who’s Who rocking the Russian borders to invest in Russia’s SkolKovo: CISCO paid $1 billion to be on the ground floor of technology gained by Russian influence. American investors and key universities such as MIT, are capitalizing on this, cooperatively converging vast scientific and technological advances made by Russian scientists. (Sources: Source one and Source two)

The hoopla created by Hillary Clinton at the 2016 Presidential debates, and trying to connect Donald Trump to Russia, has obscured the issues. There is actually a complete opposite tale of the real truth that has not been exposed. The piling-on by the media, zealous to connect President Trump to Russia, is a clever ruse to obstruct the facts. The public is not aware of the extent that Hillary Clinton was involved with the Russian Reset, involving millions of dollars and multitudes of businesses and universities, all advancing the United States in partnership with Russia. What did Hillary Clinton get in return? Donors for the Clinton Foundation.

Once you glance through the lists of high tech businesses and higher ed cooperating with Russia, you will have to ask yourself the obvious questions. Can we really trust Russian motives? What do they want from us? And what do the techies want from Russia? (More on this in Part 2.)

Background

Former President Obama met with Russian President Dmitry Medvedev, and signed the U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission in 2009.

The Russian Reset began with the Presidential Bilateral Commission to improve relationships and cooperation between the governments of Russia and the United States. No longer would Russia be radioactive to American interests. Although President Obama pushed the supposed agenda of Russian interference with the election, it was the former President and Secretary of State Hillary Clinton that finagled business deals with Russia prior to that time. Lucrative, under-the-table pay-outs to the Clinton Foundation, and paid speeches for Bill, served as the ultimate incentives. Many start-up companies notably had deep Clinton ties.

The Bilateral Commission would work at identifying areas of cooperation and pursuing joint projects and actions that strengthened strategic stability, international security, economic well-being, and the development of ties between the Russian and American people. Scientific talent would also be siphoned off of Russia and transported to the US.

In March of 2009 Hillary Clinton met her Russian counterpart, Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, in Geneva, Switzerland. Secretary of State Clinton presented Lavrov a yellow box with a red button to symbolize a “reset button.” Two years later in March of 2011 Vice President Biden met with Putin in Moscow, in an act which reaffirmed the US-Russia ‘Reset’.

The first major part of this technological cooperation included Russian plans to create their own version of Silicon Valley. Their research facility on the outskirts of Moscow, named “Skolkovo,” would be developed with the cooperation and investment of major U.S. tech firms. In May of 2010 the State Department facilitated a Moscow visit by 22 of the biggest names in the U.S. venture capital market. Cisco pledged $1 billion to Skolkovo, with Google, Intel, and Bill and Melinda Gates entering into agreements. The cooperative would match Russian brainpower with U.S. investment dollars, and provide the entrepreneurial know-how to spark technological breakthroughs in a wide variety of start-ups.

It is interesting to note that Cisco, Google, Intel, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation happened to be major Clinton Foundation supporters, with dozens more companies becoming involved with Skolkovo after the Hillary involvement. It was Secretary of State Hillary Clinton who arranged meetings with the high tech companies. Emails, of course, were deleted on Secretary Clinton’s computer, so the exact communications between Russian operatives and donors are supposedly missing. This missing information appears to be indicative of a massive cover-up to conceal the violation of the Espionage Act by using an unauthorized server.

The key to the Bilateral Agreement is:

“…technology transfer and investment, and the Commission played a key role in everything from intellectual property sharing to export licensing to facilitating American investment in Russia and Russian investment in America.

“The FBI warned tech companies about Rusnano, a Russian venture capital firm that technology would have dual use between the defense and civil sectors where technology could be used for revolutionary changes in weapons and defense.” (Source:)

“The opening of a Russian Innovation Center (representing Rusnano, Russian Venture Company, and Skolkovo) in the Silicon Valley will act as another bridge connecting American and Russian high tech companies, investors, and scientific research institutions.”

“To get American companies to participate in Skolkovo, the Russian government promised to give American firms special access to research and projects taking place in Russia. Companies participating in Skolkovo would receive special tax status and access to the Russian market. They would also receive special access to research in Russia. For example, one investment firm received “priority access to the database of the Skolkovo Foundation projects and companies, enabling it to select the most promising projects early in their development.” It further allowed companies to “refer their existing portfolio of companies to Skolkovo” for research. There was also the prospect of gaining access to Russian markets, which had been hampered by export licensing issues involving the export of sensitive technologies. The U.S. State Department had major responsibility for the issuing of export licenses and maintained the list of restricted technologies.”

“In 2014, the FBI sent letters to a number of firms involved with Skolkovo in what was called “an extraordinary warning issued to technology companies. The FBI’s Boston Office warned U.S. tech companies that Skolkovo could draw them unwittingly into industrial espionage.” (Note: The following report hashes out a vigorous discussion and complete details of the close ties of the Clinton’s to Russia:)

Many believe the Kremlin’s motives for attracting cooperation from hundreds of foreign technology companies aren’t entirely benign. Among those who would benefit from the “huge honey pot” for the Russian technology industry, says Seattle-based cybersecurity expert Jeffrey Carr, would be the security services who monitor every byte of Internet traffic. “If you’re wiring a facility,” he says, “the best time to do it is while it’s being built.” Skolkovo, he says, would provide an information-gathering “coup.” (Source:)

The “danger” information was given to the tech companies by the FBI Boston office. Was that information heeded? It appears not. Hillary’s State Department actively and aggressively encouraged American firms to participate in Skolkovo. The State Department developed numerous and alarming relationships with this Kremlin-controlled entity. Plus, Hillary’s controversial campaign manager John Podesta, who was also Bill Clinton’s Chief of Staff, has woven many paths passing the “honeypot” with Putin’s investment company, Rusnano, which invested $35m in Joule Global Stichting where Podesta was a member of the board which also included Anatoly Chubais, the Chairman of Rusnano, who also joined the Joule board of directors. Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology News reported that Rusnano invested $35m to build a research center in Russia. (Source: Source one and Source two)  It appears the honey is dripping everywhere while deepening economic and technological ties to Russia.

There was no need for Russia to conduct industrial espionage. We were giving them business partners and technology. Many Memorandums of Understanding (MOUs) signed by U.S. companies to invest and cooperate in Skolkovo were signed under the auspices of Hillary Clinton’s State Department. (Sources: Source one and Source two)

Is it any wonder that former Secretary of State John Kerry stated, “Buy Rosetta Stone and learn Russian,” at his recent Harvard speech in May of 2017?

Who’s watching? Tech firms including CISCO, IBM, and SAP allow Russian authorities to review product source codes. Are we in a downward spiral?

© 2017 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@comcast.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Under President Trump’s predecessors, leaks of national security information were relatively rare, even with America’s vibrant free press. Under President Trump, leaks are flowing at the rate of one a day, an examination of open-source material by the majority staff of the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs shows.

Articles published by a range of national news organizations between January 20 and May 25, 2017 included at least 125 stories with leaked information potentially damaging to national security. Even a narrow search revealed leaks of comparable information during the Trump administration that were about seven times higher than the same period during the two previous administrations.

From the morning of President Trump’s inauguration, when major newspapers published information about highly sensitive intelligence intercepts, news organizations have reported on an avalanche of leaks from officials across the U.S. government. Many disclosures have concerned the investigations of alleged Russian interference in the 2016 election, with the world learning details of whose communications U.S. intelligence agencies are monitoring, what channels are being monitored, and the results of those intercepts. All such revelations are potential violations of federal law, punishable by jail time.

But the leak frenzy has gone far beyond the Kremlin and has extended to other sensitive information that could harm national security. President Trump’s private conversations with other foreign leaders have shown up in the press, while secret operations targeting America’s most deadly adversaries were exposed in detail.

As the New York Times wrote in a candid self-assessment: “Journalism in the Trump era has featured a staggering number of leaks from sources across the federal government.” No less an authority than President Obama’s CIA director called the deluge of state secrets “appalling.”

These leaks do not occur in a vacuum. They can, and do, have real world consequences for national security. To ensure the security of our country’s most sensitive information, federal law enforcement officials ought to thoroughly investigate leaks of potentially sensitive information flowing at an alarming rate.

Under the direction of Senator Ron Johnson, Chairman of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, majority committee staff examined media leaks between January 20, 2017, and May 25, 2017—President Trump’s first 126 days in office. The examination consisted entirely of publicly available news articles; no classified information was accessed or reviewed. The inquiry found:

1. The Trump administration faced 125 leaked stories—one leak a day— containing information that is potentially damaging to national security under the standards laid out in a 2009 Executive Order signed by President Barack Obama.
2. Leaks with the capacity to damage national security flowed about seven times faster under President Trump than during President Obama’s and President George W. Bush’s first 126 days.
3. Most leaks during the Trump administration, 78, concerned the Russia probes, with many revealing closely-held information such as intelligence community intercepts, FBI interviews and intelligence, grand jury subpoenas, and even the workings of a secret surveillance court.
4. Other leaks disclosed potentially sensitive intelligence on U.S. adversaries for possible military plans against them. One leak, about the investigation of a terrorist attack, caused a diplomatic incident between the United States and a close ally.

Leaked stories appeared in 18 news outlets, sourced to virtually every possible permutation of anonymous current and former U.S. officials, some clearly from the intelligence community. One story cited more than two dozen anonymous sources.

Almost all of the stories leaked during President Trump’s first 126 days were about the President or his administration. In contrast, only half of the stories leaked during the comparable period of the Obama administration were about President Obama or his administration; the other half concerned President Bush and his anti-terrorism tactics.

Many watchdog-group reports and news stories have revealed the serious deficiencies that exist are blamed on Obama’s CIA director John Brennan for allowing what was supposed to be a non-political bureaucracy into a politically-motivated subsidiary of the Democratic National Committee.

While the investigation of alleged collusion between the Trump for President campaign and operatives working for Russia’s President Vladimir Putin does not appear to be bearing fruit, it does prove how easily computer hackers have exposed classified intelligence from the once premiere spy network.

In fact, according to a number of reports coming from watchdogs such as Judicial Watch, the Clarion Project, Larry Klayman’s Freedom Watch, and others, the CIA and FBI have conceded that it may have been insiders illegally divulging classified information and that the CIA is currently searching for the traitorous leakers.

In addition, the former Director of Central Intelligence, John Brennan, allegedly worked feverishly to undermine Donald Trump’s presidential campaign by leaking intelligence obtained from Great Britain and European Union countries. It’s already been revealed that a British top-secret signal-intelligence agency sent reports to Obama or his minions who then leaked them to the world’s news media.

“During former FBI Director James Comey’s testimony in front of the Senate, he actually admitted he leaked information. In fact, the coward didn’t have the b*lls to do it himself — he had a professor-friend leak the info,” according to former attorney and political consultant Theo Doreapoulos.

According to Trump insider, Roger Stone, “[T]he standard operating procedure for the intelligence agencies is that they go to a third-party nation and they ask them to conduct the surveillance so that the CIA can play dumb. So, they have not violated the law, technically. Judge Napolitano turns out to be absolutely right and I think folks at FOX management, owe him an apology. I want to learn more about this because I still think we are going to learn that the ‘deep state,’ the 17 intelligence agencies, have promulgated this myth of Russian collusion because it is the rationale they used to surveil Donald Trump and his aides. And that would mean that there is no Russian collusion proven, and their motive was solely political. That’s Watergate times 10.”

“While opponents of President Trump have become emboldened in the wake of General Flynn’s resignation as the National Security Adviser, and while the media has reveled in a frenzy of self-righteous outrage that conceals its glee, it is important to observe that his resignation was sparked by leaked information coming from unelected bureaucrats within our nation’s intelligence apparatus, seemingly provoked by their deep distaste for the new administration. Even more ominously, some of these bureaucrats are perhaps motivated by their loyalties to the Obama administration,” said Jay Sekulow, a public-interest attorney who often argues cases before the U.S. Supreme Court.

Sekulow also said, “Someone in the Obama Administration unmasked the names of those on the Trump transition team who were caught up in that surveillance. That someone was discovered to be Susan Rice who served Obama as the national security adviser and gained a reputation as a dishonest political hack and liar.”

“Now we know this goes far beyond incidental surveillance. This was spying on political enemies,” he added.

“Mr. Brennan is, at best, willfully blind to the threat posed to homeland and national security of the United States by those who adhere to Shariah law,” said Tom Trento, executive director of the Florida Security Council, who has been critical of Brennan’s service in the Obama White House.

Some of the nation’s top intelligence, military, national security and law enforcement experts once loudly called for Homeland Security Advisor John Brennan to resign from his post or for President Barack Obama to fire Brennan from his White House staff.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

“If the colored people made a mistake in voting for me, they ought to correct it.” Woodrow Wilson (1)

The Klan had a revival in 1915 with DW Griffith’s movie, “The Birth of a Nation.” The film was a fictional account of the Klan saving the south from being dominated by former slaves. It was extremely controversial at the time it was released, with the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) publicly boycotting it and no Protestant church endorsing. It was however, endorsed by Democratic liberal progressive President Woodrow Wilson after he was given a private screening of the movie at the White House.

According to some accounts, Wilson enjoyed the movie and stated afterwards “It’s like writing history with lightning, and my only regret is that it is all terribly true.” The author of the book and screenplay, Thomas Dixon Jr, a personal friend of Wilson’s, showed Wilson the movie to lend respectability to it. Dixon told Wilson that the purpose of private screening was to “show him the birth of the mightiest new art engine for molding public opinion in the history of the world.” However, Dixon later confessed the true purpose of the movie was to: “revolutionize Northern sentiments by a presentation of history that would transform every man in my audience into a good Democrat!”

But whatever the truth is about the Wilson/Birth of a Nation (2) controversy, the film brought the Klan back from obscurity into a multimillion dollar cash cow for some and influenced several major democratic governor and Congressional races. It was democrats that halted the passage of the Dyer Anti Lynching Bill in 1922 which would have made lynching a federal crime.

In 1924, the Democratic Convention was affectionately called a “Klanbake” (3) because of the presence of so many Klansmen in their white robes and long hoods who came to support former Woodrow Wilson Cabinet member William G. McAdoo. McAdoo was barely defeated on the 103^rd ballot. Between the McAdoo loss and the famous murder trial of David C. Stephenson, the Klan membership fell from 3-4million to around thirty thousand by the end of the 1920’s.

“I’ll have those n*ggers voting Democratic for 200 years’” Lyndon B. Johnson (28)

The third and final rise of the Klan (4) was in the 1950’s and 60’s. Although it only numbered between 30,000 and 50,000 people, it was extremely violent with numerous lynching’s, bombings assaults and other acts of racial intimidation that swept the south in vain attempts to keep the Jim Crow laws (5) in place. Democratic President Lyndon Johnson realized that the issue of race was being replaced by economics and the fear of communism as the top political issues of the day, signed the Republican crafted Civil Rights Acts of 1964 over violent and determined democrat opposition.

Coinciding with the fall of segregationist democrats and the slow decline of unions, the fruits of decades of Cultural Marxist influence had begun to bear its unholy fruits in American Universities as the words of Cultural Marxist academic, political revolutionary and psychological theorist Herbert Marcuse became the marching orders for the ‘New Left.’   His essay entitled ‘Repressive Tolerance’ (6) argued that a tolerance for all viewpoints in Western society contributed to social oppression. He believed that unconscious assumptions and biases gave greater weight to messages presented by powerful entities to such a degree that they would be universally accepted. So his answer to this dilemma became the marching orders of the Leftopaths ever since: “ A pervasive network of assumptions and biases implicitly privileges the viewpoint of the powerful, so that seemingly “equal” presentations of opposite opinions actually end up benefiting the viewpoint of the powerful. Liberating tolerance, then, would mean intolerance against movements from the Right and toleration of movements from the Left. As to the scope of this tolerance and intolerance: … it would extend to the stage of action as well as of discussion and propaganda, of deed as well as of word.”

Under the guidance of the Cultural Marxists, (7) Antonio Gramsci,   (8) Saul Alinsky, (9) and the Cloward-Piven Strategy, (10) the 1960’s saw the beginnings of attacks on every institution of the US. The church (11) was oppressive and outdated; education (12) was turned into indoctrination; the environment (13) was being destroyed; and marriage (14) was repressive; so the New Left began a multipronged attack on these institutions as well as others. On the military side were radical groups like The Black Panthers, (15)  Symbionese Liberation Army, (16)  the Weathermen, (17) the Black Liberation Army (BLA), (18) Students for a Democratic Society (SDS), The Weathermen, (19) and the Youth International Party, (Yippies) (20) started a campaign of killings, bombings, kidnappings and violent protests that shook the US to its core. It also created a new class of heroes for today’s democrats to emulate. On the political front it was people like Bill and Hillary Clinton, (21), John Kerry, (22) Al Gore Jr, (23)  Gloria Steinem, (24) and late-comer Barack Obama (25) who were smart enough to infiltrate the system to look respectable on the outside and evil enough to push others into violence to further their goals.

Since the 2009 shooting of Oscar Grant in Oakland, the floodgates of riots, rampages and rhetoric has opened on a scale unseen since the Days of Rage (26) in 1969 with few voices of reason anywhere in the mix. One of the more ironic twists to this tale of escalating thuggery is that a historically outspoken supporter of violence has now publically called for calming the rhetoric down before there is no turning back. Musician and advocate of “hateful rhetoric” Ted Nugent, (27) came out publically against hate speech the day after the ballpark shooting of Republican Congressman Steve Scalise. He is calling for civility in this dangerous escalation of rhetoric. Whether or not he is sincere remains to be seen, but one thing is for sure, only one side in the country will win if this cycle is not broken and it is not the people, left or right, but rather the puppet masters like Soros, Koch, Gates, Clinton and Kissinger. For part one click below.

Click here for part —–> 1,

© 2017 Steven Neill – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Neill: scneill@msn.com

Links

1. Woodrow Wilson Quotes
2. “Myth and fact: the reception of The Birth of a Nation.”
3. 1924 DNC

4.     The Inconvenient Truth About the Democratic Party

5.     Is The Democratic Party Proud of its History of Slavery & Segregation?

6.     Repressive tolerance and free speech

7.     The Birth of Cultural Marxism: How the “Frankfurt School” Changed America

8. Political Correctness/Cultural Marxism
9. Saul Alinsky
10. Cloward-Piven Strategy
11. What if the 1960’s took a Christian Course?

12.  Cultural Marxism and the War on the Family

13.  6 Green Lessons We Can Learn From Communism

14. The Toxic Influence of Progressive Education on K-12 Curricula
15. The Black Panthers
16. Symbionese Liberation Army
17. The Weathermen Underground

18. BLA, BLA, BLA, BLA or BLM, What Difference at this Point Does it Make?

19. Six Years Later: The Clear Connection Between Barack Obama and the Weathermen
20. Youth International Party

21.  Exposing Hillary Clinton’s Ties to Saul Alinsky & Communist Doctrine

22.  Kerry, Unrepentant for Pro-Hanoi Activism

23.  What if it’s Gore?

24.  A Requiem for Feminism

25.  Obama’s Terrorist Ties and Radical Roots

26.  Days of Rage

27.  Ted Nugent toning down “hateful rhetoric” after Scalice shooting

28.  Did LBJ Say

Additional Reading:

Dyer Anti-Lynching Bill

Democrats Find a Use for Violence

A Brief History of Radical Left-Wing Violence in America

The Roots of Left-Wing Violence

Whitewashing the Democratic Party’s History

The Party of Civil Rights

The Left and ‘Discriminating Tolerance’

Communists in the Classroom

Progressive Responsibility for Political Violence

It’s Going Down

Anti-Trump Website Calls for ‘Physical Violence’ Against Conservatives

Entertainers who have joked about harming Trump

Democrat Shamelessly Calls for Gun Control, Rather Than Having Concern for Wounded GOP Colleagues

Joy Reid: It’s ‘Delicate’ Because While We Hope Scalise Recovers

Americans Learning to Live with Treason

Report: Dem Staffers Boo Trump at Unity Baseball Game

Warren to Trump: ‘Donald, you ain’t seen nasty yet’

The 7 Most Despicable Reactions to the Virginia Ballpark Shooting

A Year of Hate

Breaking: ANTIFA Just Praised The Virginia Shooter

Here’s the SHOCKING List of Liberal Vitriol That Preceded GOP Shooting

Violence Equals Votes for Democrats

Violence, hypocrisy and clichés: The Democratic Party in 2017

Alexandria Shooting Motive: Did Anti-Trump Rhetoric Inspire James Hodgkinson?

The Left’s violent DNA

The Moment Loretta Lynch Called

Democrats’ Hoodwinking of Blacks

A Dishonest Rewriting of Democratic Racist History

“So there I was, minding my own business…” LOL! Or so goes the old excuse. However, in this case it was true.

I was doing a prophecy conference for Prophecy Watchers back in September 2016. It would run the expected Friday through Sunday with more than 30 speakers. Now, the evening before on Thursday is when the main corridor would be completely sectioned off so that ONLY the speakers could have access in order to set up their tables with various DVDs, books, charts, etc. And I was no different; I had four boxes filled with DVDs which I had unloaded onto my two tables. Since no other speaker was around then, I jokingly said, “I don’t want to do this.” There was more than 400 DVDs to sort through and it was going to be a lot of work.

As I began to sort through hundreds of DVDs, believing myself to be alone, a very tall, strapping young man walked up beside me. I was about to turn around when I saw him suddenly pick up one of my DVDs and said: “Hi. My name is Joshua Dorlon; I’m with Charisma House publishers and my company sent me down here to offer you a book deal.” Understand, at this point I didn’t know Charisma House from Adam because I usually produce documentary films on DVDs which is what most folks prefer.

I was more than polite enough and explained to Joshua that I was going to be very busy trying to sort through and set up all of my DVDs that were sprawled all over two tables. I said we could discuss it tomorrow. Later on that evening I had looked up Charisma House on my laptop and boy was I in for a surprise. It would take me a week to explain all that I had discovered so, if you would please, follow this link and discover what I had about Charisma House http://www.charismahouse.com/

Next day I had met with Joshua at my table and we talked about the proposed book deal. As we were discussing the matter at hand one of the speakers had finished with his presentation and the room was beginning to empty out. A lot of folks had suddenly begun to flock around my table so I navigated Joshua behind my table and, while I was helping folks figure out which DVDs they wanted, or if they had already chosen some DVDs for themselves, I would politely point them to Joshua and told them that he would take their money for however many DVDs they wanted. In short, I became Tom Sawyer and put Joshua to work. Hey! Nothing like a productive Christian!

Joshua and I would have many discussions over the next three days of the conference but eventually it would have to come to an end. It would be around a month later that I would contact Maureen Eha, my soon-to-be editor at Charisma House. We had covered many details and such to where a week later I had signed the contracts and would write the book titled: “The Final Rapture”. I would shortly be introduced to others who would be part of the team that would help put together my manuscript into a book: Kimberly Overcast, Althea Thompson, Rachel Sammons, Martha McDonnough and a number of others. They are some of the most dedicated and creative folks I have ever met and, while I’m at it, allow me to personally say “Thank you for all of your hard work and efforts to put together this new book called ‘The Final Rapture’”.

We are now at the point where my new book was announced on July 3, 2017 and pre-orders could now be taken. I have already been to Oklahoma City, OK in order to shoot 8 television shows for “Prophecy In The News”. The first of which can be viewed by following this link.  I will also be doing “The Hagmann and Hagmann Report” radio show with father and son Doug and Joe Hagmann or, as I like to refer to them as “The Dynamic Duo of the Airwaves.” There shall also be a number of other rad and television shows that I will be doing but, but it will be on October 3, 2017 that my new book shall be released.

The one thing that concerned me the most when I wrote this new book was, “What about those folks in the future? They’ll need to get saved also.” Which is why I wrote a special section about how all of us can send a message into the future so that those folks can also become our new Brothers and Sisters in the Lord. I believe you’ll find this to be a very interesting approach.

Should you have any questions, please contact me @: 402-228-9476 or email me @: docmarquis777@yahoo.com. For more information about my new book called: “The Final Rapture” please follow this link to: www.itsagodthingproductions777.com You can also find me on Facebook under Doc Marquis 777 or Joseph Marquis.

Take care folks and God bless and keep all of you…Doc!

[Pre-Orders accepted: Order the The Final Rapture today. Shipping will start October 3rd 2017.]

© 2017 Doc Marquis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Doc Marquis: docmarquis777@yahoo.com

There are few things more vexing than hair brained hypocrites that “don’t know nothin’ and got that mixed up.”  They always tell others how they should live and what they should do, while doing the opposite themselves.  In fact, Jesus once stated, “how can one condemn another for the splinter in his eye, while having a huge beam in his own eye.”

Ever since then presidential candidate Donald Trump made his famous glide down the escalator in Trump Tower, the American leftists have been condemning and cursing him and his family.  Not because of horrible deeds.  But because they believe that Trump’s desire to see America great again is repulsive to them.  Both the political and religious left consider making America great to be a horrible deed and will crudely attack anyone who doesn’t agree with their goal of recreating a Venezuelan style communist hell hole here in the United States.  Yet as they want to force their oppressive designs upon us by telling us we should live like peasants to save the environment, they expect to live a life of luxury like Al Gore and the Obama’s do.

Leftist minions have called me bigoted for simply wanting our sovereignty and borders protected.  I can assure you that those rich hypocrites like Elizabeth Warren and George Clooney live behind protective gates or walls. But they want our butts to be in a sling and vulnerable to harmful attacks by illegal immigrants and American hating Islamic devotees who will, kill, steal from and destroy those who did think and act as they do.  I for one do not want our republic overrun by those who believe it is ok to sexually assault little children and destroy their genitalia.

It is irritating beyond belief to witness those self-absorbed leftists demand that southern border ranchers put up with whatever the illegal immigrants foist upon them.  That fact that many Americans are shot, raped or robbed because the leftists are often allowed to dictate immigration policy, while seeking their own protection behind iron fences and brick walls.  Another example of “do as I say do and not as I do.”

Many of those same wealthy progressives and their poverty minded attack dogs have sought to have communities like Birmingham, Michigan forced to accept so-called affordable or subsidized housing for people that didn’t work their way up the ladder of success to actually afford living in that city.   I for one could not look myself in the mirror if I allowed myself to be a pawn of the leftist effort to wedge lower income people into a wealthy neighborhood.  Not only is it a disservice to places like Birmingham, Michigan, but also to the people used by the leftists who are stunted in their ability to partake of the limitless possibilities and opportunities to rise far above the lowly ranks of subsidized housing dwellers.

What the hypocritical left likes to promote is artificial achievement at taxpayer expense.  Such practices do not bring about real integration.  That is because the lower income residents wedged into wealthier communities have nothing in common with those who worked their way up the American ladder of opportunity and success.

The hypocritical do as I say do, but not as I do crowd say that white Americans, especially republicans are racist. But I can tell you from personal experience and observation that it is the white leftists who, like their KKK fore fathers are the big racists.  In the very nice community where I and my family have resided for fifteen years, the neighbors who have displayed any racist tendencies are themselves the racists and pro open border bigots who also disdain those who have an America first mentality.  Yes every single one of them are democrats.   To this day the leftists neighbors who support the likes of Hillary Clinton and denounce republicans for being racists have never said a pleasant hello to me, my wife or our son.  The neighbors who befriended us (voluntarily) were all republicans of varying degrees of conservatism.  I just chalk it up as yet another fine example of the do as I say do, not as I do progressive crowd of hypocrites.

The moral of the story is to ignore the real bigots and other dividers of American society.  It is now time for like minded patriotic Americans to work together in the rebuilding of the republic.  We must see to it that the United States is renewed as the land of opportunity and in God we trust.  While the leftists want to tell us what to do, they do not want morality restored.  That is because morality and self-control obliterates the need for overbearing cradle to grave government ruling over our every detail, including medical care.  The end results of the societal do as I say do, not as I do mentality are broken nations like Venezuela, Iran and Cuba, just to name a few.  Wake up America.    Join me daily on the Ron Edwards Experience via shrmedia.com at 6:00 PM EST.  See you on the radio.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Edwards: ronedwards@edwardsnotebook.com

With the mob clamoring for Jesus’ blood, Pilate made one last try to get Him off. “Shall I crucify your king?” he asked. And the crowd answered, “We have no king but Caesar” (John 19:15).

This is the great question that has towered over us ever since: who is to be sovereign on the earth? Almighty, all-wise, and all-righteous God, who created us and loves us—or a lot of sinners who don’t know a tenth as much as they think they know?

“Oh, but we have to be sovereign,” say the humanists, “because God does not exist!” “It is He that hath made us, and not we ourselves,” says the Bible (Psalm 100:2). But the reply is, “Nobody made us—we just evolved!” If there is no Creator, then we have to be sovereign: and some a great deal more than others.

And so the “Science is Real” crowd, when they’re not busy yelling “Crucify him!”, tries to dispossess God as the Creator. There is no creator, they proclaim; they by now they have themselves evolved to the point where they can “direct the course of human evolution”. From now on, they and their Science will function as Creator.

They immediately collide again with the Bible. “Male and female created He them” (Genesis 1:27) is another verse that asserts God’s claim to sovereignty. But what if they can prove that “male” or “female” is only a fleeting state of mind—that “assigned gender” can and should be changed? Shoot a woman full of male hormones, make her grow a beard, and voila!—she’s a “man.” A newly-created man. And welcome to the Island of Dr. Moreau.

“Ye shall be as gods, knowing [deciding] good and evil [for yourselves]” (Genesis 3:5). That was the serpent’s sales pitch, and Eve bought it.

So you don’t even need the hormones and the surgery. All a man has to do is *say* he’s a “woman,” and if you live in Canada, you can literally be sent to jail for using the “wrong” pronoun. Isn’t it amazing that there are people who think this is a good idea?

Man’s absolute sovereignty over everything has always proved tricky to accomplish. First you have to decide whether sovereignty shall reside in every individual, or in the State.

“Everyone is sovereign”—well, that won’t work, will it? You’d just have chaos. No: sovereignty must only be exercised, for the good of all, by the smartest people in the world. Their tool for that would be the State, a thing—if it even is a thing—they’ve created themselves. But that’ll work just fine, because the State will have Science to show its ministers the way. And there can be no sovereignty that does not belong to the State, and no authority but whatever Science says.

The result is, the servants of the state, the chosen few, are sitting pretty while everybody else is crushed beneath its wheels. Hence the 20^th century’s panoply of concentration camps, mass graves, purge trials, and man-made famines when collectivist schemes don’t work out as scientifically as hoped.

The God-wannabes labor to bring the world under a single government, owned and operated by themselves, which will—they promise!—make everybody equal, Save The Planet from the scourge of Global Warming, establish Social Justice on a planetary scale, and do away with everything that makes us sad. And if you don’t believe it, there’s a jail cell with your name on it.

God’s sovereignty—with the same laws for all, and partial sovereignty delegated downward to the individual, the family, to churches, communities, the workplace, and the civil government (Romans 13)—is what we were created for: and what we will have, when Christ returns to exercise His crown rights on the earth.

But first man’s flawed and evil sovereignty must be rejected.

I have discussed this and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Stop in and visit. A single click will get you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

“What do you think is the biggest problem facing America today?”  I asked a recent college graduate.

“I don’t know and I don’t care.”  Was the cocky millenial’s response.

I suppose he had never heard of the Lutheran Minister Dietrich Bonheoffer who was martyred at a Nazi gulag in 1945 just two weeks before the Allied forces liberated the camp.  He is credited with having said, “Silence in the face of evil is evil itself. Not to act is to act. Not to speak is to speak.”

Is there as anything in the world as powerful as apathy?

The writer of the book of James put it this way: “Therefore to him that knoweth to do good, and doeth it not, to him it is sin.”

I awakened today to a thick, sulfur stained cloud…the second hand smoke of our neighborhood Independence Day celebration.  I love my country as much as anyone you can possibly run into, but the who-gives-a-damn attitude about the moral condition of this nation exhibited by those lighting the firecracker fuses is almost more than I can take.

The average person under 40 that you run into in this nation can tell you more about the Kardashians than they can about the Founding Fathers.  Most of those who cavalierly shoot off bottle rockets, while they swallow bottles of Budweiser, have no idea what “Independence” cost those who came before them.

To the average Joe, liberty means nothing more than one’s “right” to not give a crap.

Yep, apathy is a powerful thing.

Why is it that we Americans care so little about what matters the most?

Our nation is adrift in sin.  I know that is not a very popular word to use today…sin…but the after affects of “liberty” is an unrestrained evil masquerading as freedom.  My life…my body…my choice…goes the refrain from America’s self-lovers.

“Who are you to judge?” echo the catcalls of those who have interpreted free will as the right to do whatever…to whomever…whenever.

If I hear one more round of “God Bless the USA” I think I will barf.

“Why”?  I asked those around me as the bombs were bursting in air.  “Why SHOULD God bless America?

As the sparkler in my hand grows shorter and shorter I become urgently more aware of how little time I have to make an impact.  The land I leave behind is the land my grandchildren will have to I live in.

Edmund Burke said “The only thing necessary for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing?”

Where are the good men?  Don’t they care about their children’s future?  Where are the pastors who are more concerned with pleasing God than pleasing man?  Where are the politicians who will stand up and fight against the forces of darkness?  Where are the men who will father their children and defend their Lord?  Where are the men who will fight for what they believe in?  Where are the men willing to die for a cause greater than them?  Where are the men who will stand in the gap and repair the broken paths?

The enemies of the cross are not complacent.  Those who spit in the face of God are committed to their demonic evangelism.  “The righteous are as bold as lions” the Scriptures declare.  But it is the wicked who are bold.  It is the wicked who live out their world view.  It is the wicked that aggressively promote Satan’s agenda.

What would America look like if Christians worked as hard to serve Jesus?  It is not that THE CHURCH cannot make a difference in the world around us…it is that we don’t care enough to try.

The world is on fire and the Christian culture is disintegrating.  Apathy hardens the heart.  Apathy destroys one’s passion.  Apathy passes the buck.  Apathy looks the other way.

Where are we going?  What does the future hold?  Could you make a difference if you simply opened your mouth?  What if God was counting on you?

Apathy is a powerful force that requires nothing of you.

Perhaps the rock stars were correct. Maybe that is why there is a stairway to heaven…but a highway to hell.  Most Americans are barreling down that highway with the throttle wide open.

Apathy is a powerful force.

© 2017 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

So a private citizen “doctors up” a ten year old video of a scripted WWF event where Donald Trump takes down Vince McMahon. Instead of seeing McMahon’s face, we see a CNN logo superimposed over McMahon’s face, giving us an illusion of Trump taking down CNN.

Judging from the absolute hysteria emanating from the “mainstream media” – especially CNN – you would have thought that Trump actually did “take down” one of CNN’s reporters.

“Encouraging violence against the media” has been the mantra since the video’s release.

Really. Such hyperbolic caterwauling. Where was the uproar from the MSM after all of the multiple mock “assassinations” of President Trump that have been occurring on a nearly daily basis? My gosh, even Skakespeare in the Park has been turned into acts of violence against Trump.

Apparently it’s okay to incite violence against the president of the United States, but a fake wrestling takedown of a network logo somehow amounts to a huge threat against the first amendment. The MSM has of course exhibited huge double standards for years, but this is simply ludicrous.

So now here is CNN, so intimidated by a relatively benign video acting as if government agents have shut down their studios.

CNN has even gone so far as to track down the individual responsible for the video and effectively blackmailed him by threatening to expose and identify him personally if he didn’t delete all of his postings and shut down all of his social media.

So who is actually the bully here? Who are the brownshirts effectively trying to shut down freedom of speech?

CNN is acting like a bunch of first-grade tattle-tales.

But this is exactly the sort of behavior we have come to expect from the Communist News Network.

They have been publishing any damn thing they wanted to – including a lot of demonstrably fake news. When people who see them for the leftwing propaganda machine that they are start calling them out – instead of threatening private citizens, CNN needs to put on their “big boy pants” and suck it up.

© 2017 Chip McLean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Chip McLean: chipmclean@capitolhillcoffeehouse.com

“Sad will be the day when the American people forget their traditions and their history, and no longer remember that the country they love, the institutions they cherish, and the freedom they hope to preserve, were born from the throes of armed resistance to tyranny, and nursed in the rugged arms of fearless men.” -Roger Sherman, signer of the Declaration of Independence

The Founding Fathers established documentation such as The Declaration of Independence, The Bill of Rights and US Constitution, etc., which are set in place to Unify in righteousness (Leviticus 19:17) under God and separation from the wicked, as well as Tyrants (Matthew 10:34).

[YouTube Video]

“Our constitution was made for a moral people and a religious people (Under the Christian umbrella). It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” –President John Adams

[YouTube Video]

Study the Constitution. Let it be preached from the pulpit, proclaimed in legislatures, and enforced in courts of justice. – President Abraham Lincoln

We know that history teaches us the lessons that many want to learn so that history does not repeat itself.  On the other hand, there are those who could care less about the lessons that need to be learned. I am now addressing those who do not want to see the evils of the past repeated in the present. After all, prevention is better than cure.

In this country, our forefathers, under God, have given to their posterity, the American people, the privilege of being the government. Remember what President Abraham Lincoln said:

“Government for the people, by the people, for the people, shall not perish from the earth.”

Of course, he took from John Wycliffe who said:

“This Bible is for the government of the people, by the people and for the people.”

[YouTube Video]

The Declaration of Independence, which our forefathers have handed to the past, present and future generations, reads:

“That to secure these (God given) Rights, Governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, that whenever and Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the people to alter or abolish it, and to institute new Government” (Exodus 20; Amos 3:3; 2 Corinthians 6:14-19; James 4:4).

Then, we look to the preamble of the US Constitution to find “We the People (Are the government) of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union (All 50 states), establish Justice (According to God’s moral Law), insure domestic Tranquility…”

The Framers had good reason to seek to “insure” domestic tranquility. Literally “domestic tranquility” means peace and quiet at home—at home in America, as opposed to in other nations. Tranquility for the Framers meant the absence of riots, rebellions, and similar symptoms of social disorder.

The Constitution continues, “…provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare (The concern of the government for the morality, peace and safety of its citizens. Providing for the welfare of the general public is a basic goal of government.), and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity (family lineage), do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.”

Suppose a nation in some distant region should take the Bible for their only law book, and every member should regulate his conduct by the precepts there exhibited! Every member would be obliged in conscience, to temperance, frugality, and industry; to justice, kindness, and charity towards his fellow men; and to piety, love and reverence toward Almighty God…What a Utopia, what a Paradise would this region be. –John Adams wrote in his diary entry dated February 22, 1756

[YouTube Video]

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

This week we celebrate the 241st birthday of our Constitutional Republic. Former Congressman Allen B. West comes to my aid when he suggested that Americans should NOT celebrate the “Fourth of July” since this is just a day on a calendar. Rather, Americans SHOULD celebrate their “Independence Day” and their blessed heritage of “liberty under law” that resulted from the courageous actions of our founding fathers.

I heartily agree with Congressman West and would add that the central importance of what our founders did was intricately bound up in what they believed.  And what they believed they expressed concisely and precisely in the document they published on July 4, 1776.  Essentially they said:

1) There exists an Eternal God;

2) Our rights come from Him; and,

3) The purpose of government is to secure those very rights.

Recalling and celebrating these firmly held beliefs is the essence of our American heritage and the occasion to pass on the “Blessings of Liberty” to the next generation.

President John Adams, known as the Colossus of Independence, challenged all Americans that the Fourth:

“…Ought to be commemorated, as the Day of Deliverance by solemn Acts of Devotion to God Almighty. It ought to be solemnized with Pomp and Parade, with Shews, Games, Sports, Guns, Bells, Bonfires and Illuminations from one End of this Continent to the other from this Time forward forever more. You will think me transported with Enthusiasm but I am not. I am well aware of the Toil and Blood and Treasure, that it will cost Us to maintain this Declaration, and support and defend these States. Yet through all the Gloom I can see the Rays of ravishing Light and Glory. I can see that the End is more than worth all the Means. And that Posterity will tryumph in that Day’s Transaction, even altho We should rue it, which I trust in God We shall not.”

Our founders laid down the immutable principles for the foundation of our civil government in that great document we call the Unanimous Declaration of Independence. It was a document of secession. Many are surprised to hear that, but that’s what it was; they were seceding from the government of Great Britain, separating to form a new country and a new civil government.

When the thirteen colonies of Great Britain in North America said that the king was not fit to be the ruler of a free people and declared their independence from his government, the British government over those thirteen colonies ceased to exist. They seceded and formed a new civil government, which they designed to secure the God given rights of the people, who had formerly been under the government of the king.

So this Fourth of July, while you celebrate American secession and liberty, let’s not forget, in the words of Thomas Paine, “Those who expect to reap the blessings of freedom, must, like men, undergo the fatigue of supporting it.”

Happy Independence Day America!

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and the Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jake: Jake@TheAmericanView.com

During the negotiations over the Declaration of Independence, John Adams wrote to his wife and said:

“The second day of July, 1776, will be the most memorable epoch in the history of America. I am apt to believe that it will be celebrated by succeeding generations as the great anniversary festival. It ought to be commemorated as the day of deliverance, by solemn acts of devotion to God Almighty. It ought to be solemnized with pomp and parade, with shows, games, sports, guns, bells, bonfires, and illuminations, from one end of this continent to the other, from this time forward forever more.”

And so it has been. John was off by a couple of days but he was right about the celebration of “Independence Day” by ALL succeeding generations.

Even though the 4th of July has been celebrated every year since 1776 and became a legal holiday in 1941, what was in the minds of the Americans about freedom in 1776 is far removed from what is in the minds of the Americans in 2017. The freedom envisioned by the Founding Fathers in the late 1700’s is hardly the freedom that exists in present day America.

Nevertheless, pay no attention to the apologists. Pay no attention to the appeasers of our enemies.  Pay no attention to those who utter dooms-day prophecies. Pay no attention to the fear mongers who would fill us with dread from manufactured crises, designed for evil purposes. Pay no attention to those who say we are weak and decadent. Pay no attention to the naysayers. Pay no attention to those who would run down America. Pay no attention to the socialists who would willingly tear down the fabric of our freedom and give away our sovereignty to a faceless one-world order.

They, each and every one of them, are wrong. They are wrong because in the hearts and minds of most free Americans, no matter how many generations have been brainwashed by the collectivist’s philosophy, no matter how many have been bought off by the offer of government largess and handouts, no matter how all-powerful the federal government has become in its incessant march to total control, lies a subconscious belief that America is unique, different and one-of-a-kind and that uniqueness, that difference and that generous one-of-a-kind character is the insurance to the long-term survival of America and American liberty. 

It has never happened before to any other people on Earth, in any other country, in any other time.  Something happened on the fateful, historic April day in 1775 when a shot rang out ….. a shot that was heard around the world.  As the first shot’s sound faded into the pages of history and the following fusillade of muskets and pistols shattered the intervening silence that sent individual American and British lives to their final reward, an idea was born, an idea so powerful that it has not been replaced by any other idea in 241 years.  American freedom was based on a heretofore radical idea that “all men are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.  That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed,”

This idea of freedom had been hatching for a very long time, even all the way back to the early Greeks in and after the fifth century, BC, during the age of the Athenian Empire, Aristotle, Plato and Pericles.  Plato’s Republic lasted for a little over 180 years, but the seeds of freedom planted during those years, influenced the rest of history.

Throughout the last 2 and half millennium, several cultures toyed with freedom, but in the end were doomed by their failure to follow its principles. Those in power succumbed to the evils of ego, lust and greed as we are doing today. Those who would be free (the governed) abrogated their responsibility to defend that freedom and left it in the hands of those in power, with predictable results.

Starting even before the Magna Carta of 1215, thoughts were moving towards the rights of individuals and the lessening of rights of the state.  Some English Kings, acquiesced to the ideas of individual rights and justice, but still held on to virtually dictatorial power. As the second millennium progressed, more ideas on freedom surfaced through the writings of Voltaire and Locke, each having a profound affect on the evolution of common law and then eventually on the Articles of Confederation, ending in the most profound of all historical documents, the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution of the United States.

But what was born on that day of the “shot heard round the world“, germinated a seed in the minds of men that is alive and well, in spite of what your eyes and your ears tell you. That seed of freedom has been nourished, cultivated, dug up and re-buried by over 240 years of wars, tumult, pestilence, poverty, pain and plenty. It is that seed that is the power, the energy, the drive, the ambition, the courage and even the unprecedented and unfettered generosity that has set Americans apart from every other culture on Earth. It is that same seed of freedom that will lift this great nation up once again and turn on the power to its bright beacon of hope and promise, not only to all Americans, but to all humans who call this planet home.

America must be the leader and the shining light to the World, not try to compete with the different forms of government and merge our “ways” with their “ways”.  We are the most powerful country on Earth because we are free. America is and has been a beacon to the world and will continue to be that beacon unless we let others try to dim that light with failed policies, dependency, negativism, despondency, the trashing of our Constitution and embarrassment for our achievements, instead of being proud of them. We are great as a country and great as a people because of those achievements.   Have we made some mistakes along the way ….. of course?  Have we tried to correct those mistakes ….. without a doubt?

If you are discouraged, don’t be.  Look around you. The Minutemen of old and the Vanguards of Freedom are ever vigilant and will not be silenced. They are ringing the bell in the Old North Church.  They are sounding the alarm throughout the land. They are hoisting that great symbol of freedom, our American Flag, wherever they go. The Tea Party of today is not an accident.  Join them in their quest, applaud their courage and stand behind and with them as they confront those who would strip us of our liberty and render us as serfs to the “King”, the “one”, or the false Messiah.

Do not despair. The signs of a rebirth of American freedom are everywhere, albeit about a century late.  The election of Donald Trump was also not an accident. It is those Americans containing that seed of freedom that will save America from itself, not the government. It is WE THE PEOPLE, made up of free individuals with certain unalienable rights, that hold the power of liberty in our hard-working, self-reliant, industrious, courageous and generous hands, not the government. The government, at any level, cannot be trusted.  The swamp must be drained.

We are Americans for God’s sake. The blood of heroes and patriots courses through our arteries and veins. Each of us are the descendants of those whose spine was stiffened by courage when their country called, or evil raised its ugly head. You are the direct lineage of the men and women whose intellect and fortitude carried them to new heights and made America the greatest, proudest, industrious, creative, wealthiest, productive and most generous nation on Earth. You are the sons, daughters, grandsons and grand daughters of those who stood up to tyranny, no matter what the cost. The genes of creators, inventors, hard workers, the educated, the warriors and those in service to others, are an integral part of your DNA.

True Americans are not whiners or losers. They are doers and winners. When an obstacle is in front of them they go around it, or under it, or over it, as the situation warrants. They build things they don’t tear them down.  They invent things to make our lives a little easier, or increase our health and life span, or so that we can get a job done quicker, or yes, even go faster. Americans are the givers and preservers of life, not the takers. Americans believe that life is precious and a gift from God and its preservation is a prime imperative.

Proud and brave Americans have been the victors in two world wars and the sacrifice of those men and women have lifted over a billion people out of bondage and shown them that freedom is the natural order, not slavery, not servitude. Unfortunately, we have engaged in wars of late where victory was not the goal and Americans have paid a high price for our government’s dereliction of duty to those who must pay for and fight our wars. That dereliction was abundantly evident in our previous Commander-in-Chief, who labored over endless detail and political expediency, while brave Americans were dying on the front lines of our enemies, bound by irrational limits on the rules of engagement.

Americans are the light to the rest of the world, not because we are better than anyone else, but because we live under the bright light of liberty that frees us to climb the highest mountains, or jump off this once giant planet into the vastness of space, where only the brave dare tread, in search of the secrets of our island Universe.

Today before us lies an obstacle and the obstacle is not a foreign enemy but a false domestic ideology.  An ideology that is born of the collective where the individual is subordinate to that collective, in direct conflict with each American’s unalienable rights.  This ideology is hidden in deceit and is the antithesis of freedom and liberty. It is an ideology that requires obedient compliance ….. compliance to the demands of a corrupt elite who seek absolute power over the masses.

This ideology is one of retreat and appeasement. It is one of “hold back” and “slow down”, instead of moving forward with boldness. It is an ideology that seeks to weaken America, not strengthen it.  But worse, it is an ideology that strips individuals of their own innate strength and makes them dependent on the collective and the corrupt elite, instead of being proud, responsible and self-reliant.

Ladies and gentlemen, it was the “shot heard ’round the world” that triggered the first battle for freedom in America, even though the battle had been brewing for sometime. It wasn’t planned, it just happened and that is the way the second battle for freedom will start. The groundwork for the battle has already been laid. Our NARLO website is loaded with the sounds of freedom for all Americans, not just rural Americans.

Still, we must remember this isn’t 1776 it is 2017.  In 1776 both sides had the same weapons.  One side (the British) was well trained. Even so the well-trained side was still beat by the cry of freedom and perhaps the hand of providence. Today, one side has pistols and rifles and the other side has giant aircraft carriers, F-22’s and M1 tanks.  It would hardly be a fair fight.

We have no choice but to find a way to right the situation peacefully, or we are in for a very long, retracted and bloody civil war, where the outcome is totally unpredictable and freedom may not be what we win in the end.  Let us not, once again, fall into the trap where we find that war, carnage, brutality and violence are the only way to regain freedom.

No!  The 4th of July has not become an oxymoron!  It is the memory of a time when brave Americans stood up against tyranny with their lives, their fortunes and their sacred honor.  Are present day Americans to do no less?   We call on all true Americans on a grand scale to openly reject Progressivism.  Reject political correctness.  Reject collectivism.   Reject multi-culturalism. Reject radical environmentalism.  Reject the one-world government and reject these things with all your heart and soul, or watch America succumb to the fatal disease of world socialism and planet-wide slavery.

LIKE

© 2017 Ron Ewart – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ron Ewart: info@narlo.org

Part 7: Importing endless foreign languages into America from the Middle East

Language defines a country.  It delineates the “ethos” of an entire civilization.  It creates the energy of communities and their citizens.  Language expresses emotions, songs and understanding.

Language also causes separation, confusion, suffering and war.  Different languages constitute different ethos, and how people and countries look at the world.  Different languages create different understandings.

As discovered via the Muslim invasion of Europe, one different language and ethos clashes with all Europeans. Whether you see Muslims living in the United Kingdom with English or Muslims living in France with French—you see fear, no-go zones, separation, riots and terror.  All of it brought about by Muslims from the desert sands of the Middle East settling into the Western lands of green wilderness.

Notice you never see Americans or Europeans immigrating to the land of Islam.  Such an action leads to loss of individual freedom, honor killings, loss of women’s rights and loss of religious rights.  Multiculturalism cannot exist in Islamic-dominated lands.

As with recent horrific terror attacks in Paris, Nice, Berlin and elsewhere, Islam marches across the globe on a mission of conquest like nothing seen since Hitler’s invasion of Europe and North Africa.  Hitler used intimidation and weapons.  Muslims use intimidation and terror via bullets, trucks and C-4 plastic.

Yet, Europeans continue their “let’s be nice” approach to Islam. Even after the terror in Paris, France—Germany’s Angela Merkel placated Muslims with such words as, “Islam belongs to Germany.”  If you asked any German on the street, you would hear, “Muslims are killing our country.”  In America after 9/11, Bush said, “Islam is a religion of peace.”  On the streets, “Religion of peace my rear end…they just killed 3,000 people in the New York Trade Towers.”  This weekend, Muslim Aashiq Hammad murdered five and wounded eight at a Fort Lauderdale, Florida airport.

In reality, those leaders who don’t live in Muslim communities—don’t feel the pain, the fracturing, destruction of their schools, loss of language, the honor killings, the FGM, the rapes or the loss of their countrymen’s ethos.

In reality, Muslims bring their barbaric behavior to First World countries: “Individual Moslems may show splendid qualities.  But the influence of the religion paralyzes the social development of those who follow it. No stronger retrograde force exists in the world. Far from being moribund, Mohammedanism is a militant and proselytizing faith.” Churchill

That’s the reality of what America and Western countries face in the 21^st century.  It’s a mad-dog religion bent on destroying everyone else as well as itself in the ultimate showdown of war.

Alexis de Tocqueville (1805-1859): “I studied the Qur’an a great deal. I came away from that study with the conviction that by and large there have been few religions in the world as deadly to men as that of Mohammad. So far as I can see, it is the principal cause of the decadence so visible today in the Muslim world and, though less absurd than the polytheism of old, its social and political tendencies are in my opinion more to be feared, and I therefore regard it as a form of decadence rather than a form of progress in relation to paganism itself.”

Today in America, with four to seven million Muslims invading our shores, our communities feel the stress of language consequences in places like Eden Prairie, Minnesota.  From November 26, 2014, USA Today by Greg Toppo “Anger, resentment over school diversity.”  Our US Congress sent 100,000 Somalia Muslims to the Minneapolis area.  In 1998, Eden Prairie enjoyed a full American community. Since that time, Muslims chased out Americans, overwhelmed the schools and destroyed the coherence of the community.  Since they lack any usable skills, most subsist on American taxpayer welfare.

Last fall, the superintendent of the school system in Prairie and much of the staff quit in exasperation.  As you know, nearly 100,000 Somali Muslims now operate in the Minneapolis area where rapes, crimes, drug trafficking, brutality, shoplifting and worse blacken the area.

Hyper-multiculturalism cannot and will not succeed in America. It’s already busting us up in Ferguson, Missouri as well as Detroit, Chicago, Miami and Los Angeles.

Here in my own city of Denver, Colorado, our kids face 172 different languages in their classrooms.  It’s a nightmare for American kids and the immigrants.  Every American faces these kinds traumatic conditions bestowed up on us by our U.S. Congressional members.  But of course, they can’t “see” it or “feel” it as their kids attend private schools.

Journalist Eliana Benedor said, “To the great detriment of countries as separate entities, those leaders, in the name of globalization, are subtly removing national identities, traditions, mores and, what is worse, they are lethally endangering the future of their countries.  When all is said and done the truth is, however, that the Paris march turned to be a manipulative step to assuage the masses, under the banner of the so-called “unity.”

“While condemning the attacks, even President Hollande and his Prime Minister Manuel Valls, rejected that the murderous massacres by Islamists Jihadists have anything to do with Islam.”

What that means:  we must not be confused that the terrorists espoused anything to do with Islam.  But in fact, Islam creates every terror attack in the world today.

It illustrates “cognitive dissonance” or the “intellectual denial of reality.”

Western Islamic scholars show that 60 percent of the Koran points to violence and terror to subjugate all non-believers.

Thus, language drives terrorists and language drives ethos and language drives Muslims to war against Western thought and freedom.

Benador added, “On their part, Muslim terrorists proudly show their allegiance to the Koran as the source for their inspiration. It is their prophet who instructs them, unambiguously, what to do, to whom, when, where and how.  Western politicians may want to whitewash Islam but their efforts cannot erase the facts and the abundant videos and messages on the internet, profusely distributed, left as testimony of their deeds.”

The sad fact remains that Sweden, Belgium,  Norway, Holland, as well as France, England and Germany opened their arms to Muslims.  They pay an extraordinary price today and more later as their countries and languages fracture.

“Now, they are paying a very heavy price: Hundreds of no-go zones throughout Europe, rapes, honor killings, constant threats to their local communities, crimes, and more is happening under the watchful eyes and complicity of their “cognitive dissonant” governments,” said Benedor.

If we kill our language, we kill our country.  Muslims continue their quest to accomplish that feat.  We face the “Arabic language” eroding our country if we fail to stop Muslim immigration onto our shores.

The warlord Mohammed continues his carnage into the 21^st century with the hands of 1.5 billion of his followers.

If we fail to stop mass immigration, France’s nightmare becomes our future.

I hope this series drives you to action for your kids.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

America: The Enemy of My Enemy Is Not My Friend

American politicians sometimes wonder why people of other nations show contempt toward America. Perhaps this article will shed some light in the understanding of this enigma.

A few years ago, several high ranking American and European officials and dignitaries attended an NCRI (National Council of Resistance of Iran) rally held in Paris.

The invitees included MG Paul E.Vallely, US Army (Ret.), former Ambassador to the UN John Bolton, former New York City Mayor Rudi Giuliani, former Speaker of the House, Newt Gingrich and several others. The participants gathered in a conference room supposedly to support Iranian Opposition Groups. Here is the problem: NCRI is not representative of an opposition group, in fact, NCRI is an offshoot of the MEK, (Mujahidin Khalq) organization, a devout Islamist-Marxist entity known for their ISIS style terrorism.

Both NCRI/MEK are controlled by Masoud and Maryam Rajavi, a brutal couple who are no strangers to torture, terror and assassination. They both are responsible for numerous killings of Iranians and even murdering and abusing members of their own group for trying to defect or escape from the MEK (Camp Ashraf in Iraq).

Leaving Iran

After long and arduous bickering between MEK and Iran’s new leader, Ayatollah Khomeini, Masoud Rajavi, the leader of MEK started a series of bomb campaigns against the newly formed Islamic government. In 1981, it attacked the headquarters of the Islamic Republic Party, killing 74 senior officials including the party leader and 27 members of Parliament. A few months later it bombed a meeting of Iran’s national security council, killing Iran’s new president Mohammad-Ali Rajai and his Prime Minister.

To save their lives, Masoud and his companions were forced to flee Iran to Paris. But, the French government expelled the MEK leader, Masoud Rajavi, in 1986. The group then ran into the arms of Iran’s arch enemy, the Iraqi dictator, Saddam Hussein. Iraq provided MEK thousands of fighters, artillery, guns, tanks and then housed them in three camps near Baghdad and along the Iranian border. Baghdad also provided money for the group. Saddam Hussein allowed the Iranian exiles, members of the Mujahedeen-e-Khalq (MEK), to set up their paramilitary base at Camp Ashraf in the 1980s. The dissidents oppose Iran’s theocratic regime.

Human Rights Report

According to Human Rights Watch who interviewed several former MEK members, the organization is a cult that has kept its members virtually imprisoned in a compound in Iraq and controlled them psychologically. They eliminated anyone who expressed their intent to leave.

A RAND report commissioned by the US DOD found that the MEK is a cult that utilizes mind control and practices mandatory divorce, celibacy, authoritarian control, forced labor, sleep deprivation, physical abuse and confiscation of assets.

The FBI reported that the MEK’s “NLA [National Liberation Army] fighters are separated from their children who are sent to Europe and brought up by the MEK’s Support Network. […] These children are then returned to the NLA to be used as fighters upon coming of age.  Interviews also revealed that some of these children were told that their parents would be harmed if they did not cooperate with the MEK.”

In a seminar held in Paris ex-MEK members recounted tales of horror from Camp Ashraf, Iraq where their members are kept without any communication with their relatives for decades, they are ordered to divorce, and Masoud Rajavi had sex with female members of those within the cult.

More evidence of the cultic nature of MEK came to light when in 2003 the French police arrested Maryam Rajavi for terrorist charges. The group reacted in a manner consistent with its cultic nature. Ten of them set themselves on fire to protest their leader’s detention.

At one point, the US State Department labelled the MEK as cutting a “swath of terror” across the country in the following years and of “violent attacks in Iran that victimize civilians.”

“Since 1981 the MEK have claimed responsibility for murdering thousands of Iranians they describe as agents of the regime,” the report said.

MEK’s Ideology

Ideologically, the MEK initially sought to blend revolutionary Marxism with Islam. That’s why they are routinely referred to as an Islamist-Marxist organization. The group was shaped in the 1960s by leftist Iranians (supposedly) students opposed to the Shah’s regime. The MEK is responsible for the killing of six Americans in Iran during the 1970s. They included three military officers and three men working for Rockwell International, a conglomerate specializing in aerospace, including weapons, who were murdered in retaliation for the arrest of MEK members over the killings of the US military officers.

The MEK was also responsible for support and seizure of the US embassy in Tehran following the Iranian revolution.  During the 1980s and 1990s, the MEK fought as a private militia on behalf of Iraqi leader Saddam Hussein against the Islamic Republic of Iran. (IRI). That angered the Iranian people and they called them traitors.

US Invasion of Iraq

Interestingly enough, in 2003, the MEK’s position became very weak when the US and its allies won the Persian Gulf war and entered Iraq. They made a 180-degree change in their attitude and suddenly, these Marxist terrorists declared they would no longer resort to violence (after being disarmed by the American military and not within the camp) and cast itself as supporters of the democratic opposition in Iran. Not everyone bought the group’s transformation into defenders of liberty, secularism, and women’s equality. Of course, no one believed the cult leader, Masoud Rajavai.

In April 2003, US forces signed a cease-fire agreement of “mutual understanding and coordination” with the MEK. Finally, in May 2003, as a result of negotiations between the MEK and US forces led by General Ray Odierno, the MEK agreed to a “voluntary consolidation” and disarming of its forces in exchange for US protection of Camp Ashraf and its residents.

In 2003,  New York Times reporter Elizabeth Rubin visited the group’s Iraqi compound at Camp Ashraf and described it as resembling a “fictional world of female worker bees … dressed exactly alike, in khaki uniforms and mud-colored head scarves, driving back and forth in white pickup trucks, staring ahead in a daze as if they were working at a factory in Maoist China.”

US Leaving Iraq

As soon as the U.S. troop pullout of Iraq began in 2008, the pressure began to mount on the MEK. The Iraqi government officially ordered that they needed to take over security at Camp Ashraf because the MEK was a “terrorist organization.” Gen. David Petraeus insisted that they were “protected persons” and U.S. forces would defend them. But Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki declared his intention was to “put an end” to the MEK.

Once all U.S. combat forces had left Iraq, he demanded a joint Army and police attack on the camp. In July 2009, U.S. military observers watched desperately as Iraqi forces overwhelmed and then attacked the camp, killing 11 residents (six were shot, the others beaten to death) and wounding hundreds. The operation was apparently intended to terrify the residents into leaving voluntarily, but instead it steeled their resolve.

Secretary Clinton

The MEK has a great deal of money and with that, undeniable political connections across the globe, and this is the one thing it has in common with the Islamic Republic of Iran (IRI).

The MEK also began a multiyear, multimillion-dollar lobbying campaign to remove itself from the terrorist list, including possible financial reward to American political figures like Rudy Giuliani, Newt Gingrich, Howard Dean, MG Paul E. Vallely, John Bolton and others.

Regrettably, because of these political networks and monetary support, the MEK and its leadership was able to enlist the support of Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton and have her take them off the list of terrorist groups.  Another reason was they were reportedly passing information from their supporters within the Islamic Republic on nuclear facilities to the U.S. intelligence community and according to some reports, cooperating with the Mossad to assassinate Iranian scientists.

Conclusion

Both Americans and Iranians desire regime change in Iran, but for different reasons. While America wants to remove a threat in the region, the Iranians want democracy.  These two are not mutually exclusive and America would commit an unforgivable sin if it ignores the wishes of Iranians once again.

America’s collusion with the MEK, one of the most dangerous terrorist groups is devious and a blatant double standard.  This is worse than the instalment of the Ayatollah Khomeini by former President Jimmy Carter. It is unfathomable how on the one hand, America claims to be fighting against terrorism and on the other, supports it by aligning itself with the MEK.  What Iran needs is freedom and democracy, not another MEK led dictatorship.

It is the democracy-seeking secular Iranians who are thoroughly capable of dislodging the tyrannical Mullahs. The call of the opposition should be resoundingly answered by President Trump and all other nations and leaders, not only for humanitarian reasons, but in furtherance of their own national security interests.

© 2017 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved

There is a longtime and incestuous relationship between the fixers who have been tasked with taking down President Trump, under the fake narrative of enforcing the law.  James Comey worked in the DOJ directly under Mueller until 2005. Rod Rosenstein and Mueller go even further back.

James Comey wasn’t just some associate of Mueller back then, but rather his protégé.  Under the George W. Bush presidency, when Comey was serving as Deputy Attorney General under John Ashcroft, Robert Mueller was Comey’s go-to guy when he needed help.  The two men, as it came to light years later, conspired to disobey potential White House orders to leave Ashcroft alone when he was incapacitated in March of 2004.  These two men, when together, will not obey orders if they think they know better.  Being filled with hubris and almost two decades of doing just about anything they want, they always think they know better.

Rod Rosenstein, current Deputy Attorney General under Attorney General Jeff Sessions, is also a member of the Mueller Gang, having worked directly under Robert Mueller at the Department of Justice as far back as 1990.  When Comey was still working as the Deputy Chief of the Criminal Division for the U.S. Attorney’s office in New York, Mueller and Rosenstein were becoming thick as thieves.

We look back at Rod’s loyal work for Hillary Clinton, when he became a clean-up man for the Clinton Administration as an Associate Independent Counsel from 1995 until 1997. He supervised the investigation that found no basis for criminal prosecution of White House officials who had obtained classified FBI background reports. He did a great job covering for the Team Bill Clinton, including covering for Hillary, as she was one of the people who had access to the reports, and may have even requested them. Convenient for the Clintons, no indictments were filed.

Having proven his loyalty to the powers that be, Rosenstein was appointed to work in the US Office of the Independent Counsel under Ken Starr on the Whitewater Investigation into then President Bill Clinton. By some miracle, or clever work by insiders, the Clintons escaped culpability once again.  Rod wasn’t alone, he had help from his co-worker James Comey, who was also making sure the Clintons were exonerated during the Whitewater affair.

Here is Robert Mueller, sitting in the middle of his two wunderkinds, making sure the path before them is smooth and obstacle free, and practically shepherding their careers along the way.  Is it any wonder that once Jeff Sessions shamelessly recused himself from the Russia Collusion Conspiracy investigation and turned it over to his deputy Rod Rosenstein, that Rosenstein would reach out to his old mentor for help?  Who is surprised when three of the top lawman fixers for the Clinton/Bush cabal have axes in their eyes for President Donald J. Trump?

Enter Lisa Barsoomian, wife of Rod Rosenstein.  Lisa is a high-powered attorney in Washington, DC, who specializes in opposing Freedom of Information Act requests on behalf of the Deep State, err, I mean, the Intelligence Communities.

Lisa Barsoomian works for R. Craig Lawrence, an attorney who has represented Robert Mueller three times, James Comey five times, Barack Obama forty-five times, Kathleen Sebellius fifty-six times, Bill Clinton forty times, and Hillary Clinton seventeen times between 1991 and 2017.

Barsoomian participated in some of this work personally and has herself represented the FBI at least five separate times.  It would be great to research the specifics of the cases she worked in, many of the documents from the Court Docket relating to these cases have been removed from the D.C. District and Appeals Court, including her representation for Clinton in 1998’s case Hamburg. V. Clinton.

Her loyalties are clearly with the entities that make up the Deep State, as are her husbands.

They are a DC Globalist Power Couple, and they mean to destroy Donald Trump under the bidding of their Globalist Masters.  Rod Rosenstein should not have any position in President Trump’s administration, let alone one with so much power to harm the Office of the Presidency.

Mueller is also a Deep State lackey, even acting as delivery boy for Hillary’s State Department, hand transporting ten grams of highly enriched uranium under the auspices of counter-terror. It must only be coincidence that this happened at the same time as Hillary and her henchman John Podesta were nurturing the Uranium One deal that would see Russia take control over 20% of America’s proven uranium reserves.  Shortly after the Russia uranium deal closed, the Clinton Foundation was showered with many millions of dollars from Russian donors.

Comey, Rosenstein, and their patron Mueller are truly the Three Amigos of the Deep State.  Joined long ago in mutual regard, owing allegiance only to each other and the enshrined bureaucracy that created them.  As their actions show, they desire to thwart the will of the people and depose the duly elected President of the United States of America by using all the powers at their disposal.

© 2017 Roger Stone – All Rights Reserved

Oh, it just keeps getting better and better.

In the ongoing series of James O’Keefe/Project Veritas videos that have been exposing the extreme bias of CNN and their deliberate efforts to push fake news stories in their not-so-subtle efforts to take out President Trump, we now know that they believe that millions of everyday, working Americans are stupid…

In fact, they think that American voters are “stupid as sh*t”, at least according to one Jimmy Carr, who apparently works on CNN’s morning show, New Day.

Carr is a CNN producer who was caught on the video saying (about Donald Trump) that “on the inside, we all recognize he is a clown, that he is hilariously unqualified for this, he’s really bad at this, and that he does not have America’s best interests … We recognize he’s just f**king crazy”.

He confirmed that this is the prevailing attitude of those who work for the network by saying, “90% of us are on board with just the fact that he’s crazy.”

CNN has been stepping on their own appendages so often in the last month that they have become the laughing stock of media. Between their forced retractions of fake stories and firings of editors, the Kathy Griffin “beheading”, their spinning of the Johnny Depp “time for an actor to kill a president again” remark into this being somehow the fault of Mr. Trump…now comes O’Keefe’s undercover videos.

The videos reveal that CNN’s president Jeff Zucker directed his reporters to keep reporting on “Russia”. For nearly a year, the MSM – especially CNN – have kept the Russia/Trump conspiracy theory front and center at the expense of far more significant news. This despite the fact that no less than nine separate investigations have revealed – to this date – nothing, nada, zip, zero evidence of any actual “collusion” between Trump, his campaign workers or his transition team and Russia. The second video released by O’Keefe has CNN’s Van Jones evidently calling the Russia story a “big nothing burger”.

In short, they are pushing a narrative front and center that has no substance, for only two reasons – ratings – and to continue to attack a president they neither like – nor can comprehend how it is that he won, over their favored candidate.

Here’s the problem for CNN – and it was revealed inadvertently by the hapless Jimmy Carr when he said that “90%” (of CNN employees) “were on board”. These people are living in a bubble. Very much like clueless celebrities from Hollyweird, they have no connection to normal, everyday people who largely supported Trump. Because they exist in this bubble, they have no contact with people who live in the real world. Those folks who live in “flyover” country are incomprehensible and irrelevant to them. It’s like middle class Americans don’t exist to these “geniuses”.

And that’s another problem – these elites in the media and the entertainment industry have vastly overrated their mental capacities. They presume to lecture everyday Americans who work to pay their bills, because if they see them at all, it’s only in the context that they present an obstacle to their socialist-utopian vision of a globalist, borderless society. As long as they are wealthy and can live in gated communities, they simply cannot relate to the problems that exist for most folks that are having to deal directly everyday with the problems that the elites’ “utopia” creates for everyone else.

Donald Trump won large swaths of these people because he both saw – and articulated what everyday Americans know and see.

CNN smugly calls millions of Americans “stupid as sh*t”, and then can’t believe or understand it when millions of American react by detesting them.

The fact is that when they continually attack Donald Trump with deliberate distortions and out and out lies, Trump supporters will not see this merely as an attack on Trump – they see it as an attack on themselves, their values…indeed the very country in which they grew up.

As long as CNN continues to remain in their bubble, and continues to push their propaganda at all costs, they will indeed – never get it.

© 2017 Chip McLean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Chip McLean: chipmclean@capitolhillcoffeehouse.com

Tomorrow is 4th of July. Independence Day.

Two U.S. presidents died on July 4, 1826: Thomas Jefferson and John Adams. President James Monroe died on July 4, 1831. All three had quite long life spans for the time. Jefferson died at age 83, Adams at age 90 and Monroe at age 73. How remarkable that three of seven presidents elected by 1831 all died on the day we celebrate the anniversary of our freedom and independence from the British.

Sadly too many millions of Americans forget the miracle that birthed the greatest nation ever in the history of the world. Instead, they focus on nothing more than hot dogs, beer, boating, movie theater, shopping, a day off from the job. Not that there’s anything wrong with those activities, but the way Independence Day is celebrated today I believe is quite different from only 25-30 years ago.

Too many millions, products of the government’s propaganda machine called public schools stopped teaching civics decades ago. The history of how America became a sovereign nation and the incredible sacrifices of those who believed in freedom made leading up to July 4, 1776. Today in schools across this country America’s children are being taught our Founding Fathers were nothing but a bunch of old white men who were all racists.

Too many coming here from Muslim countries could care less because if they are devout followers of the fake religion called Islam, their only goal is to one day eliminate the U.S. Constitution and replace it with their toxic, totalitarian Sharia Law.

Rivers of blood were shed birthing this nation and rivers of blood have been shed in countries like Iraq and Afghanistan where we have no business ‘nation building’ after unconstitutionally invading those countries chasing down an ideology to keep savages called the Taliban and ISIS from taking away our freedom. The finest in Soviet-style propaganda methods have been used to brain wash Americans into believing such rubbish. War is big business and business has been booming since 9/11.

Caught in the crossfire of rancid politics and the well documented agenda of globalists, these damnable wars for profit and power are U.S. soldiers sacrificed and forgotten by this nation – if tens of millions even heard of them. Only their families, friends, caring Americans and attorneys keep fighting for their freedom.

Whom am I writing about?

Military Brass Eat Their Own for Political Expediency, August 16, 2011, my column

where the story begins with the stench of corruption and cowardice by military officers up the line and military prosecutors.

By the grace of God, Michael Behenna was granted parole and released on March 14, 2014. He served less than 5 years of his sentence for a crime he didn’t commit. It was a fierce battle with appeals courts, but in the end, that young man is now free.

OUR soldiers in the theater of operations in hell-holes making split second decisions end up in prison while pieces of human garbage are released from Guantanamo Bay so they could go right back to their mission: kill U.S. soldiers and everyone else they consider an infidel.

There are too many more like Michael Behenna: Members of ‘Leavenworth 10’ languish in military prison, while Gitmo detainees freed

“Said Mohammad Alim Shah was repatriated to Afghanistan in March 2004. After his release, he was responsible for kidnapping two Chinese engineers, took credit for a hotel bombing in Islamabad and orchestrated a 2007 suicide attack that left 21 people dead.

“Abdullah Ghoffor went back to Afghanistan at the same time and became a high-ranking Taliban commander who planned attacks against U.S. and Afghan forces before being killed in a raid.

“Abdallah Salih al-Ajmi, a former detainee from Kuwait, committed a successful suicide attack in Mosul, Iraq, in March 2008. That came three years after he had been freed from Guantanamo and transferred to Kuwait, where a court acquitted him of terrorism charges.”

Here is the list of the original ‘Leavenworth 10’.  Several have been paroled and released, but many have not and are still fighting for their freedom: Shared Mission to Pardon U.S. Soldiers Who Killed Civilians.

Sgt. Derrick Miller’s conviction is such a betrayal by the brass I want to puke. Sgt. Derrick Miller: He Fought For Them, But They Won’t Fight For Him. I have never served in the military but I fully believe most Americans have absolutely no idea of what it’s like in a combat zone.  Miller deserves to have his sentence thrown out so he can be free and spend time with his daughters instead of a life sentence.

In the case of Army Lieutenant Clint Lorance, the injustice is almost beyond words. Lorance was sentenced to 19 years. Despite more than 100,000 signatures gathered asking the criminal impostor who played president for eight years, Barry Soetoro aka Barack Hussein Obama, there was no presidential pardon.

Now there is a petition directed at President Trump – Back story

In the petition it reads:

“Whereas, Lt. Clint Lorance was justified in ordering his marksman to open fire on Taliban terrorists to protect himself and his platoon;

“And in fact, recent evidence has come to light that the Army intentionally withheld information regarding the identities of the Afghani motorcyclists killed in the attack;

“Therefore, please accept my signature as my voice declaring my support for Lt. Lorance and requesting you use the power invested in you as President of the United States to grant a Presidential Pardon to a wrongly-accused American hero.”

I don’t know who to attribute this to as I saw it recently on a tee-shirt: ‘Heroes do not wear capes they wear dog tags.’

Won’t you please take a minute and sign the petition at the link above so young Clint Lorance can go home?

Tomorrow, 4th of July, I will be at my part time job at our state veterans home. It’s a big day for those veterans. 160 of them, most who fought on foreign soil. I am honored to be able to be there to help them, their families (If they have any left; most appear to be in their 70’s to 90’s) and incoming groups to celebrate Independence Day. But I will also be thinking of those soldiers rotting in Leavenworth who should never have been charged with any crime and their families.

Please pray for them and those working so hard to get them released. I am also praying President Trump will do the right thing and grant Lorance a pardon as soon as possible.

[Did YOU listen to my pod cast last Thursday? That show covered the HMO Act of 1973 and the beginning of the destruction of how health care insurance coverage went off the rails. Please do take the time and and pass my shows to friends, family and mailing lists. Knowledge is power but it’s only good if we can get the truth to millions of Americans. The beauty of a pod cast is you can listen live (Toginet gets over 10 million listeners a month) or download and listen anytime on just about any gadget out there like iTunes, on your computer, iPhone or Android device. Here’s the direct link. Just click on show title to the right.]

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

By NWV Senior Political News Writer, Jim Kouri

Antifascist (ANTIFA) groups in the United States have become far more organized, equipped, funded, and even trained in special camps to bring about large-scale social disruption, public and private property damage (arson and looting), destruction of businesses, financial loss in the public and private sectors, and high-profile violent clashes with law enforcement preferably with the news cameras capturing police using force against ANTIFA members, according to intelligence and security expert Dr. Lyle Rapacki.

These groups are sorely underestimated by many city and other elected officials, while other officials actually encourage them to participate in violence and destruction. For example, during her presidential campaign Democrat Hillary Clinton compared police officers to the radical Islamists who comprise the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS).

Do not confuse these zealots with the hippie rioters of the Vietnam War era of the late 1960’s, said Dr. Rapacki in his email intelligence briefing.

He noted that members of ANTIFA are extremely mean-spirited and prone to violence.  Recruitment programs seek members as young as 6^th graders in public school. The current government education system encompasses indoctrination into Marxism that is hardly hidden; whether for young students or college age adults (18-28) who comprise the largest block within the organization.

“Today’s teachers are more concerned with indoctrinating students than in educating them. Their idea of educating youngsters is more in line with the Hitler Youth in Nazi Germany or the Palestinian terrorist children’s summer camps in the Gaza Strip,” said former police detective and military intelligence operative Michael Snipes.

The ability to be mobile, bringing additional resources to multiple cities simultaneously, is also a new development aided by large cash infusions from financial pockets dedicated to the overthrow of America, her values and principles, traditions and form of government intent on creating a Communist system.  This is not mere philosophy or flashy talking points, this is the “end goal” of the Antifa movement.

The Obligations of active ANTIFA members is to:

• Track white nationalists and Far Right groups in every region of the United States.  This includes over the internet, public records, and surveillance.
• Oppose public Far Right organizing whatever it takes, and disrupt and crush all activities and even individual members.
• Support all anti-fascist groups aligned under the banner of ANTIFA.
• Build a culture of non-cooperation with law enforcement.  This includes violent confrontations, use of unsophisticated items like Molotov cocktails, M80s, pepper spray, balloons filled with urine and/or feces thrown at LE.

Knowing about a threat…knowing how to respond to a threat might make all the  difference between successfully repelling an attack or succumbing to an attack; whether from terrorism or domestic violence or criminal activity, or even becoming a victim in a catastrophic event “down the street.”  If you are a leader of a business or corporation or the leader of a family, knowing what could jeopardize the safety, well-being and continuity of your business or family could determine if you will still enjoy your business or family after the threat announces itself.

Lyle Rapacki earned a Bachelor’s Degree in Political Science and a Master’s Degree in Counseling from Northern Arizona University and his Doctorate from Clayton College of Natural Medicine specializing in the treatment of psychological disorders with natural medicine.  He enjoyed a 20-year private practice.  Approximately one-half of his practice case-load was delegated to Behavioral Forensic Profiling and Threat Assessments, and he earned a Post-Doctorate Diplomate in Forensic Counseling.  A former police officer, Dr. Rapacki assisted law enforcement from 1985 – 1991 regionally and nationally with intelligence analysis and investigations of deviant movement groups and taught at law enforcement academies nationwide.  From 2000 to 2005, Dr. Rapacki taught in the Criminal Justice Department at Wayland Baptist University Phoenix campus.  He briefly held the position of Director for the Public Safety Administration, Homeland Security and Crisis Management Programs at Grand Canyon University in Phoenix, Arizona in 2008.

https://youtu.be/vYslg18HJcw

https://youtu.be/iB514ibzZ40

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved

Contact Jim Kouri – E-Mail: COPmagazine@aol.com

Our forebears understood that individual liberty was indispensable to progress and happiness, that without it man was but a slave to the state, and that with it there are no limits to the human potential.  Among the subjects of the Crown were a revolutionary few who were willing to fight and die for freedom, so that their families, kinsmen, and future generations would enjoy the blessings of liberty.  Then, as now, the enemies are the same: regulatory entanglement from an unelected administrative state and over taxation.

Faced with the unwillingness of the colonists to accept any form of taxation without representation even to the point of tarring and feathering tax collectors, the administration of George III adopted the so-called Coercive Acts to punish the citizens of Boston.  Through committees of correspondence, patriots in all of the colonies adopted the cause of Boston as their own, viewing the threat against one as a threat against them all.  Although a subset of the universe of all British subjects and constantly exposed by Tories in their midst, the American patriots successfully avoided taxes, overcame restrictions on trade, and in due course defeated tyranny in favor of a Constitution of liberty.

Viewed with disdain, even disgust, by King George and the Tory leadership in Parliament, the American cause for liberty nonetheless inspired several members of Parliament sympathetic to the American cause, who defended the right of the colonists to leave free of entanglements.  The language of liberty recorded in America became universal, inspiring revolutions outside of the colonies, including the overthrow of monarchy in France, albeit with a tyranny of democracy run riot.

The genius encapsulation of the rights of man that is the Declaration of Independence became a powerful rallying cry against which neither the British King nor the Tory Administration ever offered an alternative thesis of comparable suasion.  Indeed, the world has yet to witness a defense of tyranny that can compare with the stirring “self-evident” truths that animate the language of liberty contained in the American Declaration of Independence.

Although comprised of largely undisciplined men, the Continental Army proved itself superior in killing power and tactics to the professionally trained and disciplined soldiers of Britain in the Battle of Saratoga, the turning point of the war for independence.

As we celebrate Independence Day in the presence of governments federal and state that have far more in common with the overbearing power that characterized that of the Hanoverian Kings of England toward the American colonies, we can nevertheless appreciate, as our forebears did then, that there is no force on earth equal to that of individual liberty. The history of the world is proof that even the most oppressive regimes fail in the end to arrest the spirit of liberty that animates man, that, as our Declaration of Independence recognized, is endowed by our Creator in each of us. Repeatedly tyrannical regimes collapse as the spirit of liberty enlivens us to topple those regimes and restore governments that defend the unalienable rights of man to life, liberty, and property. Indeed, as our Declaration explains, just governments are instituted among men to protect the rights of the governed and whenever governments so instituted become an enemy of those rights, it is the duty of the people to alter or abolish them.

We today struggle as our forebears did against the arbitrary will of the administrative state and against overtaxation.  While modern governments depend on redistribution of wealth to curry favor with a government created class of dependents, roughly equal in number to the productive, the Achilles heel of government remains the same as it was in the 18^th century.  In the end overtaxation exhausts the productive who flee from it and regulation so stifles productivity that the overregulated and unemployed come to share a like burden.  When the oppression thus affects all who produce and all who pay taxes alike, they abandon the state and the state finds its ability to redistribute wealth and provide services for the entitled class impossible to sustain.  Then, the entitled class who have depended on state benefits and services likewise turn on the state.  The entitled class, effectively entitled no more, turns in support of the productive class, and all work to alter the tyrannical state into one that defends the unalienable rights of man.  We are caught up in that evolution at present.

The struggle for liberty is eternal.  It is so precisely because just as we come near the zenith of freedom following alteration of a tyrannical regime to one that defends liberty, the political forces that naturally favor vestiture of power in single hands and use of the resources of the productive to further the ends of those in power continually work to undue the gains made for freedom.  Inevitably, as our Founding Fathers well understood, they remove the meaning of those barriers to tyranny that exist in our Constitution, rendering the barriers mere parchment yet again.  And as they do so they ignite the sacred fire of liberty in those of us who love our Constitution and favor liberty over tyranny.  While the articulate among us who defend liberty as a constant remain a minority, over time the message of liberty resonates in the hearts of a majority as the tyranny of the state becomes ever more unbearable for increasing numbers of people.  We then reach a tipping point in politics like the tipping point at Saratoga in the revolutionary war.  At that point, the friends of liberty arise and achieve electoral victory.  At first they remain in a minority but over time as oppression increases they arrive at a majority, and then the work of restoring liberty begins.

© 2017 Jonathan Emord – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jonathan: jemord@emord.com

When did political differences become an excuse for lawlessness? Just as President Obama’s life was respected by conservatives who disagreed with him politically, President Trump’s life should be respected by liberals who disagree with him politically.

The Democratic Party, academia, Hollywood and the media have systematically created the toxic atmosphere we now have to contend with. They have set the tone for what is occurring today.  This is war…every Democrat and Republican like Sen. John McCain, his partner Lindsey Graham and Paul Ryan needs to be voted out.  The primaries are the most important votes we cast, and we need to fund and fight for the true and honest constitutional conservatives to run against the Democrats. The superb DVD documentary “Hollywood’s War on God” , reveals how satanic forces are using the movies.

The left needs to be destroyed, and that includes the left leaning Republicans. We all know who they are, Ryan, McCain, Collins, Graham, McConnell, and many more.  Our nation absolutely cannot survive more of these communist agitators fomenting rage because their globalist goals have been set aside by voters who chose freedom.

The Good News

Normally when there are run-offs and special elections, the opposite party of the president wins, but not this time.

Republican Greg Gianforte won the special election for Montana’s open US House seat, beating Rob Quist democrat.

Republican Ralph Norman won a special election to fill the South Carolina congressional seat vacated by Mick Mulvaney, battling to a victory closer than many expected to replace the new White House budget director.

Ron Estes, Kansas state treasurer, won the special election to fill the seat vacated by new CIA director, Mike Pompeo, in a district that President Trump carried by 27 points.

Republican Karen Handel defeated Democrat Jon Ossoff in a high-stakes special election for a Georgia House seat denying Democrats their first major victory of the Donald Trump era.

Granted, they did not win by huge percentages as those they were replacing had in the past.  The average loss of points was 13.  Nevertheless, a win is still a win, and the left is feeling the pain.

These wins are inciting and provoking more civil unrest promoted by the entire left and encouraged by the socialist media.

Hatred and Savagery

The left wants it their way or they will destroy what is left of the country. Look at the shootings, rioting, threats of violence, destruction of personal property, the constant theme of assassinations of our President, the words of hatred slung by them all with the added ‘benefit’ of the left’s success in eradicating what is left of societal decency.  We are looking at anarchy.   The character assassination of our President and his administration and the total refusal of the left to accept the outcome of a legitimate presidential election is the weapon they’re using.

The latest election results will increase their vitriolic and savage criticism against our President and conservative republicans.  In my lifetime, I have never seen such viciousness, and I want to know why these vile creatures are not being charged with sedition.  Common manners and decency were once the building blocks of our society, but today the left leads in decaying society’s respect and civility to others. They claim it’s their right under “freedom of speech.”  (Cornell University’s definition of sedition.)

Laws Limit Some Freedom of Speech

Under Title 18, Section 871 of the United States Code, it is a Class E felony for anyone to “knowingly and willfully” threaten to “take the life of, to kidnap, or to inflict bodily harm upon the President of the United States.”  Threatening the President is considered a political offense.

There are laws on the books that these people should be charged with, despite the freedoms of the first amendment. Certain types of speech are not protected by the first amendment: obscenity, fighting words, defamation (including libel and slander), child pornography, perjury, blackmail, incitement to imminent lawless action, true threats, and solicitations to commit crimes. Of course, libel and slander are rarely charged by public figures today since the 1964 supreme court decision in NYTs v. Sullivan wherein the court decided that media could lie with impunity about public figures unless the person could prove malice.  The court claimed this was a first amendment right of media.  The Warren court was stacked with six leftists and three moderates, so the unconstitutional verdict was 9-0.

Arrest the Seditionists

Andrew McCarthy’s recent article in National Review stated,

Whether it is Berkeley or Benghazi, it is standard operating procedure among the most influential, most allegedly mainstream Democratic politicians to rationalize rioting as mere ‘protest.’ In their alternative reality, violence in the name of sedition is ‘free speech’ — a passionate expression of political dissent — started me on this while the actual political speech they so savagely suppress is the atrocity.

What McCarthy went on to say reminded me of something my mother said long ago when I was a teenager and then a young adult.  She was right when she said that we were headed for a war of ideals…righteousness and freedom or slavery to the state.  God how I miss my amazing mother who started me on the journey to save America at the ripe old age of five.

One of the worst legacies of those 1960s Days of Rage was the failure of will to prosecute violent leaders of the radical Left to the full extent of the law — particularly the likes of Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn, Weather Underground terrorists who got a complete pass. In its madness, the nation drew a moral equivalence between anti-American terrorism and the excesses of American government agents who pursued the terrorists, as if warrantless searches and spying, however concededly outrageous, were comparable to plots and attempts to commit mass murder. The government did not want the depths of its misconduct explored, so charges were dropped in some cases and pled away for a song in others — denying an exploration of the depths of the terrorists’ depravity. “Guilty as sin, free as a bird,” crowed Ayers, waxing nostalgic on the eve of the 9/11 attacks.

The message could not be clearer: For the political Left in this country, violence in the pursuit of “social justice” is not to be condemned, it is to be understood. There is the occasional winking rebuke of the forcible methods, but the underlying “progressive” cause is always endorsed, and the seditionist vanguard is the object of adulation.

McCarthy is right when he says, “Sedition and its related pathologies must be prosecuted. Equally important, they must be condemned. Without that, there cannot be a pluralistic, flourishing society.”  So where are the Republicans, where is the Secret Service, where is the DOJ???

Seditious Sewage Spewed by Left

The big question is why these people are not arrested, some are not even visited by the Secret Service.

• Everyone has seen the disgusting photo by Kathy Griffin. It is so imprinted on minds, that I do not want it in any of my articles ever again.  She has rightfully lost many engagements.
• Shakespeare in the park and their bloody assassination of Caesar and his wife in which the Roman ruler is unmistakably depicted as Donald Trump, and his wife has an Eastern European accent. They’ve lost two sponsors, Bank of America, and Delta Airlines.
• During a rambling disjointed speech, scruffy and aging Johnny Depp joked about killing Donald Trump at Glastonbury 2017, asking, “When was the last time an actor assassinated a President?” He was referring to John Wilkes Booth and the murder of Lincoln. Then he said, “However, it has been a while and maybe it is time.”
• Bernie Sanders supporter, Sarah Silverman is voicing her support for a military overthrow of the government, and telling her millions of twitter fans to join the resistance. What do they mean by resistance…violence and sedition?
• Phil Montag, a Nebraska state Democratic party official, who was chairman of the technology committee, was fired after an audio recording surfaced earlier this week of him saying that he was “glad” that Scalise was shot and that he wished “he was f***ing dead.”

“This motherf***er, his whole job is to get people, convince Republicans to f***ing kick people off of f***ing health care,” Montag is heard saying in the audio recording, which was published on the website talkrealsolutions.com.

“I’m glad he got shot. I’m not gonna f***ing say that publicly. I’m glad he got shot.”  “I wish he was f***ing dead,” he added.

Montag obviously doesn’t have a full grasp of the English language.

• We all remember Madonna at the pussyhat women’s march led by Islamist Linda Sarsour, telling people, “I have thought an awful lot about blowing up the White House.” She got herself an interview with the Secret Service, but again, why wasn’t she charged and arrested?
• One of Snoop Dogg’s music video (literally) paints our President as a clown and orchestrates his death. At the video’s end, the rapper points a gun at the Trump figure and shoots. But instead of a bullet, a red flag that reads “Bang!” fires out of the gun.
• Right after the election, shock-rocker Marilyn Mansonhad to take his turn in the Trump-bashing festivities. In one of his songs, a Trump-like persona wearing a suit and a red tie lies decapitated on a concrete floor, in a pool of his own blood.
• Robert De Niro confirmed to ABC’s “The View” in February that he would like to punch Trump in the face. He clarified earlier comments, saying “It wasn’t like I was gonna go find him and really punch him in the face, but he’s gotta hear it.”

Really Bob?  Our president wants Robert Kennedy Jr. to look into the vaccines and autism, and you have an autistic child and wanted the VAX film shown and then backed down and you’re attacking our President?  Robert De Niro says his wife believes autistic son changed ‘overnight’ after vaccination.

• Trinity College Professor Johnny Eric Williams seemed to arguein a June 18 Facebook post that first responders to the shooting should have let the wounded individuals die.  In another post, Williams wrote that he is, “fed the f**k up with self-identified white’s daily violence directed at immigrants, Muslims, and sexual and racially oppressed people.”  He added that, “the time is now to confront these inhuman assholes and end this now.”
• Tucker Carlson even had a fiery exchange with Democratic strategist Jim Devine over a tweet he sent out Monday with the hashtag “hunt Republican congressmen.”

Hunt them?  What the hell does that mean?  Hunt and shoot to kill?  These people have gone over the cliff and need to be arrested and tried for sedition and whatever other laws the DOJ can come up with.

The Face of the Democratic Party

This is the face of the democratic party and the radical leftists on which they rely. There is within the American Left an increasingly active element that is not only deeply left of center, and fundamentally opposed to free speech, but also openly violent.

This is the kind of talk that delegitimizes the representative republic process and weakens institutions. It smacks of treason. It is an effort to sow the seeds of civil war. It is unlike anything we’ve heard during a presidential campaign or tenure. It doesn’t just acknowledge the possibility of violence, it actually revels in it.

The Left Created James Hodgkinson

The Left gave us James Hodgkinson, Bernie Sanders supporter, and democratic socialist, who opened fire on Republicans.

The FBI, under democrat Andy McCabe, gave an utterly bizarre update on its investigation into an attempt to assassinate Republican members of Congress, including Rep. Steve Scalise who remains in the hospital with an upgraded condition to “fair” and said he faces a long recovery.

We know from other reporting that the list to kill was of six Republican Freedom Caucus members, including Rep. Mo Brooks, who was present at the practice.

So, what does the FBI decide this information means? Well, the takeaway of the briefing was characterized well by the Associated Press headline about it, which is total BS!  “FBI: Gunman who shot congressman had no target in mind.”

The AP reported the FBI

• believes the gunman “had no concrete plan to inflict violence” against Republicans,
• “had not yet clarified who, if anyone, he planned to target, or why,”
• believes he may have just “happened upon” the baseball game the morning of June 14, and that the attack appeared “spontaneous,”
• are unclear on the “context” of Hodgkinson’s note with six names of members of Congress,
• does not believe that photographs of the baseball field or other sites “represented surveillance of intended targets,” and
• “painted a picture of a down-on-his-luck man with few future prospects.”

In fact, USA Today went with “FBI offers portrait of troubled Alexandria shooter with ‘anger management problem’” for their headline, since that’s what the FBI emphasized in the briefing.

The FBI also said there was no “nexus to terrorism” in the attempted mass assassination of Republican leadership by a Democratic activist.

Excuse the hell outta me, this is outright BS and everyone knows it.  What the hell is the FBI peddling? And where is AG Sessions?  Time to dump the holdovers from OBAMA!  Truly, we need Rudy Giuliani to go after this mess.

P.S.  Folks, please excuse my anger and the slowness of how things move in DC., we all know it’s always been like that, and our President is fighting a huge war just to get his promises to the American people completed.  It will be a long fight.  It is the same with NewsWithViews.  Every day we work to bring the best and most informative articles to the American people.  We need you to tweet them, Facebook them, and send them to your friends.  We also need you to please help keep NWVs alive.  You can donate here, and we appreciate every single donation!  If you decide to send in a check, please be sure to mention my name. Thank you so much.

© 2017 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh: Proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Exodus 20:15  Thou shalt not steal!

Except when it becomes legal, and justified by man’s law and/or government, and then of course it’s okay.  It becomes okay in just about anybody and everybody’s minds.  Even those who say they are followers of Christ and who say they follow His Kingdom’s law system.  Through ignorance, greed (covetousness), or apathy, we have a society and nation that now accepts stealing as an acceptable way of doing business, and a part of everyday lives.

The American people have become so brainwashed by the government state-controlled schools, and by a controlled all-inclusive news and entertainment media, that we have “learned” to, at first tolerate, then accept and now demand our god’s (state’s) legal “benefits” by thievery!  We no longer call it stealing!   We call it “paying our fair share”, spreading the wealth around, giving to the “needy”.  It makes no difference that the funds needed to fulfill the desires and “needs” of others was coveted (stolen) by force from someone who lawfully earned them.  It’s okay because our new “god”, our provider, our protector, our refuge and strength, the State, made the thievery legal!

After all, we “freely” elected people to office to “represent ” us and to look out for us.  I mean, that’s why we voted for them wasn’t it?  To become our “lord and overseer”?  The “state” has become our “god” who watches over us instead of God Himself.  (Ps. 46:1, Phil. 2:29, Mt. 6:33)  Even though it’s contrary to God’s Holy and righteous law: it’s okay, our new god, the state said so!

Theft is still theft whether it ‘s done with a gun or by a “law” of man!  There are no exceptions, and no excuses for stealing!  Although the Bible says it can be “understandable” in some cases, (Prov. 6:30-31) it is still sin!  Even when done “legally” and taken by force! (Ex. 20:17, I Tim. 6:10, Mark 10:19, John 15:10, Eph. 4:28, Col. 3:5) to covet, even legally, is idolatry!  Covetous: Strongs – N.T. 4123, 4124 – defrauding, greediness, desire more.

Now, for you who do not believe in the true God (Yahweh, Jehovah) or His word, given as our instruction book and law to follow,  I will address briefly the documents that millions reach out to for protection and guidance for our nation.  The one enshrined in The National Archives of our nation’s capitol, the one so many respect and revere, and to a “limited” degree, it’s worthy of it, the ones we know as the Constitution and Bill of Rights.

Again, Hos. 4:6-7 is very applicable to America.  Just as with most Christians and the study of the Bible, very few have ever totally read the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, much less studied them.  If they did, they would soon discover that nowhere in these so called “sacred” documents are there to be found any basis for America’s system of “legal” thievery!  Nowhere will you find man, or his government, given the authority to make a “law” that makes it okay to steal from anyone for any reason!  Quite the contrary!  Prove me wrong if you can.  Biblically or Constitutionally.

Let us face the real truth today folks!  Very few could long exist without the practice of legal thievery!  I am no exception. Because of the knowledge I have been blessed with, and willing to accept, I could do better, and survive longer than many, but it would be very difficult!  The majority of young people couldn’t come close to surviving on their own without resorting to thievery and violence!  Without our new “gods” provision, society would melt into a violent mass of chaos!

Americans have learned to accept and embrace social orders that people hated and sought to destroy in our nation’s early years.  Through the “dumbing down” of our society, we now readily accept and even demand socialism and total communism!  America has become unredeemable as far as moral or righteous liberty and freedom are concerned!  People don’t understand or even remotely comprehend what the concept of true liberty and freedom are!  Although we call out for it!  Even though we claim we have it, we haven’t  the faintest idea of what it truly is!  Real liberty and freedom requires and demands a level of responsibility that most are not prepared to accept!  It would scare them to death!

So, let’s accept the facts stated above for what they are, and continue to do what we can to protect the few “privileges” we have left that our god, the state, grants us and warn the people of God’s righteous judgment on individuals and nations!  Tell them about the saving grace of His son, Jesus Christ!  Fight the good fight of faith!  Continue on well doing!  Do not give up!  (Prov. 24:10, Gal. 6:9).  We may have been deceived into an earthly tyranny, but by His grace and mercy we can dwell as free people in His Kingdom now and for eternity!

© 2017 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Pastor Mike Spaulding

The Tragedy of the James White Interfaith Dialogue and the Pragmatic Defense Offered by Phil Johnson

The current firestorm related to James White’s decision to facilitate an interfaith dialogue with Imam Yasir Qahdi is puzzling in the least and has become a stumbling block for many who do not understand how White cannot understand that he is “dancing with the devil” as the saying goes.  Mr. White’s response to those critical of his decision has been the polar opposite of remorse and he has in fact dug his heels in and maintained that his actions were right and consistent with what Christians should be doing. Is that true? What bridges can be built to people who teach that Christians who do not submit or convert to Islam should be murdered? What madness is this that has gripped Christians today such that they believe the lie that building bridges to nowhere constitute evangelism? I won’t rehash all of Mr. White’s actions related to this in detail. You can read about that here.

What I wish to address is the support Mr. White has received. Surprisingly a couple of people with very different perspectives, one might say two people with theological beliefs very much at odds with one another, have stepped into the fray to defend Mr. White’s error. I am speaking of Phil Johnson and Michael Brown. This has added a layer of intrigue to the entire situation but has also served to obfuscate the truth of what critics of White’s decision to promote an interfaith dialogue have been saying. By engaging in what appear to be damage control activities on behalf of Mr. White, Johnson seems to have exposed himself as a hypocrite of the highest order. You can be the judge of whether or not that is true based on the information contained in this article. His previous statements seem to be completely contradictory to his stated position concerning James White’s ecumenicalism, or to use the new and improved phrase, interfaith dialogue.

Some background is in order for readers unfamiliar with Mr. Johnson’s proclivity to challenge things he deems inconsistent with Scripture. Example number one involves John Piper’s support of Rick Warren. Johnson left no doubt where he stood on that. Here is a quote and link to the article Johnson wrote about Piper and Warren.

“The fact is, Scripture commands faithful Christians to confront, rebuke, and correct those who twist or reinvent the gospel–not to ask them to speak at our most important conferences.”

See this post for more.

Let me state for the record that I support many of Johnson’s views generally speaking. Specifically I support his insistence that we follow the Scriptures and that we identify what is inconsistent with the Scriptures. That is why it is confusing to see Johnson support James White.

White believes that through an interfaith dialogue Christians can learn the truth of what Islam is. To that end White welcomed Jihadi Imam Yasir Qahdi into a church and then set up the audience to accept what he was doing as the normal actions of a Christian by making several disarming and clearly erroneous statements. Here is an example.

The truth of Islam is that kafirs (anyone not a Muslim by birth or profession) are obligated under Islam to convert, become subject to demeaning and onerous behavior from Muslims or be killed. There is no concept of humanity or of individual human beings and therefore basic human rights within Islam. Dr. Bill Warner of the Center for the Study of Political Islam says:

There is no such thing as humanity, only the duality of the believer and unbeliever. Look at the ethical statements found in the Hadith. A Muslim should not lie, cheat, kill or steal from other Muslims. But a Muslim may lie, deceive or kill an unbeliever if it advances Islam.

There is no such thing as a universal statement of ethics in Islam. Muslims are to be treated one way and unbelievers another way.

The closest Islam comes to a universal statement of ethics is that the entire world must submit to Islam. After Mohammed became a prophet, he never treated an unbeliever the same as a Muslim. Islam denies the truth of the Golden Rule.

By the way, this dualistic ethic is the basis for jihad. The ethical system sets up the unbeliever as less than human and therefore, it is easy to kill, harm or deceive the unbeliever.

The dualism of Islam is more deceitful and offers two choices on how to treat the unbeliever. The unbeliever can be treated nicely in the same way a farmer treats his cattle well. So Islam can be “nice”, but in no case is the unbeliever a “brother” or a friend. In fact, there are some 14 verses of the Koran that are emphatic—a Muslim is never a friend to the unbeliever. A Muslim may be “friendly,” but he is never an actual friend. And the degree to which a Muslim is actually a true friend is the degree to which he is not a Muslim, but a hypocrite.

That’s why Americans were shocked when the Muslim couple in California, who were so friendly came into the office one day and murdered their co-workers.

All of this makes perfect sense to Imam Qahdi and all Muslims who practice true Islam. This is why Muslims hate Jews, refer to them as apes and pigs, and carry on a continual pogrom against Israel. Muslims insure there will be a perpetual war against Jews and Israel by training their children as soon as they are able to walk and talk to hate Jews. Here is an example of what Yasir Qahdi really thinks of Jews and Christians.

Mr. White and Mr. Johnson perhaps do not comprehend that Islam is based on dualism. Americans and indeed all nations which are part of Western civilization base their logic on the law of non-contradiction. This basic foundation of reason and logic states that if two things contradict one another at the same place, time, and context then at least one of them is false. They might both be false, but they cannot both be right. Islamic logic is dualistic. Two things can contradict each other and both be true. That’s why Imam’s such as Qahdi can sit smiling in a Christian church, make nice and pretend he is truly a friend of Christians and then when he is among his Islamic brethren reveal what his thoughts really are. See this link for an explanation.

Why does Johnson not take White to task for the very thing he previously took Piper to task over? Johnson stated very clearly on a radio interview in September 2011 that not refuting a false religion or false teacher is simply not acceptable behavior for a Christian. Here is the link.

I find it interesting that John MacArthur sees the issue clearly but Johnson does not when it involves Mr. White. Here is an excerpt from MacArthur preaching on 2 Corinthians 6:14. Even though MacArthur was not offering these insights within a context of the James White situation they are nevertheless strikingly appropriate.

“What has a believer in common with an unbeliever?” To put it another way, “what has faith to do with non-faith?” They’re by very definition mutually exclusive. If you believe this and you don’t believe this, then there’s no common ground. Because believing in the gospel and the Word of God is a totally life-dominating faith. The faithful and the faithless have nothing in common. Their ideologies are mutually exclusive. No spiritual enterprise can be attempted with the view to success that involves such a mingling….

Any attempt to get together in a denomination, any attempt to get together in an association, any attempt to get together in some kind of a ministry of evangelism, a campus ministry, a crusade, any kind of event like that, an attempt to get together in a school setting, an educational environment, and supposedly be able to commonly move toward one goal is ridiculous. Any attempt at fellowship in common spiritual life with unbelievers is ridiculous, damaging and falsely reassuring to that unbeliever.

True Christians have to separate from unbelievers in matters related to ministry, teaching and worship. And when I say teaching, I’m talking about teaching that relates to God and His truth.

So, first of all then, it is irrational to attempt to be unequally yoked with unbelievers. It should be obvious to anybody who can think that this is…mutually impossible to bring these two realms together.

Listen, pagans don’t mind joining with Christians in religious activity. They love it. But we can’t allow it. We cannot allow it. We cannot join with unbelievers in worship or ministry or any enterprise that involves God, nor can we invite them to join our enterprise. And it is because of the sacrilege of it.

Any joining to unbelievers is putting idols in the temple of God, or putting the temple of God in an idol temple. It is blatantly, overtly, intolerably sacrilegious.

Those whose passion is righteousness cannot partner up with those whose passion is lawlessness in any common spiritual enterprise. And it doesn’t help God. It’s not a clever way to achieve His purposes; it is a violation of His Word.

Can we make spiritual heroes out of the people that violate these commands? I would think, rather, that a call for church discipline would be in order. (emphasis added).

For believers, there can be no compromise. We cannot engage ourselves with unbelievers in any spiritual enterprise. That’s the issue: “Do not be bound together with unbelievers.” That is the command that sets this text in motion. And it is an unmistakable call to believers to separate from unbelievers. No one could miss that that’s what it’s saying. [Source]

YouTube Video

I agree wholeheartedly with what MacArthur states above. Johnson and White should both be brought before their respective home church and reprimanded. This kind of selective adherence to the Scriptures is not acceptable regardless of your fan base or public support by other Christians. In this clash between truth and Johnson, White, and their supporters we see the cult of personality once again raising its ugly head. You are not right because of whom you are, how popular you are, how many books you’ve written, or your reputation. You are right when your views are consistent with what the Scripture teaches. White and Johnson are both wrong as wrong can be on this interfaith dialogue issue.

I find it even more surprising that Johnson supports White in the face of White’s continued acceptance of Michael Brown and Brown’s Word Faith theology. It was not that long ago that the ministry Johnson is associated with sponsored what was called the Strange Fire conference. During that conference MacArthur and others denounced Word of Faith theology as well as NAR and other affiliated entities. In the scorched earth approach of the Strange Fire conference speakers, even solid Bible teaching, Gospel preaching non-secessionists were called out. Apparently Johnson doesn’t hold the same view today because Michael Brown defends Hinn, Prince, Copeland, Dollar and every other Word Faith and hyper-grace teacher under the sun. This is strange fire from Johnson for sure.

Why is Johnson defending White when based on his own words expressed over many years, he should be offering correction to White and standing opposed to White’s interfaith dialogue. If White and others are truly interested in understanding Islam then they should be engaging people who have escaped Islam through faith in Jesus Christ such as Shahram Hadian and Usama Dakkok. There are also many scholars who can easily explain what Islam is and what it teaches to White. Why is he not taking advantage of these resources? I know that several platforms have been offered as hosts for this dialogue.

2 John 9-11 says that those that give a platform to a false teacher are taking part in their evil deeds. Would this also apply to those that defend such spiritual enterprises with false teachers and false religions?

Here is the glaring problem: if we cannot even agree that a conversation about Islam with a Christian former Muslim would be much more beneficial to Christians than a conversation with a radical jihadi imam; if we cannot agree that a conversation about Islam with a radical jihadi imam is worthless when you are attempting to pursue truth, then the Christian Church in America has become compromised, has lost the ability to discern, and is one step away from becoming another apologist for the lie of Satan that is Islam.

Islam is a religious man-made system comprised of the doctrines of demons and spiritual deception and wickedness. What dialogue is there to have with a belief system that says God has no Son, the crucifixion is a hoax, the Bible is corrupted and useless, and Christians are filthy people where the meaning of filthy is puss-oozing, rotten stinking corpses? Shocking? Then you don’t know true Islam and its time you woke up to the truth that White, Johnson and others are trying to sell you.

In 2 Samuel 12 Nathan the prophet approached King David with a story of a man with many riches and flocks who forcibly took a lamb from a man who had very few. David’s response of anger to Nathan’s story was appropriate and demonstrated that he knew an outrageous and ungodly behavior when he heard it. But David’s response also highlighted the fact that sometimes people can be blind to their own culpability. Nathan’s declaration to David that “you are that man” and then this statement, “Why have you despised the word of the Lord by doing evil in His sight?” broke David and resulted in his confession and repentance.

Confession and repentance is a good place to start. After that White and Johnson can ask Christians they have attacked and maligned for standing against their error for forgiveness. If they refuse it is time to place them squarely in the compromised camp and refuse to have any more dealings with them or their ministries until they do.

© 2017 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: pastormike@cclohio.org

Pastor Mike Spaulding’s Bio:

Mike Spaulding was ordained to the ministry in 1998.  Since then he has planted two Calvary Chapel churches – Calvary Christian Fellowship, St. Marys, Ohio, in 1998, and Calvary Chapel of Lima, Ohio, in 2005, where he currently serves as teaching pastor.

Mike holds a B.A. in Organizational Management, a Masters Degree in Theological Studies, and a Ph.D. in apologetics.  He is the author of numerous articles including, “Leadership and Organizational Vision,”  “Servant Leadership,” “The Ministry of Teaching,” “A Brief Look At Romans 13,” and “How and Why Should We Study the Bible.”  He is a contributing author to the soon to be released, The Baker Dictionary of World Religions, H. Wayne House, General Editor.  Mike has written for several apologetics ministries including Got Questions? (www.gotquestions.org) and the Christian Apologetics and Research Ministry (www.carm.org) and maintains his own radio and podcast platforms – The Transforming Word (www.thetransformingword.com) Soaring Eagle Radio (www.soaringeagleradio.com) and his blog, Dr. Mike Spaulding (www.drmikespaulding.com)

His teaching ministry is featured on the radio program “The Transforming Word,” heard on stations throughout the Midwest United States.  In 2013 he launched The Transforming Word Bible Institute (www.thetransformingword.com), to enable students to study at their own pace, and serves as its President. He is the host of the radio and podcast show, Soaring Eagle Radio (www.soaringeagle.com), heard on Red Nation Rising Radio (www.rednationrising.us), Global Star Radio Network (www.gsradio.net), Prepper Broadcasting Network (www.prepperbroadcasting.com),  The Fringe Radio Network (www.fringeradio.com), and WTTP FM (www.wttpfm.com) and available on all major subscription services including iTunes, Stitcher, TuneIn and On The Objective (www.ontheobjective.org).

You may contact Mike via email – pastormike@cclohio.org or by writing him at the address below.  You may follow him on Twitter – @ccpastormike or @soaringeaglerad

It is instructive to see what the Word of God states regarding how we treat others who are different from ourselves, different in any regard. We are command to treat all without partiality.

“A coalition of advocacy groups will march in Annapolis on Sunday to call on Anne Arundel County Executive Steve Schuh and Annapolis Mayor Michael Pantelides to support a state of emergency declaration on race relations in the county.

Video of the sermon

The group — led by organizations such as the Caucus of African-American Leaders and Anne Arundel Indivisible Coalition — are supporting a push led by county councilman Pete Smith, D-Severn, to declare the state of emergency in light of recent events in and near the county.

In May, a black Bowie State University student was stabbed to death allegedly by a white man from Severna Park. Investigators have not ruled out the possibility of prosecuting the case as a hate crime as the suspect, Sean C. Urbanski, 22, allegedly belonged a Facebook group called “Alt Reich: Nation.”

The same month, a noose were found hanging facing a courtyard at Crofton Middle School. Two men have been charged with committing and conspiring to commit a hate crime in the case.…

Pantelides [Annapolis Mayor] said he is “sad to see that (race relations are) moving backwards instead of forwards,” but doesn’t believe the issues raised warrant a state of emergency declaration in Annapolis.

“I don’t think we’re at an emergency state in the city of Annapolis,” he said.

He added that he has some questions about the act itself, as he understands the declaration of a “state of emergency” can only apply to certain instances, such as a severe weather event or a need to quarantine an area.”^[1]

There is also a demand from these same groups essentially that affirmative action quotas be established regarding the judges in our county. Which means that judges would be selected by the amount of Melanin present in their skin. Let me explain.

“Human skin color ranges in variety from the darkest brown to the lightest hues. An individual’s skin pigmentation is the result of genetics, being the product of both of the individual’s biological parents‘ genetic makeup… skin pigmentation in human beings [developed] primarily to regulate the amount of ultraviolet radiation penetrating the skin, controlling its biochemical effects.

The actual skin color of different humans is affected by many substances, although the single most important substance is the pigment melanin. Melanin is produced within the skin in cells called melanocytes and it is the main determinant of the skin color of darker-skinned humans. The skin color of people with light skin is determined mainly by the bluish-white connective tissue under the dermis and by the hemoglobin circulating in the veins of the dermis.…There is a direct correlation between the geographic distribution of UV radiation (UVR) and the distribution of indigenous skin pigmentation around the world. Areas that receive higher amounts of UVR, generally located closer to the equator, tend to have darker-skinned populations. Areas that are far from the tropics and closer to the poles have lower intensity of UVR, which is reflected in lighter-skinned populations. Researchers suggest that human populations … have changed from dark-skinned to light-skinned and vice versa as they migrated to different UV zones.”^[2] So skin color isn’t even a permanent characteristic of an ethnic people group, it can vary if they migrate to a region that differs in the amount of UV radiation received.

To paraphrase a civil rights leader, should we judge people by the melanin content of their skin or by the content of their character? It is quite odd today that the movement which that civil rights leader began has been hijacked by those who call for the exact opposite of what he advocated. Today they demand we judge people by the melanin content of their skin. That we establish quotas based on melanin content, that judges are selected based on melanin content. I think it appropriate to ask, isn’t that racist? Isn’t any time we judge based on externals violating God’s commands?

In Acts 10:34 we read, “Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:”

And in Romans 2:11 we are told, “For there is no respect of persons with God.”

Then in James 2:1 we are commanded, “My brethren, have not the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Lord of glory, with respect of persons.” Then we are warned in verse 4 that if we judge based on externals, “Are ye not then partial in yourselves, and are become judges of evil thoughts?” Quite clearly Scripture condemns racism and all other forms of judging based upon externals. To do so, as James states, is to become Judges with evil in our hearts.

Drawing back the lens here for a wide angle view, what appears to be happening as a result of losing the White House, is the left is using every deceptive tactic in an attempt to retake America for their socialist agenda. The race game is but one illustration, in that game you will always see the bottom line is this, that civil government is the answer to ending the hate, ending the racism. It is presented as if somehow civil government has a magic wand it can wave over the hearts of men and transform their souls from hatred of their fellow man to loving their neighbor as themselves. So the mayor of Annapolis is supposed to declare a state of emergency and that will end the racism in the hearts of people in the city? Maybe I am missing something here, but I agree with the mayor who is puzzled over the whole idea that a state of emergency would accomplish anything regarding the transformation of men’s hearts. And why call for a state of emergency? Why not call for a day, a week or maybe even a month of prayer and fasting? Why not a humble repentance before Almighty God, a sincere confession and repentance of all our sins, pleading with Him for His mercy?

But why a State of Emergency, what is it about a State of emergency that motivates them? In Maryland Code, when the Governor declares a State of Emergency, it states that if he finds it necessary in order to protect the public health, welfare or safety, may: Suspend the effect of any statute or rule or regulation of any agency or of the State or a political subdivision. Direct and compel the evacuation of people from their homes… Authorize the use of private property… may require that each able-bodied individual in the State between 18 and 50 years old …immediately register for work…” In other words he can send anyone he chooses to a work camp for up to 6 months. The code goes on to say, “The General Assembly recognizes the Governor’s broad authority in the exercise of the police power of the State to provide adequate control over persons and conditions during impending or actual public emergencies.”^[3] So with a State of Emergency the government assumes completely tyrannical and dictatorial powers. It can freely violate your property rights and your liberty, it is granted power to suspend all laws.

Now our Maryland Constitution Declaration of Rights actually denies such powers to the State Government in Article 44. “That the provisions of the Constitution of the United States, and of this State, apply as well in time of war, as in time of peace; and any departure therefrom, or violation thereof, under the plea of necessity, or any other plea, is subversive of good Government, and tends to anarchy and despotism.”

This was a wise declaration in our State Constitution. It identifies those who call for such suspension of the Constitution, are actually anarchists and despots. So put this together with the march taking place in Annapolis today. The people in that march today, by calling for a state of emergency are calling for a despotic government which violates our Constitution and empowers the Governor, (if it were a State wide declaration of emergency) to suspend any and all laws, to compel people to evacuate their homes, for the government to steal anyones private property, to force any able-bodied person to go into a work camp, or might we say concentration camp, for a period of up to six months. By the way all the Governor would have to do is let you off for one day, and then rearrest you for another six months as long as the so called emergency lasts.

I don’t know about you, but I would always choose to live under our existing Constitution which states in Declaration of Rights Article 44. “That the provisions of the Constitution of the United States, and of this State, apply as well in time of war, as in time of peace; and any departure therefrom, or violation thereof, under the plea of necessity, or any other plea, is subversive of good Government, and tends to anarchy and despotism.” Now I don’t know if all of these marchers in Annapolis today understand what they are actually calling for, but one things is clear, they believe civil government is the solution to the problem. In other words they believe civil government is the Savior.

And they are surely not alone in our land. The debate raging in D.C. over health care and the attempt to repeal and replace Obama care is but another illustration. The cries are for the civil government to save us. We can’t live without it, people will die if it is repealed. That is odd, for nearly 6000 years of human history there has been no civil government health care system. You would think from the hand wringing that such historical facts are not true, that mankind would have died off without government run health care. Instead after 6000 years beginning with just two humans, Adam and Eve, there are more of us than ever, 8 billion by all counts. What we must remember in all this deceptive smoke is that the socialists will use every problem, every crisis to move us towards totalitarian dictatorship. Why? Because they believe civil government is our Savior. Yet the pages of history are replete with the terrible deeds of totalitarian government. Whenever uncheck power rests in the hands of any human actors, the results are horrific, the civil government once docile becomes a raging monster devouring all before it. Is civil government our Savior?

Turn to Titus 3:3-5 where the Word of God spells out the True Savior of mankind.

“For we ourselves also were sometimes foolish, disobedient, deceived, serving divers lusts and pleasures, living in malice and envy, hateful, and hating one another. But after that the kindness and love of God our Saviour toward man appeared, Not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to his mercy he saved us, by the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost;”

Think of the socialist offer of salvation by civil government.

What if every human were to have all the food they need, all the shelter, clothing, transportation they want, and all the health care funding for every medical need? If all 8 billion were to be thus provided for, mankind’s most basic and most essential need of all would not be met. We were made to worship God, to enjoy fellowship with Him but our sins stand in the way of all that it means to be a fulfilled human being. When you understand the true condition of mankind then you can view the depths of despair. For if there was no answer for our condition, there would be no hope in a hopeless life and only a absolutely black eternity in hell facing us. But God in His mercy stepped into our hopeless condition to save us. And we are saved by God’s incredible Mercy.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 David Whitney – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail David Whitney: dwhitney@iotconline.com

Footnotes:

^[1] http://www.capitalgazette.com/news/annapolis/ph-ac-cn-annapolis-march-0623-20170622-story.html

^[2] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Human_skin_color

^[3] From Public Safety Volume Maryland Emergency Management Agency Act 14-107, 903, 904, 907, 301, 302. emphasis added

Please keep in mind that this series will only scratch the surface of the subject of vaccines.  I hope to give enough information so that you will want to become involved in what government is attempting to do with the lives of Americans, your lives and the lives of your family.

There are many things about vaccines that most people don’t even consider.  They believe, like I used to do, that the government wouldn’t do anything that wasn’t beneficial to the American people.  That could not be farther from the truth! One has to think about the effects of putting multiple groups of chemicals into a body and what affect that has one the body.  When looking at fluoride in our water it is a very miniscule amount but doing that multiple times a day for years and years cannot be good. One of the two carcinogenicity studies was conducted by the National Toxicology Program (NTP). This peer-reviewed study provided sodium fluoride in drinking water to rats and mice and determined the occurrence of tumor formation many different organ systems. The peer review panel concluded that, “Under the conditions of these 2-year dosed water studies, there was equivocal evidence of carcinogenic activity of sodium fluoride in male F344/N rats, based on the occurrence of a small number of osteosarcomas in dosed animals. There was no evidence of carcinogenic activity in female F344/N rats receiving sodium fluoride at concentrations of 25, 100, or 175 ppm (0, 11, 45, 79 ppm fluoride) in drinking water for 2 years. There was no evidence of carcinogenic activity of sodium fluoride in male or female mice receiving sodium fluoride at concentrations of 25, 100, or 175 ppm in drinking water for 2 years.” The Ad Hoc Subcommittee on Fluoride concurs with this conclusion.

The other carcinogenicity study was sponsored by the Procter and Gamble Company using Cr:CD (Sprague-Dawley) rats and Crl:CD-1 (ICR) mice both treated with 0, 4, 10, or 25 milligrams/kilogram/day sodium fluoride added to a low fluoride-basal diet. A second control group received powdered rodent chow. There was no evidence of malignant tumors associated with sodium fluoride in mice and rats of either sex in the Procter and Gamble study. While there were two osteosarcomas in the low dose female rats, one osteosarcoma in a high dose male rat, and one fibroblastic sarcoma in a mid-dose male rat, these findings in treated animals were not statistically different from controls. Male and female mice in the study did have a statistically significant increase in benign bone tumors (osteomas). The significance of a Type C retrovirus, detected in the osteomas, remains to be determined. Osteomas and osteosarcomas are different in anatomical site and clinical course. The FDA also noted difficulty in assessing the dose-related aspects of the osteomas in mice (see page 75-6). Furthermore, osteomas and osteosarcomas are so rare normally in rodents that the relationship between these tumors cannot be accurately stated.

When the NTP and the Procter and Gamble studies are combined, a total of eight individual sex/species groups are available for analysis. Seven of these groups showed no significant evidence of malignant tumor formation. One of these groups, male rats from the NTP study, showed “equivocal” evidence of carcinogenicity, which is defined by NTP as a marginal increase in neoplasms—i.e., osteosarcomas—that may be chemically related. Taken together, the two animal studies available at this time fail to establish an association between fluoride and cancer.

There have been over 50 human epidemiology studies of the relationship between water fluoridation and cancer. Epidemiological studies of fluoride usually attempt to identify statistical associations between cancer rates and county- or city-wide patterns of water fluoridation. Expert panels which reviewed this international body of literature agree that there is no credible evidence of an association between either natural fluoride or adjusted fluoride in drinking water and human cancer (LARC, 1982; Knox, 1985). Interpretation of these studies is limited by the inability to measure individual fluoride exposures or to measure other individual predictors of cancer risk, such as smoking or occupational exposures.[1]

One of the major concerns I have is the fact of mandatory vaccines for both children and adults.  I believe that this is a violation of our freedoms.  Just this year there was a breakout of small pox.  The first child that got it was a student who had been vaccinated for it! Close to one-quarter of students at a California elementary school have been directed by school officials to stay home for three weeks due to a small onset of chickenpox cases that began in March.

The chickenpox outbreak at Mariposa School of Global Education in Augora Hills, California is unique because the first case of chickenpox discovered at the school was found in a student who had been fully vaccinated.

Daniel Stepenosky, the superintendent of Las Virgenes Unified School District that includes the Mariposa School, acknowledged to CBS Los Angeles that three students were found to have chickenpox. “A kindergartener, a first-grader, a third-grader. The first case happened around mid-March. The student was immunized, however still contracted chickenpox.”

According to local newspaper, The Acorn, Stepenosky noted that “(It’s) interesting . . . the first of three cases was a student that was fully immunized. . . . He was the vaccinated one.”

This student was reported to have contracted the disease back in March. After two more cases were found, the school district took action to keep the unvaccinated students out of school for three weeks.

While individual school policies vary according to state laws, it’s typical for school officials to notify parents who do not vaccinate their children when an outbreak of a vaccine-preventable disease occurs. About 400 students attend Mariposa School of Global Education. Around ninety of those students have not been vaccinated for chickenpox, and on May 1st the parents of those students were ordered to keep their children home for 21 days.

“Given that there were three cases, given that they were in three different grades, the health department gave the directive to exclude students who are not immunized,” said Stepenosky.

Vaccination rates at the Mariposa School have risen greatly in recent years. In 2015, it was reported that about 40% of the students were current on vaccinations; following changes in state law, that number is up to 80%.[2]

As I state earlier there is greed within the pharmaceutical industry that is frightening.  The health and well being of people is not their goal.  Maintaining the $200 + billion a year in multiple areas, vaccines, diabetes, cancer and others is their goal.  Corruption is rife.  Thorsen is a major player and an essential character in this real-life drama. In 2011, he was charged with 13 counts of wire fraud and nine counts of money laundering. A federal grand jury alleged Thorsen stole over $1 million from autism research funding between February 2004 and June 2008.

He stole the money while serving as the principal investigator for a program studying the relationship between autism and exposure to vaccines. At the time, The Copenhagen Post reported that:[^1]

“… [Thorsen] submitted over a dozen false invoices from the CDC for research expenses to Aarhus University … instructing them to transfer the funds to a CDC account, which was in fact his personal account …

Thorsen’s research on autism is widely known in academic circles, where he was until this week a highly respected figure. A paper of his on the subject, which is known as ‘The Danish Study,’ is quoted extensively to refute the autism vaccine connection.”

As of 2014, Thorsen was permanently expelled from Denmark’s university hospital system. Thorsen has been a fugitive for the past five years. Yet his whereabouts are no secret. As noted by Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. in a 2015 Forbes article:[^2]

“The fact that he is roaming free and is easy to find, despite the U.S. Federal indictment … suggests a lack of enthusiasm by HHS and CDC to press for his capture and extradition.

The agency undoubtedly fears that a public trial would expose the pervasive corruption throughout CDC’s vaccine division and the fragility of the science supporting CDC’s claims about thimerosal safety.” [3]

Government is not our friend.  George Washington called it a necessary evil.  We are seeing the evil side concerning this subject.  They won’t protect us so we have to protect ourselves.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. Review of Fluoride MAJ
2. School bans unvaccinated kids immunized children start chickenpox outbreak
3. Fraud misinformation manipulation

By Paul Cappadona Author of Taking Back America the Party’s Over

The Fourth Estate

The Bill of Rights, Article I states, “Congress shall make no law… abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press;” What can we do if an enemy sets up a “press” to manipulate elections, news, and other information to promote its ends or to subvert our way of life?  Shouldn’t that be considered treason or sedition?  Whenever the “press” or other media over-steps the bounds of their job which is to bring news, information, and entertainment to the public, it becomes an un-elected power instead of a service.  Whenever the press wields un-elected power, it is called the “Fourth Estate”.

Wherever power can be derived, you will find power perverts who are those that lust God like power.  Just like their degenerate counterparts, molesters, or thieves, they gravitate to areas of accessibility for their wicked “needs”.  The power perverts and their want-to-be power puppets of the media have little regard for bringing honest information and entertainment to the public.  They will use or sell their position for the pleasures of power.  In this power grab, they work the news to fit what they want us to believe.  With the selected information, they transmit, they more than make a departure from their honest function.  They use deceptive, descriptive words, they will give or withhold publicity to people of their choosing.  They will give their approval or disapproval of actions.  The “spin” they give to the news is only to influence us and shape a system suited for their master’s pleasure.  Thereby they shape events at every level of life into their ideal image.  It appears that their conduct and language are directed against the public order and the tranquility of state.  This constant ridicule and stirring up of disorder of the very country in which they live, is the meaning of sedition.  Not only is there enough evidence of sedition to bring formal accusation, but there could also be a good case for conspiracy and treason.  In a message presented to Congress in 1917, Congressman Oscar Callaway stated, “In March 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests…and their subsidiary organizations…got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press…They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of twenty-five of the greatest papers.  An agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers.”  In regards to the media of his day, Abraham Lincoln said, “He who molds the public sentiment… makes statues and decisions possible or impossible to make.”

To show the danger of the undisciplined Fourth Estate and the treason that can result, here is what David Rockefeller, founder of the Trilateral Commission said in an address before the media power brokers in June of 1991… “We are grateful to The Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine, and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years.  It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years.  But, the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government.  The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto determination practiced in the past centuries.”  Auto determination is single determination, such as a government with a Constitution.  It is a sovereign Nation, autonomous, having of itself the power of determination.

Freedom of an honest press is a problem for any government, as it should be.  The Bill of Rights tell us that Congress shall make no law, but if we read down a little further we find how to discipline the Fourth Estate.  Article V states, “No person shall be held to answer for a capital or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury…”  Article VI. States, “In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial by an impartial jury…”  We, the private citizens of these United States, are the Grand Juries and Trial Juries.  We can indict and if warranted, convict any law breakers, including the media’s seditious abuse as the Fourth Estate.  Remember, “The most important political office is that of the private citizen.”  If we shirk our responsibilities in preserving our freedoms, they will be lost.  Congress has the power to declare the punishment of treason.  Treason is not only levying war against the United States but also giving the enemies of freedom aid and/or comfort.

In the Constitution for the United States in sections 3 through 7, we find this same principal.  “Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than to removal from office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, Trust or Profit under the United States: but….”   (Emphasis mine) If we do not read the Constitution for ourselves, the media and our corrupt politicians stop right there just before “but” and this is where it will usually end.  However, if we just read on a little further past the “but”, it is made very clear that we must not stop there.  The word but, means added to, not to be left out, part of the above.  Here is the rest.  “…but the party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to indictment, trial, and punishment, according to law.”  Who indicts?  Who convicts?  We do! We do!  The Grand Jury indicts, and the Petit Jury convicts!  Not only can we take care of the treasons committed by the Fourth Estate but we can take care of the loose ends in all branches of our government, both State and Federal.   The best way to help is take back the people’s branch of government, the Judicial Branch by book casing it with real grand juries to indict and real petit juries to find guilt or innocence.

Former New York news editor, John Swinton, said, “We are tools and vassals of the rich behind the scenes.  We are marionettes … intellectual prostitutes.”  Wow, is that a repentant journalist?  Maybe there is hope.  Until we educate our jury system we should take advice from a man that had a lot of trouble from the Fourth Estate and continues to have these past two hundred years, even in death.  Thomas Jefferson said, “Those who never read a newspaper are better off than those who do, for it is better to be uninformed then misinformed.”

Paul Cappadona Author of Taking Back America the Party’s Over

E-Mail Paul Cappadona: devisegood@gmail.com

Since his inauguration, President Trump has assumed an all-too-reactive and -defensive posture vis-à-vis his political enemies. He seems quite unable to foresee, let alone to forestall, forfend, or even fashion an adequate response to his opponents’ next moves, no matter how pellucidly predictable they may be. Rather, he suffers his antagonists to strike at will, whenever and wherever an opportunity to make mischief presents itself. For example—

• They float knowingly false “leaks”, defamatory stories, and innuendoes in the big “mainstream media”, not simply to ridicule and embarrass him personally (along with members of his Administration and even his immediate family), but also (and of greater consequence) to undermine his prestige and standing as President amongst the American people.
• They file frivolous lawsuits aimed at providing rogue judges with legalistic rationalizations to deny, defeat, frustrate, and impede the exercise of his undoubted statutory (and as the agent of Congress, constitutional) Presidential powers, while he meekly acquiesces in the courts’ assertion of “judicial supremacy”.
• They impugn both him and his Administration with spurious scandals, tying up the Office of President in interminable “investigations”, in comparison with which the Salem witch-trials appear as models of rational deportment and due process.
• They charge him personally, as well as leading members of his Administration, with specious violations of plainly inapplicable criminal laws.
• They agitate for his removal from the Office of President through “Impeachment for, and Conviction of, * * * high Crimes and Misdemeanors”under Article II, Section 4 of the Constitution, or on the grounds that he is otherwise “unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office” under Section 4 of the Twenty-fifth Amendment.
• In various public fora they openly threaten him with assassination, and contend that his homicidal elimination—and that of other officeholders who take his part—would be justified. And
• They unleash fanatical “anti-fascists” and other maniacal thugs from the neo-Bolshevist Rotenfrontkämpferbund verbally to harass and even physically to assault his supporters in the streets and on college campuses.

All of this is obviously intended to instill in Mr. Trump confusion, uncertainty, indecision, self-doubt, and pessimism sufficient to dissuade and disable him from effectively exercising the authority of the Office of President with which the Constitution and other laws of the United States invest him.

These goings-on have been so concatenated, coördinated, and concerted in character as to indicate the operation of a common plan. And this plan is plain enough. Mr. Trump’s enemies are not engaged simply in an extreme version of “monkey business as usual” in the District of Columbia’s political zoo. Neither are they primarily concerned with figuratively handing Mr. Trump his Presidential head on a platter, as a warning to other potential interlopers who might presume to trespass on the territory the “good old boy” hierarchs of the Democratic and Republican parties have long reserved unto themselves. Nor is their chief purpose to destroy Mr. Trump as an individual (although they apparently do detest him). Rather, their target is the Office of President itself insofar as anyone elected to that position might dare to exercise its powers in the interest of the Deplorables and other patriotic Americans. By intimidating Mr. Trump into reneging upon the plans for reform which he has promised Americans, and into becoming its compliant puppet or political eunuch (if he cannot be eliminated in some other way), the Deep State is perfecting “the small solution” for serial “régime change” in this country—the specific operation of “Presidential emasculation”, as opposed to a seditious overthrow of the General Government as a whole—which can be applied to each and every future President who sides with the Deplorables against the Deep State. The point is to demonstrate to the Deplorables that, even if somehow against all odds they can succeed in putting their own man into the Office of President, they still cannot prevail. Ever.

In response to this political aggression, to date Mr. Trump seems strangely satisfied with publishing “tweets”, as if he were merely the victim of some college fraternity’s juvenile hazing, to which he imagined that what he considered to be snappy verbal comebacks in the most juvenile of the Internet’s juvenile fora could provide sufficient answers. Although this may be a method for him to “go over the head” of “the mainstream media” by addressing the American people directly, it will hardly prove to be effective, even if Mr. Trump pillories the Deep State in no uncertain terms, because mere harsh phrases bounce off the Deep State’s case-hardened carapace as readily as cold water flows off a duck’s oily back. No, indeed—if he intends to break the Deep State’s bones before it breaks his own neck, Mr. Trump must employ sticks and stones, not just words. So, as always, the question becomes, “Now what?”

A set of acts so concatenated, coördinated, and concerted in character as to indicate the operation of a common plan aimed at an illegal goal through the use of illegal (and, in some cases, even legal) means is properly termed a conspiracy, and the perpetrators are properly denoted conspirators. This is not “conspiracy theory”, but conspiracy law (or the law of conspiracy). The political aggression against President Trump has been so notorious that the various “law-enforcement” and “intelligence” agencies of the General Government—with their vaunted methods of surveillance, infiltration, computerized analysis of data, and so on—should be able to identify not only the illegal means being employed but also the primary malefactors employing them, including both the miscreants brazenly operating in the open and (of far greater consequence) the instigators, financiers, and other string-pullers manipulating events from behind the scenes. (If not, Mr. Trump can invoke for that purpose the sweeping powers statutorily delegated to him under 10 U.S.C. §§ 252 and 253.) Moreover, one need not hire a $1,000-an-hour big-city attorney to find at least one statute which applies in this situation.

Title 18 of the United States Code, Section 241 provides in pertinent part that

[i]f two or more persons conspire to injure, oppress, threaten, or intimidate any person in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States * * *

[t]hey shall be fined * * * or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both; and if death results from the acts committed in violation of this section * * * , they shall be fined * * * or imprisoned * * * for any term of years or for life, or both, or may be sentenced to death.

Observe that this statute protects “any person * * * in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States” in any respect. Moreover, for it to come into play, no actual deprivation of “any [such] right or privilege secured” need have occurred. A conspiracy aimed at any such deprivation, together with the commission of some overt act in furtherance thereof, suffices. As well it should: “For two or more to confederate and combine together to commit or cause to be committed a breach of the criminal laws, is an offense of the gravest character, sometimes quite outweighing, in injury to the public, the mere commission of the contemplated crime. It involves deliberate plotting to subvert the laws, educating and preparing the conspirators for further and habitual criminal practices. And it is characterized by secrecy, rendering it difficult of detection, requiring more time for its discovery, and adding to the importance of punishing it when discovered.” United States v. Rabinowich, 238 U.S. 78, 88 (1915).

As to deprivations of certain rights or privileges, private parties can be charged even without the involvement of rogue public officials in their wrongdoing, See United States v. Guest, 383 U.S. 745, 757-760 (opinion of the Court), 775-784 (opinion of Brennan, J.) (1966). But private individuals are certainly liable as to deprivations of any and all such rights or privileges when they collude with such officials. United States v. Price, 383 U.S. 787, 794, 795, 798 (1966). And in this case rightly so: For various puppet masters and their mouthpieces in private station are doubtlessly as much instigators, initiators, promoters, and planners of, and otherwise accessories to, the attacks against President Trump as are their co-conspirators among rogue officials and employees in the Deep State’s governmental apparatus. So, inasmuch as rogue public officials “participate[ ] in every phase of the * * * venture”, and “[i]t [i]s a joint activity, from start to finish”, “[t]hose [private parties] who t[ake] advantage of the foul purpose must suffer the consequences of that participation”, even to the extent of being punished as principals. Compare id. at 795 with 18 U.S.C. § 2.

Now apply 18 U.S.C. § 241 specifically to the President:

If two or more persons conspire to injure, oppress, threaten, or intimidate [Mr. Trump] in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District in the free exercise or enjoyment of any right or privilege secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States [specifically in his capacity as the President of the United States] * * *

[t]hey shall be fined * * * or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both; and if death results from the acts committed in violation of this section * * * , they shall be fined * * * or imprisoned * * * for any term of years or for life, or both, or may be sentenced to death.

(Inclusion of the part of this statute referring to the death penalty is not an exercise in hyperbole, either. For example, was Mr. Seth Rich’s murder one of the “results from the acts committed in violation of this section”? Only a thoroughgoing and uncompromising criminal investigation—not a Vince Fosteresque whitewashing of the case—can determine what the facts, and who the culprits, really are.)

As President, Mr. Trump is entitled to numerous “right[s] or privilege[s] secured to him by the Constitution or laws of the United States” in relation to that office. And “two or more persons” are now engaged in a complex of acts incontestably intended “to injure, oppress, threaten, or intimidate [him] in any State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District in [his] free exercise or enjoyment of [those very] right[s] or privilege[s]”. Indeed, those “persons” are bending their every evil effort in every “State, Territory, Commonwealth, Possession, or District”, not only to nullify or frustrate Mr. Trump’s exercise of “the executive Power” vested in him by the Constitution, but even to deprive him altogether of the right to “hold his Office during the Term of four Years” to which he has been elected pursuant to the Constitution. See U.S. Const. art. II, § 1, cl. 1. Therefore, Mr. Trump could enforce 18 U.S.C. § 241 against those individuals right now—and, besides having a personal interest in the matter, is bound in legal duty to do so. See U.S. Const. art. II, § 3 and, e.g., 18 U.S.C. §§ 3 and 4.

One must wonder, then, why Mr. Trump has refrained from invoking that statute. If the present author—a simple resident of “the Canoe Capital of Virginia”—can figure it out, why have Mr. Trump’s high-profile lawyers not so advised him? Or, if they have, for what is he waiting? Why does he foolishly persist in fighting this battle on his enemies’ terms, on the ground they have chosen, with the worst of them sheltered from legal retaliation in some sort of political sanctuary, when the indictment of a few—or, better yet, a few dozen—of the conspirators would transform the situation radically in his, and the Deplorables’, favor?

The answer is not to be found in some quirk of legal procedure. No “independent counsel” need be installed to enforce 18 U.S.C. § 241. The Department of Justice already employs numerous ordinary prosecutors presumably fit for that purpose. And if none can be found there after all, Mr. Trump can invoke 10 U.S.C. §§ 252 and 253 in order to enlist the experienced and reliable people he needs.

So what is wanting? Apparently, only l’audace, encore l’audace, toujours l’audace.

© 2017 Edwin Vieira – All Rights Reserved

Thanks to advancements in social media, computer and internet technologies today, it is easier than ever for 14-year-old kids around the globe or foreign governments to “hack” pretty much anything they want to hack, including our Pentagon. The notion that Russia might have an interest in the outcome of our elections is no sillier than the interest our politicians have in foreign elections.

So, the Russian hacking narrative was not hard for even the average American to believe. We monkey around with other foreign elections like France and Germany – and even overthrow foreign governments at will, such as Egypt, Libya, Lebanon, Tunisia, Yemen and Syria. So, that pretty much justifies foreign interest and intrusions into our elections, doesn’t it?

However, in this case, the story appears to have been false, or at the very least, grossly exaggerated from the start. For over a year now and at the expense of millions in tax-payer funded investigations, the public charges have been as follows…

1. Russia tried to alter our 2016 elections by hacking into our election systems
2. Russia worked with Wikileaks to hack Democrat servers and expose DNC corruption
3. Russia exposed criminal Clinton emails during the election to help Trump
4. Members of the Trump campaign colluded with Russia in this effort
5. Trump himself colluded with Russia in this effort
6. 17 National Security Agencies confirmed these findings
7. The effort resulted in a stolen election by Russia and Trump

These accusations have been atop every news outlet in America and around the globe for the past year. Every day, the New York Times, Washington Post and CNN would relaunch the narrative mostly using unsubstantiated and uncorroborated “unnamed sources” to claim that Trump and his campaign, along with Russia, were under investigation on this matter.

Despite repeated testimony from Obama Administration officials to the contrary, the news headlines continued. But in recent days, the entire story has taken a critical turn…

CNN

CNN Announcement: Three CNN journalists, including the executive editor in charge of a new investigative unit, have resigned after the publication of a Russia-related article that was retracted. Thomas Frank, who wrote the story in question; Eric Lichtblau, an editor in the unit; and Lex Haris, who oversaw the unit, have all left CNN.

“In the aftermath of the retraction of a story published on CNN.com, CNN has accepted the resignations of the employees involved in the story’s publication,” a spokesman said Monday evening. An internal investigation by CNN management found that some standard editorial processes were not followed when the article was published, people briefed on the results of the investigation said. (Source)

However, thanks to Project Veritas, video footage confirms that the problems at CNN reach far above the paygrade of the three who resigned. According to John Bonifield a Sr. Producer at CNN, the problem goes all the way to the top of CNN, CEO Jeff Zucker. Reaching well beyond CNN staff, other left-leaning surrogates with media access perpetuate the problem despite the entire story being a “big nothing burger.”

From the top of CNN down, the entire operation was simply chasing a ratings bonanza with the knowledge that nothing they were reporting and promoting was true. The damage it has caused a duly elected administration is unparalleled in history. What CNN has done is far worse than anything they falsely accused Russia or Trump of doing. The resignation of three low-level fall guys is not nearly enough penalty for CNN.

The New York Times

In a June 29, 2017 “correction” posted at the back of the paper in the corrections section, The New York Times was forced to retract their endless reports of seventeen national security agencies confirming the Russian narrative. In the year-late NYT retraction, seventeen agencies reported was reduced to just four, which in reality is only three, the CIA, FBI and NSA. The fourth agency named by the NYT, Director of National Intelligence, is not an intel agency. It is a cabinet post held at the time by DNI James Clapper.

What the NYT retraction exposes is the Russian narrative was really only confirmed by three Obama Administration individuals, DNI James Clapper, FBI Director James Comey and CIA Director John Brennan, all of whom have testified before Congress that they had found no hard evidence that Russia had succeeded in hacking the election, or that the Trump campaign had any involvement in any such effort. (Video Source)

Proof that the NYT knew they had it wrong five months ago… A one paragraph “correction” buried in the back of the paper in NOT nearly enough penalty for the NYT involvement in reporting and promoting what they knew was a false narrative.

The WaPo

The Washington Post has been the worst offender of all, not only issuing a daily diet of “fake news” attacking Trump and his administration with the overt intent to undermine a duly elected President, they have invented numerous other “fake news” reports aimed at substantiating their other “fake news” stories.

Although the WaPo has yet to retract any of their baseless attacks on the Trump Administration, they have been issuing retractions of other “fake corroborating stories” they used to back up the “Russian hacking” narrative, such as their false report that Russia had hacked a U.S. utility grid in Bernie Sanders Vermont.

“News of the supposed hack had set off a firestorm of recriminations, with Vermont leaders calling Russian President Vladimir Putin “a thug” earlier Saturday, after one of the state’s electric utilities found a virus on a laptop computer. A utility spokesman has also told the Burlington Free Press the laptop was not hooked into the grid.”

“The Washington Post has retracted its story about Russian hackers penetrating the nation’s electricity grid with a virus found in a Burlington, Vt., electric company laptop. “Authorities say there is no indication of that so far [that Russians had penetrated the US electric grid],” according to an editor’s note attached to a corrected version of the story on the paper’s website. (Source)

READ Meet WaPo – Fake News Ground Zero to understand why WaPo is one of the most dangerous anti-American propaganda rags in America today. No penalty is high enough for WaPo…

Obama-Clinton Surrogates

So, the FAKE Russian narrative was launched by DNI James Clapper, FBI Director James Comey and CIA Director John Brennan. It was repeatedly leaked out to the press largely via WaPo, The New York Times and CNN. Then it was regurgitated by Obama-Clinton surrogates in interview after interview for almost a year now…

Hillary Clinton – Susan Rice – Chris Matthews and Richard Clarke – James Clapper – Rachel Maddow among others…

As the Russian hacking conspiracy theory falls apart, evidence of a very real conspiracy between Clinton, Obama, the DNC, their friends at WaPo, NYT and CNN, and their official surrogates to undermine the Trump Administration takes shape…

RECAP

1. Russia tried to alter our 2016 elections by hacking into our election systems – No evidence
2. Russia worked with Wikileaks to hack Democrat servers and expose DNC corruption – Denied by WikiLeaks and no evidence
3. Russia exposed criminal Clinton emails during the election to help Trump – No evidence of collusion between WikiLeaks and Russia, or Trump campaign
4. Members of the Trump campaign colluded with Russia in this effort – No evidence
5. Trump himself colluded with Russia in this effort – No evidence
6. 17 National Security Agencies confirmed these findings – FALSE, it was only three people
7. The effort resulted in a stolen election by Russia and Trump – FALSE – no such evidence

Since the multiple ongoing investigations into Russian hacking of the 2016 elections has turned up nothing other than a clear conspiracy by leftist political activists to undermine Trump, how much longer should taxpayers fund those ongoing investigations and when should investigations into the real conspiracy to undermine Trump begin?

FAKE NEWS is exactly what these so-called journalists are engaged in… all driven by Clinton and Obama administration officials and circulated by their leftist surrogates in the leftist media. Trump has called it right all along…

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail JB Williams: JB.USPU@gmail.com